(Yield) Maps - StellarSupport - John Deere

This material is the property of Deere & Company. This manual, as well as the software described in it, is furnished 

under license and may only be used in accordance with the terms of such license. 

The information in this document is provided for reference only and while every effort has been made to ensure that it 

is accurate and complete, Deere & Company assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that 

may appear in this book. 

Except as permitted by such license, no part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form without 

prior written permission from Deere & Company. All use, disclosure, and/or reproduction not specifically authorized by 

Deere & Company is prohibited. 

The following are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies or organizations: 

GreenStar ® JDOffice is a registered trademark of Deere & Company. 

Acrobat ® Reader Copyright© 1987-1999 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved. Adobe, the Adobe logo, 

Acrobat, and the Acrobat logo are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated. 

Windows 95 © and Windows 98 © are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. 

InstallShield ® is a registered trademark of InstallShield Software Corporation. 

ESRI and ArcExplorer are trademarks, registered trademarks, or service marks of ESRI in the United States, the 

European Community, or certain other jurisdictions. 

Publication Details 

Title: JDOffice User’s Guide 

Issue: JDOffice 

Version: 1.2 

Issue Date: February 2003 

Produced by: John Deere Ag Management Solutions 

Printed in the USA.

Table of Contents 

Installation ................................................................................................................... 1 

JDOffice System Requirements ....................................................................................... 2 

Installing JDOffice 1.2 ...................................................................................................... 3 

Activating JDOffice ........................................................................................................... 8 

Starting JDOffice .............................................................................................................. 9 

JDOffice Tutorial ............................................................................................................ 10 

Navigating the Startup Screen ....................................................................................... 11 

Getting Started .......................................................................................................... 13 

Backup/Restore the Data ............................................................................................... 16 

Backup the Data ......................................................................................................... 16 

Restore Backed up Data ............................................................................................ 17 

Multi-Client System ........................................................................................................ 19 

Help with JDOffice ......................................................................................................... 20 

Support from John Deere AMS ...................................................................................... 22 

Customer Care Center (CCC) .................................................................................... 22 

Stellar Support Website .............................................................................................. 22 

JDOffice Directory Structure .......................................................................................... 24 

Learning the Basics of Windows .................................................................................... 25 

Preferences ............................................................................................................... 29 

General Preferences ...................................................................................................... 30 

Dates Preferences ......................................................................................................... 32 

Legends Preferences ..................................................................................................... 33 

Maps (General) Preferences .......................................................................................... 35 

Maps (Print) Preferences ............................................................................................... 37 

Processing Preferences ................................................................................................. 38 

Boundary Preferences ................................................................................................... 40 

Printer Preferences ........................................................................................................ 41 

Export Preferences ........................................................................................................ 42 

TIGER® Info Preferences .............................................................................................. 43 

Setup .......................................................................................................................... 45 

Farms/Fields .................................................................................................................. 48 

Farm Setup ................................................................................................................. 48 

Field Setup ................................................................................................................. 51 

Products ......................................................................................................................... 53 

i

JDOffice 1.2 

Crop Setup ................................................................................................................. 53 

Variety Setup .............................................................................................................. 54 

Fertilizer Setup ........................................................................................................... 57 

Pesticide Setup ........................................................................................................... 59 

Tank Mix Setup ........................................................................................................... 61 

Carrier Setup .............................................................................................................. 63 

Resources ...................................................................................................................... 65 

Operator Setup ........................................................................................................... 65 

Machine Setup ............................................................................................................ 66 

Implement Setup ........................................................................................................ 67 

Tasks ............................................................................................................................. 69 

Task Setup ................................................................................................................. 69 

Tillage Setup ............................................................................................................... 73 

Irrigation Setup ........................................................................................................... 74 

Other Setup ................................................................................................................ 75 

Capital Assets/Destinations ........................................................................................... 77 

Storage Bins Setup ..................................................................................................... 77 

Irrigation System Setup .............................................................................................. 78 

Destinations Setup ..................................................................................................... 79 

Contracts ........................................................................................................................ 80 

Contract Setup ............................................................................................................ 80 

Contractor Setup ........................................................................................................ 81 

Flags/Legends ............................................................................................................... 84 

Flag Setup .................................................................................................................. 84 

Legend Schemes Setup ............................................................................................. 87 

Legend Setup ............................................................................................................. 88 

Define New Setup Types ............................................................................................... 93 

Define Types Setup .................................................................................................... 93 

Clients ............................................................................................................................ 94 

Client Setup ................................................................................................................ 94 

Saving the Setup Data to a PC Card ............................................................................. 96 

Farm Maps ................................................................................................................. 97 

Farm Map Tools ............................................................................................................. 99 

Farm Map Commands ................................................................................................. 100 

TIGER® Data ............................................................................................................... 102 

Printing Farm Maps ...................................................................................................... 105 

Using the PC Card .................................................................................................. 107 

Auto Unload PC Card .................................................................................................. 109 

Manually Unload the PC Card ..................................................................................... 110 

Merging Field Data From the Combine .................................................................... 112 

Unload Multiple Crops in a Field ............................................................................... 112 

ii

Edit Data Files Screen ................................................................................................. 113 

Unload Unknown Farms or Fields ............................................................................ 113 

Data to Edit .................................................................................................................. 115 

Edit the Contract ....................................................................................................... 116 

Edit the Crop ............................................................................................................. 117 

Edit the Destination .................................................................................................. 117 

Edit the Flags ............................................................................................................ 118 

Edit the Implement .................................................................................................... 119 

Edit the Load ............................................................................................................ 121 

Edit the Machine ....................................................................................................... 122 

Edit the Operations ................................................................................................... 123 

Edit the Operator ...................................................................................................... 135 

Edit the Point Flags .................................................................................................. 136 

Edit the Processing Season ..................................................................................... 137 

Edit the Product ........................................................................................................ 138 

Edit the Target Crop ................................................................................................. 139 

Edit the Task ............................................................................................................. 139 

Edit the Variety ......................................................................................................... 140 

Edit the Weather ....................................................................................................... 141 

Edit the Width ........................................................................................................... 142 

Preview Data on the Edit Data Files Screen ................................................................ 144 

Import Ag Leader Yield Data .................................................................................... 145 

Unload Archive Data .................................................................................................... 146 

Cleanup the PC Card ................................................................................................... 147 

Record Keeping ...................................................................................................... 149 

Field Budget ................................................................................................................. 151 

Crop Program .............................................................................................................. 154 

Field Plan ..................................................................................................................... 157 

Field History ................................................................................................................. 160 

Air Cart ......................................................................................................................... 164 

Harvest Doc ................................................................................................................. 165 

Field Maps ............................................................................................................... 167 

Movable Toolbars ........................................................................................................ 169 

Field Map Tools ........................................................................................................... 171 

Field Map Commands .................................................................................................. 176 

Using Layers to Analyze a Field .................................................................................. 177 

Field Information .......................................................................................................... 180 

Using Point Selection Tools ......................................................................................... 182 

Histograms ............................................................................................................... 184 

Delete Unwanted Points ........................................................................................... 184 

Analyze Data with Legends ......................................................................................... 187 

iii

JDOffice 1.2 

Actual vs. Normalized Legends ................................................................................ 189 

Contour Legends: Solid or Outlined ......................................................................... 191 

Crop and Field Boundaries .......................................................................................... 193 

Adjusting a Boundary or Drain Tile ........................................................................... 193 

Create Field Boundaries ........................................................................................... 195 

Export Field Boundaries ........................................................................................... 196 

Harvest Log (Yield) Maps ............................................................................................ 198 

Yield Map (Point/Contour) ........................................................................................ 198 

Moisture Map (Point/Contour) .................................................................................. 199 

Composite Contour Map (Yield or Moisture) ............................................................ 199 

Wet Weight Map (Point/Contour) .............................................................................. 200 

Elevation Contour Map ................................................................................................ 201 

Soil Type Map .............................................................................................................. 202 

Soil Type to Rate Table ............................................................................................ 203 

Ordering Soil Type Maps .......................................................................................... 204 

Import Soil Type Information .................................................................................... 205 

Drain Tile Map .............................................................................................................. 207 

Application Plan Map ................................................................................................... 208 

Application Plan Shape Tools ................................................................................... 211 

Copy an Application Plan ......................................................................................... 216 

Edit Application Plan Attributes ................................................................................ 217 

Write a Prescription ...................................................................................................... 218 

Operation Maps (Field Doc) ......................................................................................... 219 

Pesticide Maps ......................................................................................................... 222 

Fertilizer Map ............................................................................................................ 224 

Seeding Maps ........................................................................................................... 225 

Tank Mix Maps ......................................................................................................... 227 

Tillage Maps ............................................................................................................. 228 

Other Operations Maps ............................................................................................ 229 

Field Layer Notes ......................................................................................................... 230 

Using Filters to Analyze a Field ................................................................................... 232 

Multiple Crops in One Field .......................................................................................... 234 

Multiple Crops in the Same Growing Season ........................................................... 235 

Delete Field Data ......................................................................................................... 236 

Combine Calibration .................................................................................................... 238 

Calibrate by Harvest Date ........................................................................................ 238 

Calibrate by Field Totals ........................................................................................... 239 

Printing Field Maps ...................................................................................................... 241 

Export Field Data (Text or AEA Shape) ....................................................................... 244 

Export Layer Data as ESRI Shape Files ...................................................................... 247 

Summary Reports ................................................................................................... 249 

Favorite Reports .......................................................................................................... 250 

iv

Yield Reports ............................................................................................................... 253 

Yield Summary ......................................................................................................... 253 

Yield Field Summary ................................................................................................ 254 

Yield Date Summary ................................................................................................. 254 

Yield Flag Summary ................................................................................................. 255 

Field Layer Notes ..................................................................................................... 256 

Field Calibration ........................................................................................................ 257 

Prescription Reports .................................................................................................... 259 

Seeding Plan Summary ............................................................................................ 259 

Operation Reports ........................................................................................................ 260 

Task Detail Report .................................................................................................... 260 

Field History .............................................................................................................. 261 

Seeding Operation Summary ................................................................................... 261 

Fertilizer Operation Summary ................................................................................... 262 

Pesticide Operation Summary .................................................................................. 263 

Tillage Operation Summary ...................................................................................... 264 

Other Operation Summary ....................................................................................... 265 

Sprayer Specific Summary ....................................................................................... 265 

Resource Reports ........................................................................................................ 268 

Operator Summary ................................................................................................... 268 

Machine Summary .................................................................................................... 268 

Implement Summary ................................................................................................ 269 

Setup Reports .............................................................................................................. 271 

Farm/Field Setup ...................................................................................................... 271 

Flag Setup ................................................................................................................ 271 

Operations Setup ...................................................................................................... 272 

Resources Setup ...................................................................................................... 273 

CropTracer Reports ..................................................................................................... 275 

Contract Summary .................................................................................................... 275 

Seeding Load Detail Summary ................................................................................. 275 

Harvest Load Detail Summary .................................................................................. 276 

Record Keeping Reports .............................................................................................. 278 

Simple Field Budget Summary Report ..................................................................... 278 

Profitability Plan Report ............................................................................................ 279 

CRK Task Detail Report ........................................................................................... 280 

Export Report Data ...................................................................................................... 282 

Management Zones ..................................................................................................... 283 

Shapefiles ................................................................................................................. 283 

Select Fields to Import Management Zones ............................................................. 283 

Select Attributes for Management Zones ................................................................. 284 

Select Classification Name for Import ...................................................................... 285 

Select Management Zone to Rate Table .................................................................. 285 

Management Zone to Rate Table ............................................................................. 286 

v

JDOffice 1.2 

Print the Management Zone to Rate Table .............................................................. 286 

Management Zone Summary Report ....................................................................... 287 

Appendix ................................................................................................................. 289 

Error Messages ............................................................................................................ 289 

Crops Supported by JDOffice ...................................................................................... 309 

Growth Stages ............................................................................................................. 311 

Metric System .............................................................................................................. 314 

Conversion Factors ...................................................................................................... 315 

Delimited Text Export Formats .................................................................................... 316 

AEA Shape File Export Format .................................................................................... 316 

ESRI Shape File .JDA Export Format .......................................................................... 316 

Report Data Export Format .......................................................................................... 316 

FAQ’s ....................................................................................................................... 317 

General Questions ....................................................................................................... 317 

How Do I... Questions .................................................................................................. 324 

Glossary .................................................................................................................. 333 

Index ........................................................................................................................ 343 

vi

Installation 

JDOffice will automatically detect the upgrade components on the CD-Rom and 

perform a behind-the-scenes installation refresh; you do not need to uninstall the 

old version. 

If you are upgrading, do not uninstall JDmap prior to installing JDOffice 1.2. The 

installation program will only copy legacy data from JDmap 3.0 and JDmap 4.2; this data 

will be saved to a new location and JDOffice will use that copied data; old data will not be 

destroyed. 

If you are running Windows 2000, NT, or XP, you must have administrative privileges in 

order to install JDOffice. (You are the administrator if this is your personal computer and 

you are not networked to others). 

After installing the program, read “Activating JDOffice” on page 8. Until it is activated 

through the Customer Care Center (CCC), it will only work with limited unload/import 

functionality. 

1

JDOffice 1.2 

JDOffice System Requirements 

Operating System Windows 98, Windows ME, 

Windows 2000 Professional, 

Windows XP Home, Windows 

XP Professional 

MINIMUM REQUIRED MINIMUM RECOMMENDED 

2 

Windows 2000 Professional 

Processor Pentium II 233 MHz Pentium III 800 MHz 

RAM Memory 64 MB 128 MB 

Hard Disk Space 4 GB 10 GB 

Video 15” monitor 

800 x 600 resolution 

16 bit color 

VGA graphic support 

Disk Drive(s) CD-ROM 

3.5” floppy 

PC Card Reader Any Type II or III with ATA 

device compatibility 

Printer Printer which is supported by 

operating system being used. 

17” monitor 

1280 x 1024 resolution 

16 bit color 

SVGA graphic support 

Graphics acceleration with 4 

MB video RAM 

CDRW 

3.5” floppy 

Call the CCC for the 

recommended card reader for 

your operating system. 

Hewlett Packard Desk Jet, 

Canon Bubble Jet Color, 

Epson Stylus Color or Stylus 

Color II 

Modem 56k or faster with e-mail & 

internet access 

Browser Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 

* JDOffice will not install with Windows 95.

Installing JDOffice 1.2 

3 

Installation 

1. Place your JDOffice installation CD into your CD-ROM Drive. 

• If it does not start on its own (Auto Run), go to the Start button and select Run. In 

the text box, enter D:\autolaunch.exe (assuming D is your CD-ROM drive letter) 

and click OK. 

2. Click on the Install JDOffice button at the top of the Installation menu screen. 

3. At the Welcome screen, click Next. 

The Software License Agreement outlines the legalities about JDOffice, and the user’s 

rights and limits pertaining to the software. 

4. After reading the license agreement, click Yes to install JDOffice. By doing so, you are 

confirming that you accept the terms of the agreement.

JDOffice 1.2 

Before the installation will continue, JDOffice Setup will search for previously installed 

versions on your system (it will only detect JDmap 3.0, JDmap 4.2, JDOffice 1.0, or 

JDOffice 1.1). 

A permanent location must be selected the first time JDOffice is installed; the program 

cannot be moved once it is installed. A default location (Destination Folder) is 

automatically selected; no changes are necessary. 

• If you want to install JDOffice in a different location, click Browse to navigate to 

this new location. 

5. Click Next. 

JDOffice installation will add program icons to the program folder. The user may accept 

the default folder name, create a new folder name, or select one from a list on the Select 

Program Folder screen. 


The Setup PC Card Information screen instructs you to insert the PC Card into the 

appropriate drive so the Setup program can determine the default drive location. 

4

5 

Installation 

7. Insert your PC Card into the card reader. 


• If you do not have a PC Card at the time of installation, skip Step 7 and continue 

with Step 8. The drive letter can be selected at a later date on the General 

Preferences tab (refer to page 30). 

JDOffice Setup will detect your card and ask that you verify the drive letter on the Choose 

PC Card Location screen. If your PC Card drive is not installed, JDOffice will locate your 

highest drive letter. 

• Click Browse to specify a location if other than that which is selected. 

• Click Next. 

The Select Units of Measure screen determines whether JDOffice will use English or 

Metric units. Metric will display area in hectares, and weight in kilograms; English will 

display area in acres, and weight in bushels. Once JDOffice is installed, this selection can 

be changed if necessary. 

9. Select English or Metric. 


The Start Copying Files screen signals that Setup is ready to begin copying files. Scroll 

through the data to verify that all settings are correct. If any changes are needed, click

JDOffice 1.2 

Back to return to the screen you need to alter. 


The actual file copy portion of the installation process will begin. A progress bar will 

indicate the rate of installation. 

• If you get the Microsoft Windows Update message telling you that you already 

have the latest common controls installed on your hard drive, click OK. 

You will be prompted to install a shortcut icon for JDOffice. Shortcuts allow you to open an 

application from the desktop, instead of through the Start menu or Windows Explorer. 

12. Click Yes. 

The Setup Complete screen opens when the JDOffice program and sample data have 

been installed. The Read Me contains the latest news about JDOffice. 

13. Check Yes, I want to read the Read Me file now. 

14. Click Finish. 

The Read Me file can be printed if you would like a hard copy for future reference. 

6

7 

Installation 

At this point, your computer will be restarted so that all of the files can be properly installed. 


The installation will not finish until you open JDOffice for the first time. 

16. After restarting, open JDOffice. 

A JDInstall message will appear briefly; no action is required. When the installation (or 

synchronization of the install) is complete, you will receive a message. 

17. Click OK. 

Note: If you had an older incremental build of JDOffice previously 

installed, you will see the following message when you run the most 

recent JDOffice for the first time: 

All data that was gathered previously must have some internal changes 

done to its structure so that the new version of JDOffice can read it. By 

clicking OK, JDOffice will convert your data to the format. This is a 

mandatory step, so if you click Cancel JDOffice will shut down. 

Immediately after clicking OK, a License registration screen will appear. Refer to 

“Activating JDOffice” for instructions on obtaining a site key for your software.

JDOffice 1.2 

Activating JDOffice 

Every installation of JDOffice will produce a unique Site Code and work as an Evaluation 

copy. Before you can have a full working version of the program, you must call the CCC at 

1-888-GRN-STAR to obtain the corresponding Site Key which will “unlock” the program. 

The evaluation version of JDOffice is limited to four (4) unloads/imports per computer - 

regardless of the number of times the program was installed. You can use any 

combination of these functions four times; this could include four of one, or one of each. 

JDOffice will count each time one of these types of commands is selected. 

A JDOffice License Status screen will appear at startup and 

whenever you try to access restricted functionality (unloads/ 

imports). You have the option to activate the program then, or 

activating it later. 

However, when you have used all four, and you want to unload or 

import any data in the future, you must click Activate to register 

the application. If you choose not to activate JDOffice at this time, the program will work 

with limited functionality. 

Each installation will have a different Site Code, you will need the corresponding number 

of Site Keys to make all of them fully functional. 

Register JDOffice: 

1. On the JDOffice License Status screen, click Activate. 

2. Call the CCC and give them: 

4a. your 13 digit Serial Number (found on the JDOffice 

CD case) 

4b. the Site Code from the Authorize JDOffice screen 

3. The CCC will give you a Site Key, which you must enter on 

the Authorize JDOffice screen. 

4. Click OK. Your copy of JDOffice is now activated and all of 

its functions are fully available. 

8

Starting JDOffice 

9 

Installation 

JDOffice can be opened from the desktop shortcut - which was created during the 

installation (if you selected this option) - or from the Start menu. 

Of the three applications that install (JDOffice, JDDBManager, and JDBackup) only one of 

them can be running at a time. If you try to run a second application, you will receive an 

error message reminding you to shut down the running application before you start the 

new one. 

Start JDOffice: 

1. Double click on the JDOffice shortcut icon on your desktop. 

or 

1. Click on the Start button. 

2. Select Programs. 

3. Select GreenStar>JDOffice 1.2.

JDOffice 1.2 

JDOffice Tutorial 

The JDOffice tutorial can be accessed from the main installation screen, or from within 

JDOffice. 

View the tutorial from the Installation menu screen: 

1. Place the JDOffice installation CD into your CD-ROM drive. 

2. Click on the JDOffice Tutorial button at the top of the Installation menu screen. 

View the tutorial from within JDOffice: 

1. Place the JDOffice installation CD into your CD-ROM drive. 

2. From the Help menu, select JDOffice Tutorial. 

10

MENU BAR 

SHORTCUTS 

ONLINE HELP 

Navigating the Startup Screen 

11 

Installation 

The JDOffice Startup screen gives you access to any part of the program; it is intended to 

be used as the “starting point” to accessing JDOffice. You can use the standard menu bar 

at the top, or the hyperlink icons along the left side. 

When you move the mouse pointer over one of the six icons, the background will turn 

yellow to signify that it is “hot.” This means you may click on it to see the default screen for 

that topic. Once you click, the yellow arrow will become red; this serves as a reminder that 

the list of topics displayed corresponds to that icon. 

Each icon has its own set of links that are associated with it. For example, if you click on 

the Setup icon, the screen will change to list the Setup screens that you can access. Note 

that whatever is listed is exactly as it appears in the menu bar - this is just a different way 

of accessing the same information. Click on an item to jump to that part of the program. 

There are two types of shortcut icons that you will find in the lists. An arrow next to the 

topic means you can click on the listed topic and jump straight to that section of the 

software (see the Setup list below); a plus sign signifies that there are additional topics 

within those listed (see the Reports list below). Continue sorting through the hierarchy by 

clicking the plus sign until you find a specific topic to access; you must have an arrow to 

access the section of the software. 

Note: Once you use an icon to access a part of the program, you do not need 

to keep returning to this startup screen to go to other parts of the software; 

simply use the menu bar at the top of the screen.

JDOffice 1.2 

12

Getting Started 

Precision farming teaches farmers to base their decisions on harvested information; it is 

the leading edge of farm management technology today, and begins with the collection of 

accurate field data. 

Highly varying yields within a field indicate that the current farming practices may not be 

providing the best possible growing conditions everywhere in the field. Therefore, the 

more information you 

have about your field, 

the more factors you 

can control in order to 

make better decisions 

about the factors you 

can’t control. 

The process of 

associating data with 

geographic 

coordinates is known 

as georeferencing. 

The most common 

georeferencing 

method for recording 

the location of sites within a field is through the use of satellites collectively known as the 

Global Positioning System (GPS). GPS satellites transmit longitude, latitude and altitude 

signals necessary to pinpoint exact locations on Earth. 

A mounted receiver on the tractor or combine calculates the machine’s position in the field, 

allowing the farmer to coordinate exact field locations with field activities. Field equipment 

(both machines and implements) can be equipped with sensors which measure values 

such as average yield, average moisture, seeding rates, tillage depths, and pesticide 

rates. This data is matched to the corresponding longitude, latitude, and altitude which is 

gathered by the GPS receiver affixed to the top of the combine or tractor cab. 

All the gathered information is then taken to a personal computer where it is processed 

into text reports and visual maps. Farmers can now see exactly where the best - and worst 

- areas of their fields are, which helps them to farm smarter by making better decisions. 

In addition, the farmer’s pocket notebook will be replaced with expansive crop recordkeeping, 

making it easier to provide the necessary information to the Environmental 

Protection Agency (EPA). 

The primary goals of precision farming are maximizing profits by applying the right amount 

of inputs in the places needed to sustain a high crop yield, and enhancing environmental 

stewardship. 

13

JDOffice 1.2 

Why NOW is a Good Time to Start 

1. Technically, it’s practical. The needed machine controls, sensors, and computers are 

readily available and affordable. It is the technical equipment that is imperative; without 

this equipment, there would be no precision farming. 

2. Economically, it makes sense. Specific knowledge about your fields gives you the 

ability to decide on field inputs based on site-specific needs. Using fertilizer only where 

needed, based on factors such as elevation and corresponding yield results, and 

planting varying amounts of seeds based on soil type could save you money. 

Precision farming optimizes the management of farm inputs based on site-specific 

needs and allows you to measure the increased yield results. 

3. Environmentally, it’s very friendly. Field inputs can be applied accurately only when 

and where they are needed to sustain a high crop yield. The yield maps may also tell 

you where you can utilize soil conservation techniques in specific field locations to 

ensure high yields. In addition, all activities and their results are completely 

documented. 

How JDOffice Will Help You 

User-friendly and easy-to-understand, JDOffice allows you to document field operations 

by creating color maps and spreadsheet reports of individual fields. 

The farmer now knows the equipment’s exact position in the field, allowing him to 

coordinate field locations with field activities. With this information, 

producers have more tools to refine their analysis of various 

aspects of their fields, including yield variability, soil type 

differences, or problems associated with fertility, weed control, 

drainage, or equipment malfunction. 

Variable rate seeding or spraying can significantly reduce the 

overlap during applications thereby decreasing the costs. Besides 

decreased input costs (seeds and chemicals), reduced overlap saves 

time, salary, and fuel. It doesn’t take long to see how fast the system pays for itself. 

In addition, the higher level of crop record keeping assures the buyer that the variety 

delivered is pure and that it meets all the minimum quality standards as outlined in the 

contract. 

The innovative tools and easy-to-use approach not only helps you better understand your 

farm’s yield on a site-specific basis, but also helps you develop an understanding of the 

factors affecting your yields. The program will assist you in gaining insight as to how you 

may vary crop inputs based on site-specific needs, increase margin/acre profitability, and 

develop plans for optimizing overall crop inputs. 

14

15 


The Following is Advised: 

1. Before doing any work in the field, enter the year’s entire farming operation in the 

Setup tabs and save this data to the PC Card. Refer to Chapter 4 “Setup,” for 

detailed instructions. 

2. Edit the field boundary to correctly reflect its actual shape, or if utilizing the field 

documentation program, drive the boundary and unload it into JDOffice. Refer to 

“Adjusting a Boundary or Drain Tile” on page 193 for details, or to your GreenStar 

Display documentation. 

3. While in the field, use the Setup entries that are listed on the GreenStar Display. Doing 

so will save you a great deal of time on the JDOffice Edit Data Files screen. 

For more information on GreenStar and JDOffice, refer to the John Deere Ag Management 

Solutions website at http://www.deere.com/greenstar.

JDOffice 1.2 

Backup/Restore the Data 

Data is unique and lost data cannot be re-created. To ensure that you can restore your 

data in the event of a computer failure, it is advised that you regularly perform backups and 

save the file on an external drive such as a Zip disk. Backing up creates an exact copy of 

your data so that it can be retrieved in the event of a failure. 

When installing JDOffice, an external backup/restore program will automatically be copied 

to the GreenStar directory; the name of this program is JDBackup. 

Of the three applications that install (JDOffice, JDDBManager, and JDBackup) only one of 

them can be running at a time. If you try to run a second application, you will receive an 

error message asking you to close the running application before you start the new one. 

Backup the Data 

During the backup, you select where you would like to save the backup file; this file will be 

overwritten each time you run the program. The saved data includes all archived data for 

all years found in JDOffice. 

An additional option on the Dates Preferences tab serves as a reminder to backup your 

data. Simply enter the number of days you wish to wait before being reminded to back up 

your data again. All of the backed up data will be saved in one file, and each new backup 

command will replace the previously saved file - unless you choose a different location or 

name. 

Backup JDOffice data: 

1. Close JDOffice. 

2. Click on the Start button . 


4. Select GreenStar>JDBackup. 

5. Click the... (ellipse) button in the Backup section. 

6. A default directory will be selected. 

• If you would like a different location, it 

on this screen. 

7. Click OK. 

8. A name (based on time and date) will be 

16

automatically entered for the selected location. Click Backup. 

17 


• If you would like a name other than the default, highlight what is there and type in a 

new name. Be sure and leave C:\ and the extension .jdb. 

9. A progress bar will indicate the rate of completion. Click Exit when finished. 

A *.jdb file will be created. This file should always be left alone; do not try to open it - unless 

you are restoring data, and then only access it through JDOffice. 

Restore Backed up Data 

If you regularly backup your data, you will be able to restore your farm’s current 

information in the event of a computer failure. 

Note: When you restore data from a Backup, all of the JDOffice data on your 

computer will be replaced with the contents of the backup file. 

Restore JDOffice data: 

1. Close JDOffice. 

2. Click on the Start button . 


4. Select GreenStar>JDBackup. 

5. Click the ... (ellipse) button in the Restore section. 

6. In Look In, select the drive letter of the backed up file location. 

• Use the Up One Level button to move through directories. 

• Select the appropriate drive letter.

JDOffice 1.2 

• In the window, double-click on the folder in which it is saved (unless it is saved 

directly to the drive). 

7. Locate and select the *.jdm file. 

8. Click Open. 

9. The name of the selected file will appear. Click Restore. 

10. A caution message will open. Verify that this is the correct file, as it will erase 

everything currently in the program and replace it with whatever is in the file. 

• Click Yes to replace all the current data in JDOffice with the backed up data; click 

No to terminate the command. 

11. A progress bar will indicate the rate of completion. When it is successful, click Exit to 

close the program. 

18

Multi-Client System 

19 


Multi-client is a feature that assists users in keeping separate, confidential files within 

JDOffice for multiple clients. If any aspect of the program has multi-client capabilities, 

there will be an additional explanation in the corresponding section in the Users Guide. 

Multi-client information is intended for the JDOffice users who purchased the multi-client 

version. 

Please call the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-GRN-STAR to obtain the Multi- 

Client plug-in version of JDOffice. Customers in Australia should call 0011-800-0428- 

3929, and those in New Zealand should call 00-800-0428-3929. 

The name of the client whose data you are working with will appear in the title bar of 

JDOffice. To ensure confidentiality, only the currently selected client’s data will be 

available. 

To change clients, select the new client from the list in Setup>Clients. If you have a single 

client system, there will be one name listed on the Client Setup tab and the New button will 

be disabled. 

To add a new client, refer to “Client Setup” on page 94. 

Single or Multi-Client PC Card 

For this release of JDOffice, multi-client installations can use either single client or multiclient 

formatted PC Cards. 

If you have data saved on a single client PC Card and try to save any data (in any form) 

for another client to the same card, JDOffice will warn you that the clients don’t match. If 

you select to save the new data anyway, all of the data on the PC Card will be deleted and 

replaced with the new client’s data. 

If you are using a multi-client card, be certain you have the correct client selected on the 

Unload PC Card, Save to PC Card, Unload from Archive, and Cleanup PC Card screens 

before proceeding.

JDOffice 1.2 

Help with JDOffice 

As part of the GreenStar package, several forms of help are provided: 

1. Quick Reference Guide 

The JDOffice Quick Reference Guide is an overview of JDOffice’s capabilities. 

2. User’s Guide 

The User’s Guide is designed to lead you through setting up the necessary information to 

begin using JDOffice. When you have finished the first few chapters, you will be ready to 

gather data on your PC Card and manipulate it in JDOffice. The Guide provides detailed 

information and instructions on how to use this system. It is intended to be used whenever 

you need assistance with JDOffice. 

Frequently asked General Questions and How Do I? Questions appear in their own 

chapter on pages 317 and 324, respectively. 

Error Messages (and the corresponding corrective actions for each) appear in the 

Appendix beginning on page 289. 

3. Telephone Orientation 

For your convenience, JDOffice orientation is available via the telephone. This orientation 

will cover both common hardware and Windows concepts, as well as basic information 

about JDOffice. For details, contact the CCC (Customer Care Center). 

4. JDOffice Online Help 

In addition to Microsoft Windows, JDOffice also has its own online Help. 

20

21 


This Help program can be opened through the command bar, or from any JDOffice screen 

that has a Help button . If you prefer to use the keyboard, F1 will open the Help 

topic for the active window. 

The Help system is always at your fingertips, and contains step-by-step task instructions. 

Open the Help system: 

1. From the Help menu, select Help Topics. 

• To locate a more precise topic, select Help on Menu Bar, Help on Farm Map, or 

Help on Field Map. 

There are three types of icons within the online Help system: closed books, open books, 

and sheets of paper. Picture the Help system as an outline. 

Closed books are topics that contain several other topics; sheets of paper are the actual 

topics that contain the help information. Double click on closed books to open them; click 

once on the sheets of paper - the topic information will appear on the right. 

The Help system contains an Index if you prefer to look for information on 

a specific topic. Type in the key word at the top and the topics will be 

highlighted in the Index. As you begin to type, the Index will automatically 

jump to that part of the listing that contains the letters you are typing. Click 

on the highlighted topics to see the information.

JDOffice 1.2 

Support from John Deere AMS 

Customer Care Center (CCC) 

If you have a question about JDOffice, first look in the User’s Guide or search for the topic 

in the online Help. You can also find late-breaking information or technical data in the 

Read Me file. 

If you cannot find the answer, contact the CCC (GreenStar Stellar Support) at 

1-888-GRN-STAR. Customers in Australia should call 0011-800-0428-3929, and those in 

New Zealand should call 00-800-0428-3929. This service is available to customers who 

have purchased an AMS support agreement; however only the English language will be 

supported. 

The CCC offers you access to both responsive and highly qualified technical support. 

They are open 7 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. Central time, 7 days a week, 362 days a year (closed 

Thanksgiving day, Christmas day, and New Years Day). 

Each time you call the CCC, you will be asked for your User ID. If you already have a PIN 

number from previous installs, you will no longer use it; all users are issued a new User ID 

number that can be located on the back of the JDOffice installation CD case. 

Stellar Support Website 

John Deere Ag Management Solutions (AMS) launched an internet support site to 

complement your local John Deere dealer and the CCC. 

22

23 


John Deere AMS is committed to providing premium support to our customers; the internet 

provides a fast, 24 hour easy-access tool for us to accomplish this. 

When accessing the site (http://www.StellarSupport.com), a profile will need to be 

completed. Once done, the following is a sample of what is available: 

• Activate and transfer position receiver differential correction subscription 

• View the StarFire Network to make sure all satellites are operational 

• Request JDOffice and JDOffice Plug-Ins from your selected dealer 

• Purchase an AMS Support Agreement 

• Register for an AMS training class 

• View North American New Product Information 

• Create a profile 

• Participate in a Discussion forum with other users and a JDAMS Representative 

• Access ‘Frequently Asked Questions’ 

• Fill out an AMS Survey on the products you own 

• E-mail our GreenStar Customer Care Center support group with questions* 

• Download product enhancements for John Deere products/applications 

• View the latest software versions table for components and applications 

* Requires an AMS Support Agreement

JDOffice 1.2 

JDOffice Directory Structure 

By default, C:\GreenStar\JDOffice will be the location of the JDOffice installation. Within 

the GreenStar folder, there will be four default folders: 

• data: contains all of the data unloaded into JDOffice; a user can back up this data 

folder 

• export: contains all the files which the user exports from JDOffice 

• install: contains copies of the files which were needed for installation 

• lib: contains files needed for JDOffice settings 

Note: Depending on what you do, (imports/exports, etc.) you may have 

additional folders within the basic directory structure. 

24

Learning the Basics of Windows 

25 


This section will teach you how to take full advantage of Microsoft Windows easy-to-use 

graphical interface. 

The Mouse 

The mouse pointer changes shapes depending on whether you are clicking 

in text, or pointing to an object. When you click in text, the pointer transforms 

into an I-beam. When you point to an object such as a menu or toolbar, the 

pointer becomes a left-pointing arrow. 

Point: Position the mouse pointer (without using the mouse button) until the top of the 

pointer rests on the item you want to point to on the screen. 

Drag: Move the mouse while holding down the left mouse button. 

Click: Position the pointer over an object and then press and release the left mouse button 

without moving the mouse. 

Right Click: Press then immediately release the right mouse button without moving the 

mouse. 

Double-Click: Press then immediately release the left mouse button twice without moving 

the mouse. The rate of clicking can be slowed down or sped up. If you find that nothing 

happens when you double-click, you may need to slow down the rate at which Windows 

will recognize it. 

Consult your Windows Help for instructions on changing mouse characteristics. 

Menu Bar 

Windows-based programs use pull-down menus to organize and provide easy access to 

commands. Each menu category is listed below the title of the application in the menu bar. 

There are also sub-menus within some menus; these are indicated by a right-pointing 

arrow. Sub-menu options can also be displayed on the screen by clicking the right mouse 

button. 

This manual will display menu commands as a series. For 

example, Tools>Farm>Field Information describes choosing 

the Field Information sub-menu in the Farm sub-menu on the 

Tools menu. Any commands that cannot be executed at that 

point in the program will be shown on the menu in gray (this is 

referred to as “grayed-out”).

JDOffice 1.2 

Minimize, Maximize, Restore, and Exit 

All applications (and most windows) have three buttons at the top right corner of the 

screen. Minimizing is useful if you want to get a window out of the way without closing it. 

The open application/window will become an icon next to the Start menu at the bottom of 

the screen. 

• To minimize a window or application, click 

• To maximize a window or application (fill your entire screen), click 

• To restore a window or application (to regular size), click 

• To exit (close) a window or application, click 

Resize Screens and Windows 

You may find that some windows within JDOffice are not large 

enough to support all of the data that may be found there; this is 

common when looking at reports or the Layers chooser. 

To expand the size of a window, place the mouse pointer on a 

border; the cursor will convert to a two-headed arrow if it is 

expandable. Drag the border inward or outward to change the 

size. 

OK, Cancel or Apply 

OK is used to accept the changes and close the window. Cancel 

is used to ignore the changes and close the window without 

saving. Apply is used to apply (and save) the changes to the 

system without closing the window. 

Keyboard Commands 

If you are more comfortable using the keyboard, you can access some of the commands 

by using keyboard combinations. On the pull-down menu there may be a keystroke 

combination listed to the right of a command; that command can be accessed directly 

using that combination of keys. For example, you can access the Print window by pressing 

the Ctrl and P keys at the same time. 

Right-Click Menus 

After selecting a field, you can right-click the mouse to see a list of commands. Those 

listed are the same as you would find under the Tools menu, or by using the command 

26

27 


buttons at the top of the screen. 

If you are on a farm map, only farm map tasks are visible when you right-click; if you are 

on a field map, only field map tasks are visible. Your mouse must have two buttons for this 

function to be active. 

Drop-Down Text Boxes 

JDOffice utilizes drop-down text boxes, which are indicated by a down arrow to the right of 

it. This arrow tells the user that there are more choices than that which is displayed. If you 

click on the arrow, the other available choices will “drop down.” Simply select your choice 

from the list. 

Microsoft Windows Online Help 

If you are a beginning Windows user, be sure to review the Windows online Help training 

on your Windows desktop. You can take the Ten Minute Tour, or read the complete 

Windows training. 

View Window’s online Help: 

1. From your computer’s desktop, select Start>Help. 

2. Double click on a topic. 

• Or search for the topic on the Index tab.

JDOffice 1.2 

28

Preferences 

Before data is unloaded from the PC Card, JDOffice’s preferences need to be selected. 

These settings affect the general behavior of the program, and are separated into ten 

tabbed screens, each containing various options. 

These tabs cover general display options, dates, legend options, map display options, 

data processing options, boundary options, printer specifications, yield data export 

formats, and choices for viewing TIGER ® data. 

To save and apply your preferences, click OK only after you have made all the desired 

changes to all of the tabs (the changes will take immediate effect). The system will 

remember your changes as you move from one tab to another. Click Cancel to discard all 

of the changes to all of the tabs since the last save. 

Open the Preferences tabs: 

1. From the File menu, select Preferences. 

2. Click on a tab to access its corresponding data. 

29

JDOffice 1.2 

General Preferences 

PC Card Reader Drive 

This option is initially set during the installation. If this setting is not correct you will get an 

error that says JDOffice cannot access the PC Card. Although yours may be different, 

most system configurations identify the hard drive as (C:), the floppy drive as (A:), the CD- 

ROM drive as (D:), and the PC Card drive as (E:). If during the installation you assign the 

correct drive, but relocate the drive at a later time, you need to change the drive letter on 

this tab. The PC Card needs to be in the drive to have the corresponding letter available. 

Default Card Format 

This section will only be visible if you have a multi-client installation. If you have a single 

client installation of JDOffice, the PC Card you are using will only be a single client format 

(one client per card); however, if you have a multi-client installation of the software, your 

PC Card can now be formatted as single client or multi-client. 

All multi-client installations will have a new drop down box on this screen to select the 

format of a PC Card. There are three options: Prompt for new cards, Multi-card format, or 

Single-card format. These options can be changed at any time. 

One or more clients can be saved to an individual PC Card if you select the Multi-Client 

format; only the current client can be saved to the PC Card if the Single-Client format is 

selected (required for combine yield mapping). 

30

31 

Preferences 

If you are a cooperator or a service provider and have installed a multi-client system of 

JDOffice, you will probably want to set this preference to Prompt for new card option, as 

it is the most versatile. JDOffice will “ask” you the format you would like each time you 

insert a new PC Card. If you do not share PC Cards with any of your clients, you will want 

to always use the Multi-client format when prompted. However, if you have a client that 

uses combine yield mapping, you will need to use the Single-client format when prompted. 

Monetary Symbol 

The monetary symbol entered here will be used as a label throughout the Record Keeping 

section of JDOffice and in the reports. This symbol can be changed at any time; however, 

JDOffice will not calculate a money value exchange between the two. 

Units of Measure 

The Units of measure section determines whether JDOffice will use English or Metric 

units. For a chart of the English to metric equivalents, refer to “Metric System” on page 

314. 

Save Main Window Size & Position on Exit 

The position and size at which the JDOffice Startup screen opens on your monitor is 

adjustable. If you want to change the size of this window, or move it to another position - 

and have these settings apply each time you open the program - check this box before you 

exit JDOffice. The position that the window was in when you exited JDOffice will be the 

position it opens in. If you leave this box unchecked, JDOffice will open in the default 

position each time. 

Accounting Manager Plug-In 

An accounting plug-in (additional software that is added to the release version of JDOffice) 

is available to enhance your record keeping abilities. Currently, this plug-in coordinates 

information between JDOffice and QuickBooks Pro. It allows for automatic setup of the 

QuickBooks chart of accounts, sending products from JDOffice to QuickBooks Pro, and 

bringing in product prices from QuickBooks Pro back to JDOffice. Contact your John 

Deere dealer for more information. 

If you have purchased the plug-in already, refer to the documentation that shipped with the 

QuickBooks Pro installation CD.

JDOffice 1.2 

Dates Preferences 

Seasonal Year Date 

This option reflects how you set up your crop year/season, and only pertains to the 

unloading procedure. The default seasonal year is from January 01 to December 31. If you 

have a crop that is planted in one calendar year and harvested in another (ex. winter 

wheat), you can change the seasonal year date before unloading your data to keep the 

planting and harvesting within the same seasonal year in JDOffice. 

Change the seasonal year date: 

1. Click on the arrow to display a monthly calendar. 

2. Click on the left or right arrow to change the month. 

• The left arrow moves backward in time; the right moves forward in time. 

3. Click on a number to select the date. 

Current Processing Season 

The current processing season (the “season”) is set during the installation, but can be 

changed at any time to view data from other years. 

The current processing season determines: 

• the year in which the user is currently working 

• the year that the farm map displays 

• the year in which boundaries, application plans, operation layers, and soil type 

32

33 

Preferences 

maps are saved 

• the year in which all your crop record keeping data is saved 

• the year of data in which the summary reports initially open (other years can be 

viewed by clicking Customize) 

However, this year does not control the unload process, or the viewing of data on the field 

map. If you need to change the year that is saved in the file while unloading the PC Card, 

refer to “Edit the Processing Season” on page 137. 

For ease in changing the year, a spin box is located at the bottom right side 

of the JDOffice screen. Click on the top arrow to move forward in time; click 

on the bottom arrow to move back in time. 

Automatic Backup Reminder 

The data within JDOffice is backed up by an external program called JDBackup (it is 

automatically copied to the GreenStar directory when you installed JDOffice). 

Type a number into the box or use the arrows to the right of the box to select how 

frequently you would like to be reminded to backup JDOffice. When this number of days 

has passed, a message will be posted reminding you to save your data. For more 

information, refer to “Backup/Restore the Data” on page 16. 

Automatically Add Today’s Date on Layer Notes 

To help you with your record-keeping, the current date will automatically be added to a 

note when you begin to type it. If you do not want the date to appear in any of your notes, 

uncheck this box. To remove the date from an individual note, open the note, highlight the 

date and use the keyboard Delete or Backspace key to delete it. 

Legends Preferences

JDOffice 1.2 

The default legend determines the coloring of the data on a field map the first time that 

type of field layer is viewed. Once the field map is visible, you can view any of the legends 

which were created for any legend type and crop. JDOffice ships with default legends for 

most crops in the system. 

Some crops have multiple legends, and you can select which of those you want to be the 

default. You are not limited to the listed legends - additional legends can be created on the 

Legends Setup tab and then selected as the default on this tab. 

Select the default legend: 


2. Select the Legends tab. 

3. In Legend type, select Application Log, Elevation, Moisture or Yield. 

4. In Crop, select the crop to which you want to assign a new default legend. 

• Elevation legends do not have crops. 

5. In Default legend, select the new legend. 

6. Click OK to save your changes and close the Preferences. 

Offset Application Log Legends 

If you are using variable drive, you will get application log maps in addition to the field 

documentation maps. An application log is a graphic representation of how the seeds or 

chemicals were actually planted/applied in the field. If you used a seeding prescription, the 

log (and corresponding legend) should be identical to the application plan if the 

prescription is not deviated from. 

However, the implement may not apply exactly those designated amounts. As the 

controller cycles up and down from one rate to another, it may use a rate slightly off from 

the desired target. Depending on the amount, the extra seeds or chemicals may change 

the legend color for that area. It this happens frequently, the legend as a whole will not 

display accurate results. For example, if one area should have 26,000 seeds planted in it, 

and the planter plants 25,950, the legend will display a different color if the legend has an 

increment between the two values. 

Legends are set by increments so there is little tolerance for error. This option eliminates 

using the wrong color when the rate is within a designated value of the target. 

As a rule, the majority of users will not change the default offset number. 

34

Maps (General) Preferences 

Compress Distances on the Farm Map 

35 

Preferences 

The default of JDOffice is to have this option checked. Although enlarged, the fields will 

remain proportionate in size, and in the correct geographic position to one another. 

However, because the program recalculates the distance between the fields to be able to 

display them all on the farm map, the distance between fields will be distorted, and the 

printed map will not be to scale. 

If this box is unchecked, the fields on the farm map might be 

extremely far apart, making it difficult to analyze. The graphic to 

the right is an example of this. 

The same farm with its three fields is displayed twice. The farm on 

top is with compression turned off and the farm on the bottom is 

with compression turned on. If your farm has several fields that are 

spread out, you can see how difficult it could become to see them 

all at once on the farm map if the field compression feature is 

turned off. 

If you do not have the compression option checked, the longitude and latitude of any tool’s 

position on the farm map will display at the bottom of the screen. 

This option needs to be turned off before viewing TIGER data on the farm map. 

Draw Points in Reverse on Field Map 

Points are drawn on the field map in the order in which the equipment collects data. If you 

drive over a part of the field that has already been harvested (end rows), these points will 

display on “top” of the points which were collected first. Because you have already 

harvested this area, these new points will have zero yield and will be represented by the 

lowest legend color on the field map. The correct yield results are actually “underneath” 

these points. 

This option reverses the display order, and the actual data you drove over first will display

JDOffice 1.2 

on the top layer of the field map. The default and recommended setting is to select this 

option. 

Note: JDOffice calculates area for each point using the appropriate width for 

a given point at part of the field. When drawing maps, the widest width issued 

for all points. 

Default System Colors 

The Filter color is used to designate the points which represent the filter chosen while 

viewing a field point map. To avoid interfering with the remaining colored points, the 

default color is gray. For more information, refer to “Using Filters to Analyze a Field” on 

page 232. 

The Preview color is used on the Edit Data Files window. This color works like a filter - it 

illustrates where variances are located in the field before you unload the data from your 

PC Card. The fields on this screen are gray so the default preview color is yellow. 

Sometimes it can be difficult to quickly determine if your field has a Crop or Field Boundary 

- or both. To help differentiate between the two, a different default color is assigned to 

each boundary. Field boundary = black, Crop boundary = bright blue 

The Multi-Flag color is used with the Flag filter to designate that two or more items have 

been flagged in the same field location. If this happens you will see red points when Show 

all flags in this field is selected. 

Change a color: 


2. Select the Maps (General) tab. 

3. Click on the arrow next to the sample color you want to change. 

4. In the color chooser that appears, click on a new color. 

• Click Other to create a custom color. 


36

Maps (Print) Preferences 

Select Area For Printed Maps 

37 

Preferences 

JDOffice is capable of collecting three different areas for your fields - although only one 

can be selected at a time. This tab gives you the option of which area you would like to see 

on the printed field maps: 

• The Area of field is the number of acres that are legally listed on the government 

land registration documents. 

• The FSA area of field is the number of acres of cropland that meets the 

requirements of FSA payment programs for crops such as wheat, corn, soybeans, 

and cotton. 

• The Machine area of field is the area calculated from the data gathered by the 

GreenStar Display. (Default) 

Enter both the Area of field and the FSA area of field values on the Field Setup tab for 

each field in the farming operation. Each of these values is usually larger than the Machine 

area of the field value, as these are the areas of the entire plot of land - not just the area 

that the equipment has covered.

JDOffice 1.2 

Processing Preferences 

Unload Yield Options 

The unload yield options provide more mapping control with the software. The start and 

end of pass delays and counting zero grain flow have a dual purpose: set one way they 

eliminate low yield points (yellow points - unless a color scheme is used) and improve the 

appearance of the maps - set the opposite way they ensure the acreage very closely 

matches that on the GreenStar Display. 

The start and end of pass delays refer to the number of seconds of data that are 

recorded in the combine, but not displayed on your maps. These delays are needed at the 

start of the pass because most operators lower the header prior to entering the crop. At 

the end of the pass, most operators raise the header a few seconds after coming out of the 

stand. Setting the start and end of pass delays to match your driving practices helps avoid 

low yield spots on your maps where you are driving over areas that have already been 

harvested, or do not contain crop. 

The delay values range in time from 0 to 4 seconds (2 is the default). If a larger amount of 

time is needed, adjustments can be made in the combine to compensate. 

Zero grain flow refers to the absence of yield hitting the mass flow sensor in the combine. 

When this option is turned off, you are eliminating yield sites on your maps where you are 

potentially driving over an area that has already been harvested. When this option is 

checked, all yield sites covered while the header is down (regardless of yield) are being 

mapped. 

Note: If you alter either option after you unload your data, the changes will not 

affect your maps unless you reprocess the raw data by unloading it from the 

archive. 

Three Outcomes Available Depending on Options Set 

I. Accurate acreage correlation between JDOffice and the GreenStar Display (allow for 

rounding). Although you will have matching acreages, your map may have more low yield 

38

39 

Preferences 

sites around the perimeter and in the areas that you were not harvesting, but didn’t raise 

your header. 

1. In Start and End of pass delay, enter a zero (0). 

2. Check Include area for points that have zero grain flow. 

II. Visually appealing maps. Use if your primary concern is clean maps and not the 

preciseness of the number of acres matching the combine. 

1. In Start and End of pass delay, enter a value (0-4 seconds). 

2. Uncheck Include area for points that have zero grain flow. 

III. Accurate acreage correlation AND visually appealing maps. Use if you want both 

visually pleasing maps and accurate acreage correlation at the same time. The low yield 

points will be moved to the “bottom” of the map. 

1. In Start and End of pass delay, enter a zero (0). 

2. Check Include area for points that have zero grain flow. 

3. On the Maps Preferences tab, check Draw points in reverse on Field Map. 

Show files in Unload Chooser exclusively for current client 

This option protects you from unloading the wrong data from one client’s PC Card into 

another’s farm. An error message will let you know that no data files for the current client 

were found. 

It works on a single client system by verifying the disk, and on a multi-client system by 

verifying the client number. If this is unchecked, all files on the PC Card will be visible (and 

able to unload) in the Unload PC Card window. 

Warn if distance between target farm and field exceeds n miles 

Farms are defined by the fields within them. If you are unloading a field into a farm that is 

more than n (“n” is the number you designate) miles from that farm’s nearest field, 

JDOffice will give you a proximity warning. This warning alerts you to the fact that this field 

may not belong to the selected farm. You can click OK and continue if you are sure it 

belongs, or you can click OK and select another farm. 

Note: 25 miles is the default distance.

JDOffice 1.2 

Boundary Preferences 

Crop Boundary Creation Options 

This preference controls how a field’s crop boundary is created. Select the option prior to 

unloading the field’s data from the PC Card. The boundaries are referenced by the field’s 

tag number. 

• If you want JDOffice to make your boundaries (both field and crop) more precise, 

select Create the most accurate boundary possible, which will take additional 

computing time while unloading the data. This option is the default of JDOffice. 

• If Create crop boundary from point data is selected the crop boundary will be 

produced mathematically as a convex hull. After unloading your data, you may 

have to manually edit the boundary points to make them more precise. 

• If Create crop boundary from existing field boundary is selected you must 

already have a field boundary saved in the program. This can be from previous 

years of data, or from manually driving the boundary and then unloading that file in 

JDOffice. If you took the time to make an accurate boundary and you have one 

crop per field, you will want to use this option. 

Regardless of which you choose, boundaries can be edited on the field map at any time. 

40

Printer Preferences 

Show Layer Notes/Show Histograms 

41 

Preferences 

The default of JDOffice is to have the Show layer notes... option checked. If you prefer 

not to have your notes print on the maps, uncheck the box. Notes print on any contour map 

(except composite); if you want them to print on point maps, uncheck Show histogram.... 

For more information about notes and their uses, refer to “Field Layer Notes” on page 230. 

Histograms print on field point maps, soil type maps, variety map, flags maps, and 

application plan maps. If you check Show histogram... and Show layer notes..., the 

histogram will print in place of the notes; both options cannot print on the same map. For 

more information, refer to “Histograms” on page 184. Neither option will appear if you print 

a multi-layer map - the names of each layer will print instead. 

Page Margins 

In order for your maps to print centered on the page, the printer margins should always 

equal 1.5 inches (38.2 mm) collectively vertically or horizontally. For example, if you 

reduce the top margin by .25”,add .25” to the bottom. The same is true for left and right. 

Save Windows Printer Settings on Exit 

Activating this option forces some printers to reset each time you exit the program. 

Printers which have not fully implemented the Microsoft communication standard may 

produce Illegal Operation errors or other problems. If you are experiencing printing 

difficulties with JDOffice, uncheck this option, exit - then reopen JDOffice.

JDOffice 1.2 

Export Preferences 

Yield Export Format 

Data is exported to be shared with other mapping software in the industry. The Export tab 

only refers to harvested yield data. 

The AEA Shape format creates a directory that contains seven separate files. Combined, 

these seven files are smaller than one exported Text file. The Text format creates an 

ASCII comma delimited file. 

Before exporting the data, verify that the format selected is an acceptable option to the 

other software application. For more information about exporting yield data, refer to 

“Export Field Data (Text or AEA Shape)” on page 244. 

JDOffice also supports the exporting of ESRI Shape files, although it is not controlled via 

this tab. For more information on this procedure, refer to “Export Layer Data as ESRI 

Shape Files” on page 247. 

Note: The format selected on this screen is irrelevant when exporting 

operation point layers, as they can only be exported in the Text format 

(unless you export them as ESRI Shape files). 

Export Post-Calibrated Yield Data 

You can export raw data gathered from the field, or modified data that has been calibrated 

after unloading it from the PC Card (post-calibrated data). The default of JDOffice is to 

export raw data - that which exactly matches what was gathered in the field. If there is a 

certain instance where you need to export post-calibrated data, check this option before 

exporting. Be sure to uncheck it after you are finished. 

42

TIGER ® Info Preferences 

43 

Preferences 

TIGER (Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing) files are a digital 

database of geographic features including roads, railroads, rivers, lakes, political 

boundaries, etc. which cover the entire United States. The database contains information 

about these features such as their location (in latitude and longitude), the name, the type 

of feature, address ranges for most streets, the geographic relationship to other features, 

and other related information. They are the public product created from the Census 

Bureau’s TIGER database of geographic information. 

The TIGER data may be downloaded in compressed format for a selected county or data 

layer. TIGER data must be downloaded and imported into JDOffice to be used in with the 

farm maps. 

For complete instructions on downloading TIGER data from the internet, then viewing that 

data in JDOffice, refer to page 330. 

Show TIGER Info 

Think of this check box as the on/off switch for viewing TIGER data; unless it is checked, 

you will not be able to view the data on your farm map - even though you have imported it 

into JDOffice. 

Show Names 

Street names are part of the TIGER data. If you want the street names to appear, check 

this box. If you are not interested in this amount of detail, and would only like to have the 

physical features (roads, boundaries, etc.) visible, uncheck the box. 

If you would like to see the names, you need to define how large you would like the type 

font. This size is measured in points (for example, this type is 11 points).

JDOffice 1.2 

Info Drawn Beyond the Farm Map 

The boundary of the farm is determined by each of the fields within that farm. JDOffice 

calculates this boundary by drawing a line around the entire farm, using an edge of each 

field. 

You have the option to field this geophysical references either just within your farm, or for 

a certain distance beyond it. If you would like to see TIGER data only within this calculated 

circle, enter zero (0) as the number of miles. If you type in anything other than that, you will 

see the data not only in the farm, but for the number of miles you entered. Regardless of 

the number you enter, the data will automatically be cut off at the edge of the county, as it 

is saved by county. 

Colors 

The different geographic features will be displayed in the colors selected here. 

Change a color on the Tiger data: 


2. Select the TIGER tab. 

3. Click on the arrow next to the sample color you want to change. 

4. In the color chooser that appears, click on a new color. 

• Click Other to create a custom color. 


44

Setup 

Setup contains all of the information that pertains to your farming operation. Data 

contained on these tabs will be transferred to the GreenStar Display to populate the pick 

lists; this section controls what you see - and don’t see - on the pick lists. In addition, it is 

used as the building blocks for all other commands you want to use in JDOffice. 

It is important to take the time to enter the data on each of these tabs. Although it may 

be a time-consuming task, most of it only has to be done once. Taking the time to do it 

prior to working in the fields will save you a great deal of time later in the Unload Editor as 

you try to unload your PC Card. (JDOffice will force you to edit the data that does not 

correspond to the setup data.) 

To Open the Setup tabs: 

1. From the Startup screen, click on the Setup icon. 

2. Select one of the Setup tabbed sections. 

• Or select one of the tabbed sections from the Setup menu. 

To make it easier to use, Setup is divided into multiple sections: Farms/Fields, Products, 

Resources, Tasks, Capital Assets/Destinations, Contracts, Flags/Legends, Define Types, 

and Clients. 

Although Soil Type to Rate Table is listed under Setup, it is not one of the Setup tabs. 

Refer to “Soil Type to Rate Table” on page 203 for a thorough explanation of its function. 

45

JDOffice 1.2 

The system will remember your changes as you move from one tab to another, however 

they are not saved. To save your Setup information, click Apply; the tabs will remain open 

so you can continue working, but all the work done on each tab since you opened Setup 

will be saved. Clicking OK will also save all the work, but will close the Setup tabs. Click 

Cancel to discard all of the changes to all of the tabs since the last time you clicked Apply 

(saved). 

At any time you can edit the data on these tabs. Simply highlight what you want to edit, and 

type in the new information over it. However, do NOT rename any of the sample data. 

Leave these as examples and create new entries for your information. 

After saving your Setup data to the PC Card, insert the card into the Mobile Processor. 

When the machine is started, the Setup information will be available on the GreenStar 

Display. 

Note: Text fields marked with an asterisk (*) are required. 

Tag Numbers 

A Tag number not only represents the Setup item in the directory structure of the 

computer, but it follows the Setup item through the years and does not change. The tag 

number is randomly assigned and cannot be edited or deleted. To view a tag number, 

position the mouse pointer over the item’s display name field title; the number will appear 

in a popup window. When you move the mouse away from the field title, the popup will 

close. 

Long Names vs. Display Names 

JDOffice requires a long and a short name (Display name) for all Setup items except flags. 

The long name can be up to 64 characters; the short name can be up to 20 characters. 

After you type in a long name and move to another text box, JDOffice will automatically 

copy the first 20 characters into the short display name text box. The short display names 

will be used throughout the program (except on reports) so you are free to rename any of 

them. 

Making Setup Items Inactive/Active 

Setup items cannot be deleted; however, they can be made inactive. 

If an item has been used in the Task Builder or the Task Wizard (refer to page 70 and 72, 

respectively) as part of an operation, or if it had been previously used in unloaded data, 

46

47 

Setup 

you will not be able to inactivate it. You will visibly know the status of the Setup item as the 

check box will be grayed-out if you are not able to inactivate it. 

Note: Farms, Fields, Tasks, and Contractors are exceptions to the rule and 

can be made inactive at any time. 

Once you use a Setup item in the field, it will always remain active; the inactive option will 

be grayed-out for all legacy data. 

Used Setup items inadvertently made inactive prior to unloading the data from the PC 

Card will automatically be made active again once the data is unloaded. 

While inactive, the items do not appear in the lists on the Setup screens or the GreenStar 

Display. 

All Setup items are active until you specifically designate otherwise. 

To see all of the items in a list - active and inactive - check Show inactive. Each inactive 

item will have (Inactive) behind its name. 

Make a Setup item inactive: 

1. In the Setup list, select the item to make inactive. 

2. Check the Inactive box to the right of the list. 

Make a Setup item active: 

1. Check Show inactive under the list. 

2. In the Setup list, select the inactive item. 

3. Uncheck the Inactive box to the right of the list. 

Note: If you have purchased the QuickBooks Pro Accounting plug-in, refer to 

the documentation that shipped with the Accounting Manager installation CD 

for instructions on the Accounting Setup screens.

JDOffice 1.2 

Farms/Fields 

The Farms/Fields section consists of two tabs: Farm and Field. The first thing you need to 

decide is how you are going to define your farming operation; this can be based on size, 

layout, or how the land is owned. 

Before entering any information, consider the layout and size of your operation. If it is 

large, or if the fields are located far apart, you might want to create separate farms and 

enter the information by areas. Breaking up the land into manageable farms produces 

better displays on the farm map and provides shorter pick lists for the equipment operator. 

Note: Keep farm and field names generic so that the name will span all years 

and crops. For this reason, it is best to keep years and crops out of the name; 

instead, use location or owners (ex. Smith’s Farm or North Forty). 

Farm Setup 

A farm is a group of fields which are located near each other. This grouping of fields 

reduces the length of the GreenStar Display pick lists, and allows for reasonable visual 

location and access of fields on the farm map. Most users will set up their farms based on 

geographic proximity (recommended). However, users who collect data for others may 

choose to create separate farms for each client. 

The Farm tab is directly linked to the Field tab, as all fields located within your defined farm 

will need to be added to the Field tab. 

Any of the information can be edited after you enter it. To do so, simply highlight the text 

and type over it with the new information. However, do not add new farms by typing over 

old ones as each farm will need a separate tag number and these are only assigned when 

New is selected. 

To make a farm inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

48

49 

Setup 

Add a farm: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Farms/Fields. 

2. Select the Farm tab. 

3. Click New. 

4. In Farm name, enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Farm display name text box; 

if you want a different name, highlight what is there and type over it with a new 

display name. 

• Press the keyboard Tab key to add it to the list. 

5. Enter the farm’s FSA number. 

6. To enter ownership information, click Land Agreement (see below). 

7. To enter business information, click Business Info (refer to page 50). 

8. When finished, click Apply to save your changes and move to the next tab, or click 

OK to close the Setup tabs. 

Land Agreement 

For each farm listed in Setup, you can select its corresponding land agreement 

information. The type of land agreement selected will determine which text boxes are 

active. 

Split Percent 

If you select Crop share or Cash rent on the Land Agreement screen, you will be able to 

enter how your land is divided between landlords. 

1. Enter the Land Cost per acre. 

2. Enter the agreed upon Number of payments. 

3. Click Split Percent. 

4. Click in the first grid box under Landlord. A drop down 

arrow will appear in the box to the right. Click on the 

arrow and select . 

5. Type in the new Landlord name on the Enter New 

Landlord Name screen.

JDOffice 1.2 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Landlord display name text 

box; if you want a different name, highlight what is there and type over it with a new 

display name. 

6. Click OK. 

7. On the Landlord Information screen, enter Address, Phone or E-mail information by 

clicking the corresponding Edit button. 

• Click More to add additional data (refer to “More Information” on page 51 for 

details about this screen). 

8. Click OK when finished. 

9. To add the percentage of land that the just-defined landlord owns, click in the first grid 

box under Percentage. Type in the percentage. 

10. Repeat steps 2-7 for each landlord. 


12. Click OK on the Land Agreement screen. 

Business Info 

As someone who owns a farm, you may have multiple business relationships. A couple 

farms may have the same business ties, but a third may be associated with another 

company entirely. The Business Information screen lets you enter this information for each 

farm; it is then used as a breakdown for accounting purposes. 

1. On the Farm tab, click Business Info. 

2. In Business name, select the name of the business that is associated with the active 

farm (one selected on the Farm Setup tab). If it is not listed, click New. 

3. Type in the new Business name on the Enter New Business Name screen. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Business display name text 


display name. 

4. Click OK. 

50

51 

Setup 

5. On the Business Information screen, enter Address, Phone or E-mail information by 


• Click More to add additional data (refer to “More Information” on page 51for details 

about this screen). 


More Information 

Click More on the Business Information screen to 

add Additional Business Information. The data on 

this screen is not required, but may be helpful to 

have associated with the farm’s business. 

1. In Business activity, enter the type of business. 

2. In Tax ID, enter the federal tax ID number for 

that business. 

3. In Website, enter the URL for the website 

associated with the business. Once entered, you 

may click the Go button to navigate to it. 

• Web addresses are limited to 128 characters. 

4. If there is a logo associated with the business, enter the location of where the graphic 

is stored, or click the Browse button to find it on your computer (the location will 

automatically be entered). 

• All logos must be saved as a bitmap (.bmp) format to appear in the box. 

5. To save any notes or additional information for this business, click Comments. 

6. Click OK to save your changes. 

Field Setup 

The Field tab allows you to define all fields that are associated with a specific farm. A field

JDOffice 1.2 

is an area of land which is physically delineated by roads, creeks, railroad tracks, etc. 

Fields are permanently associated with the farm that was selected when the field was 

created. You must first create the farm on the Farm tab before you can add that farm’s 

fields on the Field tab. 

Any of the information can be edited after you enter it. To do so, simply highlight the text 

and type over it with the new information. However, do not add new fields by typing over 

old ones as each field will need a separate tag number and these are only assigned when 

New is selected. 

To make a field inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add a field: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Farms/Fields. 

2. Select the Field tab. 

3. In Farms, select the farm in which the field will be associated. 

• The farm must be created prior to creating a new field for it. 

4. Click New. 

5. In Field name, enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Field display name text box; 


display name. 


6. Enter the remaining data as is recorded by the government land registration 

documents and the Farm Service Agency (FSA). 

7. When finished, click Apply to save your changes before adding another field, or click 


Note: The Area is the number of acres that are legally listed on the 

government land registration documents. This area will usually be larger than 

the area which will print on the maps and reports because it is the area of the 

entire plot of land - not just the area that the equipment has covered while in 

the field. The FSA area is the number of acres of cropland that meets the 

requirements of FSA payment programs for crops such as wheat, corn, 

soybeans, and cotton. 

52

Products 

53 

Setup 

Any crops or chemicals that are put into your fields are defined as products. The Products 

Setup section breaks down these inputs into six tabs: Crop, Variety, Fertilizer, Pesticide, 

Tank Mix, and Carrier. There are master lists on each tab and new inputs can continually 

be added. 

If an item has been used in the Task Builder or the Task Wizard as part of an operation, 

or if it had been previously used in unloaded data, you will not be able to inactivate it. 

Crop Setup 

All of the crops that JDOffice supports are listed alphabetically on this tab - crops cannot 

be added or deleted. The Crop tab is independent of the year, farm or field; however, it is 

directly linked to the Variety tab. 

The Standard payable moisture percentage (moisture level at which the elevator will 

pay) and Crop weight (standard dry measure) are provided for each. These two values 

are used to calculate the average dry yields and total dry yields. These calculations shrink 

the measured yield to a dry yield by reducing the moisture from the actual level recorded 

by the sensors in the combine to the standard payable moisture at the grain elevator. 

Yield is calculated by the GreenStar Display; therefore any changes to these values need 

to be saved to the PC Card prior to going to the field. If your local elevator uses different 

values, update these numbers prior to unloading your data. 

JDOffice lists crops that are dominant in three different continents. Depending on your 

locale, some crops will be inactive when JDOffice is shipped. To make a crop inactive (or 

active) refer to page 46. For a complete list of the crops that JDOffice supports, refer to 

page 309 in the Appendix. 

Edit the crop values: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Products.

JDOffice 1.2 

2. Select the Crop tab. 

3. In the Crops list, select the crop in which you need to edit the values. 

4. Highlight the old moisture or weight values, and type over with the new values. 

• Percentage values need to be entered as decimals (15 ½ = 15.5). 

5. Enter the crop’s Expected selling price per acre. 



7. Save this data to the PC Card to transfer it to the GreenStar Display prior to working 

in the field. Refer to “Saving the Setup Data to a PC Card” on page 96 for instructions. 

Variety Setup 

JDOffice organizes varieties by crop, and each crop has its own variety list; this results in 

multiple, short pick lists instead of one long list in the GreenStar Display. 

The same variety can be used in multiple fields, and across all years. JDOffice provides a 

few sample varieties for specific crops. You will need to add any specific varieties you 

want to track. If you change a variety’s name, all instances where it is used will be 

impacted. 

To make a variety inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add a new variety: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Products. 

2. Select the Variety tab. 

3. In Crop, select the crop that the variety belongs to. 

4. Click New. 

5. In Variety name, enter a unique name. 

54

55 

Setup 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Variety display name text 


display name. 


6. In Brand, enter the name of the company who manufactures the variety. 

7. Enter the approximate number of days it takes to mature (from ___ to ___). 

8. Record trait descriptions that are specific to this variety. 

9. Enter what this variety costs per acre to plant. 

10. If it is a Treated or GMO variety, check the appropriate box. 

• If you select Treated, click Description to add details about the variety. 

11. In Website, enter the URL for the website associated with the variety or company who 

makes it. Once entered, you may click the Go button to navigate to it. 


12. To enter the lot or batch numbers from the bags of seed, click Lots/Batches (refer to 

page 55). 

13. If you are creating application plans, you will need to click Seeding (refer to page 56). 



Lots/Batches 

Because identity preservation of crop varieties is very important, JDOffice allows you to 

enter the lot number from each bag of seed that was planted. The numbers you enter here 

will save to the PC Card and be visible in the GreenStar Display pick lists. 

Add a new Lot/Batch number: 

1. On the Variety Setup tab, select the crop to which the variety is associated. 

2. In the Varieties list, select the variety for which you want to record lots/batches. 

3. Click Lots/Batches. 

4. On the Lots/Batches screen, click Add. 

• A white text box will appear in both columns.

JDOffice 1.2 

5. Place the mouse cursor in the first box, left click, and type in the Lots/Batches 

number as found on the bag of seed. 

• Use the keyboard Tab key to advance to the next text box, or use the mouse to 

click in the second box. 

6. Type in the Germination % of the variety. 


Seeding 

The Seeding screen contains additional information 

about the selected variety, as well as conversion factors 

which are required for map-based seeding customers 

and to make profitability plans. (If you are not creating 

application plans, skip the top section of this screen.) 

Although they are not required, you can enter the 

variety’s Seed size, Bulk unit description, Seed 

origin and the Date tested for additional record 

keeping purposes. 

The Seeds per unit (Prescription written in seeds per acre) and Weight per unit 

(Prescription written in pounds per acre) factors work as calculators to help you determine 

the number of bags of seed per variety you will need to buy - according to the data you 

entered in your application plans. The total weight and number of needed bags or 

containers (rounded up) will be listed in the Seeding Plan Summary Report (page 259). 

Note: Weight per 1000 seeds is commonly used in Europe. 

Entry Method for Application Plans 

If a seeding prescription is made in a unit of measure other than that which is the native 

unit of the implement, you will need to enter the conversion factors on the Seeding screen 

(see above) prior to writing the prescription. JDOffice will then use these factors to “bridge 

the gap” between the measurements. You can now prescribe using the most comfortable 

unit of measure regardless of your implement’s capabilities. 

For example, if your planter can only plant in seeds per acre, this screen will allow you to 

create the application plan as pounds per acres; JDOffice will then convert the values for 

use on the machinery. 

56

57 

Setup 

To activate the needed text fields on the Seeding screen: 

1. Click Entry Method. 

2. You must choose one option from Group 1, and one option 

from Group 2. Whichever option you select in one group will 

determine the options active in the other group. 

• It does not matter which group you select from first. 

• The selected crop will determine which options are available. 

3. Click OK on the Entry Method screen. 

4. The options selected on the Entry Method screen determines the text fields that are 

now active on the Seeding window. Enter the values for the active factors. 

• JDOffice requires two factors to be entered; the remaining text fields will 

automatically be calculated. 

5. Click OK on the Seeding screen. 

Fertilizer Setup 

JDOffice organizes fertilizer by Type (Lime, NPK, or Manure); you will need to add any 

specific fertilizers you want to track. If you edit a listed fertilizer, all instances where it is 

used will be impacted. 

If you need a fertilizer type that is not listed, close this tab and create a new type on the 

Define Types tab (refer to page 93); the new fertilizer type will be available on this tab 

when you reopen it. 

While unloading the new field documentation files from the PC Card, any fertilizer, 

pesticide, or tank mix product will be considered a subset of a larger operation called 

Product Application. 

To make a fertilizer inactive (or active) refer to page 46.

JDOffice 1.2 

Add a fertilizer: 


2. Select the Fertilizer tab. 

3. In Fertilizer type, select Lime, NPK, or Manure. 

4. Click New. 

5. In Fertilizer name, enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Product display name text 


display name. 


6. Enter the EPA/government number for the product. 

7. Enter the Active ingredient of the fertilizer. 

8. In Material class, select Dry, Liquid, or Gas. 

9. Enter the Cost per acre to use the fertilizer. 

10. In Website, enter the URL for the website associated with the fertilizer or company 

who makes it. Once entered, you may click the Go button to navigate to it. 


11. If you are using NPK, click NPK Blend to define the components of the product (see 

below). 



NPK Blend 

The NPK Blend screen is where you define what chemicals make 

up the fertilizer product. Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P), and 

Potassium (K) will populate the first three rows of boxes; the 

remaining rows will be listed as by default. 

If your blend only contains these chemicals, simply type in the 

percentage of the total solution each one comprises. However, if 

there are additional components they can be manually added. 

Note: In the rare instance that you try to enter several blends that equal 

greater than 100 percent, JDOffice will initially seem to allow this. However, 

when you click OK, an error message will appear to alert you that your blends 

are not correct. Verify your data and re-enter the NPK blend information. 

None of the listed components can be deleted. If your fertilizer blend does not use one, set 

58

the box to . 

59 

Setup 

Define a chemical blend: 

1. In the Fertilizers list, select the NPK blend that you are going to record the chemicals 

contained in it. 

2. Click NPK Blend. 

3. On the NPK Blend screen, click on the first cell that says . 

• A drop-down arrow will be visible to the right of the cell. 

4. Click on the arrow; a list of components will appear. Select the component. 

• Use the keyboard Tab key to advance to the next text box. 

5. In the box to the right of the selected component, type in its Percentage. 

6. Repeat steps 3-5 for each chemical in the blend. 


Pesticide Setup 

A pesticide is any chemical which is used to control pests. Pests include: insects, plant 

diseases, fungi, weeds, etc. Therefore, insecticides, fungicides, herbicides, and adjuvants 

are all types of pesticides. JDOffice organizes pesticides by Type; you will need to add 

any specific pesticides you want to track. If you edit a listed pesticide, all instances where 

it is used will be impacted. 

In addition, JDOffice includes a Setup tab to define tank mixes; you are free to mix any 

pesticides of any type together (refer to page 61). However, before you define your tank 

mixes you first need to use the Pesticide tab to enter each pesticide you wish to use in 

your farming operation. 


pesticide, or tank mix product will be considered a subset of a larger operation called

JDOffice 1.2 


If you need a pesticide type that is not listed, close this tab and create a new type on the 

Define Types tab (refer to page 93); the new pesticide type will be available on this tab 


To make a pesticide inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add a pesticide: 


2. Select the Pesticides tab. 

3. In Pesticide type, select Adjuvant, Fungicide, Herbicide, or Insecticide. 

4. Click New. 

5. In Pesticide name, enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Product display name text 


display name. 


6. Enter the EPA/government number for the product. 

7. Enter the Active ingredient of the pesticide. 

8. In Material class, select Dry, Liquid, or Gas. 

9. Enter the Cost per acre to use the pesticide. 

10. If the pesticide is marked for Restricted use, check that box. 

11. In Website, enter the URL for the website associated with the pesticide or company 

who makes it. Once entered, you may click the Go button to navigate to it. 

12. Web addresses are limited to 128 characters. 



60

Tank Mix Setup 

61 

Setup 

Often two or more pesticides/herbicides are mixed together (product labels will provide 

guidance concerning compatibility). 

The Tank Mix tab allows you define all the mixes you will use during the year. The data 

entered on this screen pertains to the entire mix; the data entered on the Tank Blend 

screen refers to the specifics about each component within the mix. There is a limit of six 

(6) components within one tank mix. 

Note: The Solution Rate is the base rate of the entire solution within a tank 

mix - not the rate at which it is applied. The application rate of the tank mix is 

be selected for each operation within a task. 




To make a tank mix inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add a tank mix: 


2. Select the Tank Mix tab. 

3. Click New. 

4. In Tank mix name, enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Tank mix display name text 


display name. 


5. After entering the Solution rate, select the corresponding unit of measure.

JDOffice 1.2 

6. In Carrier, select the liquid that will be used to dilute the mix. 

• If the carrier you need is not in the list, you will need to add it to the Carrier Setup 

tab first, then return to this tab to select it. 

7. Enter the Cost per acre to use the tank mix. 

8. Click Tank Blend to define the components (and their rates) that are found in the mix. 



Locked Tank Mixes 

Once a tank mix is assigned to a task - either through the Builder or the Wizard - it will 

become locked on the Setup screen to protect the components and ratios that were used 

in the field (legacy data). The solution rate, nor the components of the mix can be altered 

once it is locked. However, locked tank mixes can continue to be used in additional tasks. 

Tank Mix Blend 

After entering a solution on the Tank Mix tab, click the Tank Blend button to define the 

individual components of that mix (first verify that the mix is highlighted in the Tank mix 

list). 

Each row on the Tank Blend screen contains all the information for each pesticide or 

herbicide in the tank mix. There is a maximum of 6 components - additional rows cannot 

be added. 

Enter the Components of a Tank Mix: 

In each cell (except Rate) you must click on the drop-down arrow to display the list of 

choices for that cell. 

1. In the Category column, select Fertilizer or Pesticide. 

62

63 

Setup 

• Either use the mouse or the keyboard Tab key to move to the next cell. 

2. In the Type column, select the type of pesticide or fertilizer is used. 

• New Types can be added on the Define Types Setup screen (refer to page 93). 

3. In the Name column, select the pesticide or fertilizer name as you had entered on the 

Setup screen. 

• If the product you need is not in the list, you will need to add it on the Setup screen 

and then come back to this screen to select it. 

4. In the Rate column, type in how much of this chemical (numerical value) is contained 

in the mix. 

5. In the Units per acre column, select the unit of measure you used - in reference to 

the rate. 

6. Repeat these steps for each component of the mix. 


Carrier Setup 

Most pesticides need to be diluted with other liquids before use; water is the most common 

liquid used. If you are using tank mixes, you will need to define the carriers on this tab prior 

to entering the data on the Tank Mix tab (carriers defined here automatically populate the 

Carrier drop-down list on the Tank Mix tab). 

To make a carrier inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add a carrier: 


2. Select the Carrier tab. 

3. Click New.

JDOffice 1.2 

4. In Carrier name, enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Carrier display name text 


display name. 


5. Enter the Cost per acre to use the carrier. 



64

Resources 

65 

Setup 

Just as you had defined your farming operation in Farms/Fields Setup, and your field 

inputs in Products Setup, you also need to define the Resources - the people and 

equipment which do the work. Defining all options used will save a great deal of time in the 

field, and as you unload your PC Card. 

Note: The monetary values entered on these screens will populate the Field 

Plan (Record Keeping>Field Plan). 



Operator Setup 

An operator is anyone who drives or operates the equipment in the field. By entering data 

in this tab you can produce reports that will show you who performed what operations in a 

field, how many acres were covered, and total operator cost for the total amount of acres 

worked. 

To make an operator inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add an operator: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Resources. 

2. Select the Operator tab. 

3. Click New. 

4. In Operator name, enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Operator display name text

JDOffice 1.2 


display name. 


5. Enter the operator’s Applicator License number (if applicable). 

6. Enter the Cost per hour for the operator. 

7. Enter the Cost per acre for the operator. 



Machine Setup 

One entry will be made for each piece of equipment that has recorded data with a 

GreenStar system. JDOffice organizes machines by Type, and the most common models 

are listed for each. If you use a model that is not listed, create a new entry for it and add it 

to the appropriate type list. 

Available machine types: Combine, Cotton Picker, Utility Vehicle, Tractor, and Sprayer. 

If you need a machine type that is not listed, close this tab and create a new type on the 

Define Types tab (refer to page 93); the new machine type will be available on this tab 


To make a machine inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add a machine model: 


2. Select the Machine tab. 

3. Select the Machine type. 

4. Click New. 

66

67 

Setup 

5. Enter a unique Machine name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Machine display name text 


display name. 


6. The Mapping processor serial number is automatically recorded in the field and 

added to this tab when data is unloaded from the PC Card. 

7. Enter the Machine serial number, the Fleet unit and the Model year. 

8. Select the Purchase date by clicking on the down arrow - a calendar 

will open. Use the arrows at the top to scroll through the months; click 

on the date. 

9. Enter the price you paid for the machine. 

10. Enter the Depreciation value and the Current value. 

11. Enter the Cost per hour for the machine. 

12. Enter the Cost per acre for the machine. 



Implement Setup 

One implement entry will be made for each operation that has recorded data with a 

GreenStar system. JDOffice organizes implements by Type, and the most common 

models are listed for each type. If you use a model that is not listed, you need to create a 

new entry for it and add it to the appropriate implement type list. 

Available implement types: Planter, Drill, Air Seeder, Chisel Plow, Disk, Field Cultivator, 

Row Crop Cultivator, Roller Harrow, Plow, Mulch Tiller, Ripper, Rotary Hoe, Sprayer, 

Combine Head, and None. 

If you need an implement type that is not listed, close this tab and create a new type on

JDOffice 1.2 

the Define Types tab (refer to page 93); the new implement type will be available on this 

tab when you reopen it. 

To make an implement inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add an implement model: 


2. Select the Implement tab. 

3. Select the Implement type. 

4. Click New. 

5. Enter a unique Implement name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Implement display name 

text box; if you want a different name, highlight what is there and type over it with a 

new display name. 


6. Enter the Implement serial number, the Fleet unit and the Model year. 

7. Select the Purchase date by clicking on the down arrow - a calendar 

will open. Use the arrows at the top to scroll through the months; click 

on the date. 

8. Enter the price you paid for the machine. 

9. Enter the Depreciation value and the Current value. 

10. Enter the Cost per hour for the implement. 

11. Enter the Cost per acre for the implement. 



68

Tasks 

69 

Setup 

Do not rename the sample information with your information. Leave these as examples 

and create new ones. 



Task Setup 

In prior releases, a task was considered a trip to the field to perform a specific function. 

That remains true for this release, however the concept is taken one step further: a task is 

now a template. 

Operations will be associated with each task, and will define what work needs to be done. 

Because tasks are only a guide, overrides can be made in the field via the GreenStar 

Display. 

For example, if you normally harrow till while you fertilize in the spring, you would create a 

new task called Spring Fertilizer. Using either the Task Wizard or the Task Builder, define 

two operations for this task: Tillage and Production Application. Select the corresponding 

data for each operation. Keep in mind that the operation details are not permanent - these 

can be altered in the field via the GreenStar Display. You are simply writing a guide 

(template) to a field activity. 

These tasks will then pre-populate the GreenStar Display, saving the machine operator 

additional work in the field. They can also be used to verify the correct operations (and 

rates) are used at the appropriate times. 

It doesn’t matter how many trips to the field it takes you to complete a task, you would 

select this choice on the GreenStar Display. Grouping field visits together under a specific 

task name ensures that the data will be grouped and displayed together on the maps and 

reports. 

Each defined task can contain up to six operations (Seeding, Product Application, Tillage,

JDOffice 1.2 

Irrigation, Harvest, and Other). However, Seeding and Harvest operations cannot be in the 

same task, and you cannot have duplicate operations with identical product types in the 

same task. 

Tasks can be created by the Task Wizard or the Task Builder. The Task Builder is 

intended for advanced users who are familiar with operations within JDOffice; beginners 

are encouraged to use the Task Wizard to guide you through the necessary steps. 

Tasks that have operations appended to them will have a green check mark next to them; 

the check mark is only used as a visual guide for the user. Any tasks created in prior 

releases of JDmap (legacy tasks) will not have operations associated with them; however 

once you add operations to it, they will become a template. 

IMPORTANT: If you change an operation within a task, it does not 

automatically update the task on either the Crop Program or Field Plan 

screens. The altered task must be removed, then added back to the Record 

Keeping screens to obtain the updates. 

JDOffice installs with predefined tasks. You can use these as is, edit them to fit your 

operation, or create entirely new tasks. 

To make a task inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Note: To see what operations are included in a predefined task, select the 

task in the list and click Task Builder. 

Add a task: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Tasks. 

2. Select the Task tab. 

3. Click New. 

4. The Task name text box will be blank. Enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Task display name text box; 


display name. 


5. Click Task Builder or Task Wizard to define the operations for the task. 

Task Builder 

The Task Builder consists of one screen and is intended for the advanced users who are 

familiar with JDOffice operations. Once the task is defined, the builder is used to select the 

70

operations that will be included in that task. 

71 

Setup 

Using the Task Builder: 

1. Select a task from the list. 

2. Click Task Builder. 

3. Select an Operator from the drop-down menu or select to add a new 

operator. 

4. Select a Machine Type from the drop-down menu. 

5. Select a Machine from the drop-down menu. 

• If was chosen for the Machine Type, this box will not be active. 

6. Select an Implement Type from the drop-down menu. 

7. Select an Implement from the drop-down menu. 

• If was chosen for the Implement Type, this box will not be active. 

8. Click in the Operation text box located below Operation 1. Click on the drop-down 

arrow that appears to the right of the box; select an operation. 

• The selected operation will determine what drop-down boxes are active for that 

operation. 

9. Continue down the list (Category, Type, Name, Rate, Units/Acre, Application 

method, Depth/Height) and select information for the active text boxes for Operation 

1. 

• Values need to be entered for the Rate and Depth/Height entries. 

• If you selected Tank Mix as an operation, the rate in the Task Builder is the 

application rate of the entire mix; this rate may differ from the solution rate on the 

Tank Mix tab, as that is the base rate of the entire solution. Overrides of the 

application rate can be made in the field. 

10. Moving on to the second operation in the task, repeat steps 8-9 for each additional 

operation. 

• Use the scroll bar at the bottom of the screen to see the sixth operation. 

11. Click OK when finished.

JDOffice 1.2 

Task Wizard 

The Task Wizard consists of a series of screens and is intended for the beginner users of 

JDOffice as it guides the user through the necessary steps to complete a task. 

Once the task is defined, the builder is used to select the operations that will be included 

in that task. 

Using the Task Wizard: 

1. Select a task from the list. 

2. Click the Task Wizard button. 

3. Select an Operator from the drop-down menu or select to add a new 

operator. 

4. Select a Machine Type from the drop-down menu. 

5. Select a Machine from the drop-down menu. 

• If was chosen for the Machine Type, this box will not be active. 

6. Select an Implement Type from the drop-down menu. 

7. Select an Implement from the drop-down menu. 

• If was chosen for the Implement Type, this box will not be active. 

8. Click Next 

The first operation will be created on Page 2 of the Wizard. 

9. In Operation, select the first operation. 

72

73 

Setup 

• The selected operation will determine what drop-down boxes are active for that 

operation. 

10. Continue to select information for the active text boxes for Operation 1. 

• Values need to be typed in for the Rate and Depth/Height entries. 

• If you selected Tank Mix as an operation, the rate in the Task Wizard is the 

application rate of the entire mix; this rate may differ from the solution rate on the 

Tank Mix tab, as that is the base rate of the entire solution. Overrides of the 

application rate can be made in the field. 

11. Click Next to add another operation. Repeat steps 9-10. 

12. Click Done when you are finished. 

13. The program will jump to Page 8 of the Task Wizard (which is identical to the Task 

Builder screen.) Verify that the information is correct on this screen. 

• If changes are necessary, click in the box to be changed and click on the dropdown 

arrow that appears to the right of the box. Pick a new selection, or click Back 

until you reach the screen for the operation that needs to be edited. Make the 

corrections and click Done. 


Tillage Setup

JDOffice 1.2 

JDOffice provides ten tillage samples; one of these can be used or you can create a new 

one with a name that you recognize. 

To make a tillage inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add a tillage: 


2. Select the Tillage tab. 

3. Click New. 

4. In Tillage name, enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Tillage display name text 


display name. 




Irrigation Setup 

The irrigations defined on this tab are tasks that will be performed in the field. For example, 

you may only use center pivot irrigation, but you use different amounts or rates of water. 

Define multiple irrigations (naming them each a unique name) by defining different 

parameters for each. 

JDOffice provides four irrigation samples; use these examples, or you can create a new 

irrigation type with a name that you recognize. 

To make an irrigation inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

74

75 

Setup 

Add an irrigation: 


2. Select the Irrigation tab. 

3. Click New. 

4. In Irrigation name, enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Irrigation display name text 


display name. 




Other Setup 

The Other tab covers any operation that has not been previously defined. JDOffice 

provides six types of possible other operations (Miscellaneous, General Farm, Co-op 

Services, Machine Servicing, Building Maintenance, and Fencing) with a few samples of 

each. 

If you need a different other type that is not listed, close this tab and create a new type on 

the Define Types tab (refer to page 93). The new other type will be available on this tab 


Use one of the samples listed, or create a new type and use a name that you recognize. 

Skip this tab if you do not have a use for it. 

To make an other item inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add an other operation: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Tasks.

JDOffice 1.2 

2. Select the Other tab. 

3. In Other types, select what kind of operation you are defining. 

4. Click New. 

5. In Other name, enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Other display name text 


display name. 




76

Capital Assets/Destinations 

77 

Setup 

The Capital Assets/Destinations Setup section is where you list the storage bins and 

irrigation systems that you own. If you store your grain off site, you will need to enter the 

location of that site on the Destinations tab. Each of these tabs help you keep track of 

your resources and to know how they impact you financially. 



Storage Bins Setup 

If you own storage facilities on your farm, you can enter the specifics of each on this tab. 

These facilities can include feed bins, silos, or any other unit you use. 

When a storage bin is selected on the GreenStar Display, it will be unloaded as a type of 

Destination in the Unload Editor. 

The Contents drop-down box is populated with the active crops in JDmap. If you are 

looking for a specific crop and it is not in the list, verify that it has not been set to inactive 

on the Crop Setup tab. 

To make a storage bin inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add a storage bin: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Capital Assets/Destinations. 

2. Select the Storage Bins tab. 

3. Click New. 

4. In Storage bin name, enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Storage bin display name 

text box; if you want a different name, highlight what is there and type over it with a

JDOffice 1.2 



5. In Storage bin type, select the type of storage unit. 

6. In Capacity, enter the numerical value of what the bin can hold (its volume); in the 

next box, select the unit of measure that corresponds with that value. 

7. In Contents, select the crop that is stored in that bin. 



Irrigation System Setup 

An Irrigation system is a capital asset that has value; this tab is used to record information 

about that system. To create irrigation entries that define a task, refer to “Irrigation Setup” 

on page 74. 

To make an irrigation system inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add an irrigation system: 


2. Select the Irrigation System tab. 

3. Click New. 

4. In Irrigation system name, enter a unique name. 


5. In Type, select the type of system. 

6. In Linear feet, enter the length of the irrigation system. 

7. Enter the Maximum volume of water per hour that the system outputs. 

8. Enter the Cost per acre foot. 

78



Destinations Setup 

79 

Setup 

The Destinations tab is used to define where your grain is unloaded (i.e. elevator). This 

differs from Storage Bins as Destinations are off-site. 

The Contents drop down box is populated with the active crops in JDmap. If you are 

looking for a specific crop and it is not in the list, verify that it has not been set to inactive 

on the Crop Setup tab. 

To make a destination inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add a destination: 


2. Select the Destinations tab. 

3. Click New. 

4. In Destination name, enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Destination display name 




5. In Type, select the type of facility the destination is. 

6. In Contents, select what crop is in the destination. 


OK to close the Setup tabs.

JDOffice 1.2 

Contracts 

When an agreement is made to produce identity preserved grains, a contract will be 

written between the farmer and the company. The basics of that contract are entered on 

the Contract tab, and the Contractor’s company information is entered on the Contractor 

tab. 

Note: Before entering a contract, the contractor must first be added to the 

Contractor tab. 

Contract Setup 

Each contract is assigned to a farm and field(s), and is only valid for one processing 

season. When the year changes, the contract information will need to be re-entered as 

most contracts vary from year to year. 

Add a contract: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Contracts. 

2. Select the Contract tab. 

3. In Season, select the year valid in the contract. 

4. Click New. 

5. In Contract number enter the number which is used by the contractor to identify this 

contract. 


6. In Contractor, select the company associated with the contract from the drop down 

menu. 

• If the company you need is not listed, it means it has not yet been added to the 

80

81 

Setup 

Contractor tab. This will need to be done prior to entering the contract information. 

7. In Trait description, enter necessary parameters of why the contract was negotiated. 

8. In Quantity, enter the number of units that were negotiated in the contract. 

9. In Units, select the unit of measure that corresponds to the quantity. 

10. In Fields, click Make selections. 

11. Place a check next to the name of the farm that is 

included in the contract. 

12. On the right, check each field for the selected farm that 

is included in the contract. 

13. Click OK. 

14. When finished, click Apply to save your changes and 

move to the next tab, or click OK to close the Setup tabs. 

Contractor Setup 

The company that issues the contract is called the Contractor. The Contractor tab allows 

you to record the company’s contact information. Do not add new contractors by typing 

over old ones, as each contractor will need a separate tag number and these are only 

assigned when New is selected. 

The Contractor tab is directly linked to the Contract tab. However, the contractors must be 

entered prior to adding the contracts, as the data on this screen is used to populate the 

Contract tab. 

To make a contractor inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add a contractor: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Contracts. 

2. Select the Contractor tab.

JDOffice 1.2 

3. Click New. 

4. In Contractor name, enter a unique name. 

• The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Contractor display name 




5. In Contact name, enter the person whom you correspond with for this contract. 

6. To enter the contractor information, click Contractor Info. 



Contractor Information 

The Contractor Information screen is used to enter specific data about the companies you 

have contracted with to grow specialty crops. 

1. In Contractor name, select the name of the company that you would like to enter 

additional data for. 

2. Enter Address, Phone or E-mail information by clicking the corresponding Edit button. 

• Click More to add additional data. 


82

More Contractor Information 

83 

Setup 

Clicking the More button on the Contractor 

Information screen will take you to an Additional 

Contractor Information screen. 

None of the data on this screen is required, but may 

be helpful to have associated with the company. 

1. In Contractor activity, enter the type of 

company. 

2. In Tax ID, enter the federal tax ID number for that 

company. 

3. In Website, enter the URL for the website associated with the company. Once 

entered, you may click the Go button to navigate to it. 


4. If there is a logo associated with the business, enter the location of where the graphic 

is stored, or click the Browse button to find it on your computer (the location will 

automatically be entered). 


5. To save any notes or additional information for this company, click Comments. 

6. Click OK to save your changes.

JDOffice 1.2 

Flags/Legends 

Flag Setup 

Flags are markers that are used to track field conditions in point maps. There are two 

types of flags: area flags (current flags in JDOffice) and point flags. Area flags represent 

multiple data points that were covered by the vehicle; point flags are simply one data point. 

Any flag defined on this tab can be used as an area flag or a point flag. The same flag can 

be used in multiple fields, and across all years. Flags will list in the GreenStar Display in 

the order in which they appear on this tab. It is advisable that you arrange them so that the 

most frequently used flags appear at the top of the list. 

Do not add new flags by typing over ones as each flag will need a separate tag number 

and these are only assigned when New is selected. In addition, if you rename a flag that 

has been used in your field data, the historical data associated with that flag will then be 

linked to the new name. 

To make a flag inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Note: When a different farm, field, or crop is selected on the GreenStar 

Display, the system automatically resets and all flags are turned off. 

Add a flag: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Flags/Legends. 

2. Select the Flag tab. 

3. Click New. 

4. In Flag display name, enter a unique name. 


5. In Pest Type, select the category belonging to the new flag. 


84

Change the order of the flags: 

1. In the Flags list, select the flag to move. 

2. Click Move Up or Move Down to position the flag. 


View flags on the field maps: 

Refer to “Using Filters to Analyze a Field” on page 232. 

Understanding How Flags Work 

85 

Setup 

There is one aspect of flags that needs to be understood: 

distance offset. Refer to the drawing for the following 

explanation. 

The horizontal dark lines running parallel through the center 

represent the outer edge of a weed bed; the space between 

these lines is what the operator needs to flag while harvesting. 

The combine starts in the lower left corner. When the header 

reaches the edge of these weeds, the operator turns the flag 

on in the GreenStar Display. When the header reaches the other edge of the weed bed, 

the operator turns off the flag; he thinks he has flagged the actual weed bed. In reality, he 

has not. 

When he first turned on the flag where the header met the weeds, the position receiver on 

the cab, as illustrated by the large black dot, was approximately 12-14 feet (depending on 

header type) behind the weed bed. It is the receiver that tracks the location, so when the 

flag was turned on, the position receiver records the location of where the position receiver 

is - not the location of the combine header. 

When the operator turns off the flag, the position receiver again records its location, which 

is approximately 12-14 feet behind the header, and the outer edge of the weed bed. As the 

operator continues to make passes through the field he continues to flag the weed bed the 

same way. 

Because of the distance offset, the flagged area will not appear uniform on your summary 

maps - it will instead look jagged. In both illustrations, the flagged area as recorded by the 

position receiver is shown by the light gray boxes.

JDOffice 1.2 

The boxes start and end at the location of the combine 

position receiver - not at the header as the operator 

assumed. The recorded flags are off approximately 12-14 

feet from where the operator thought he was flagging. 

You can compensate for this offset while driving the 

combine. Instead of turning the flag on and off when the 

header reaches the designated area, you can turn the flags 

on and off when the position receiver on the equipment cab 

is “on top” of the area. 

Reasons to Use Flags 

Reason 1 - Identify a Condition: As the operator is driving the combine through the field, 

large areas of Canadian Thistle are present. Using the GreenStar Display and the flags 

pick list, the operator can easily flag the affected areas. 

After unloading the PC Card to JDOffice, the summary reports and maps will clearly show 

the effects of the Canadian Thistle on the yield compared to the rest of the field. Some 

quick math will then tell you if the cost of treating the condition will be less than the loss of 

revenues from reduced yield. 

Reason 2 - Preplanned Test: You may have a test plot and want to compare two different 

test rates. For example, you want to apply 150 pounds of nitrogen per acre and 180 

pounds of nitrogen per acre to a different part of the field. At harvest time, you want to 

compare the final yield results between the two areas. 

After unloading the PC Card to JDOffice, the summary reports and maps will compare the 

yield results in the two test areas. This will allow you to quantify the impact of reducing the 

nitrogen application rate from 180 to 150 pounds per acre. 

Reasons to Use Point Flags 

86

Legend Schemes Setup 

87 

Setup 

By default, legends are based on JDOffice’s own color spectrum where green is the 

highest value and yellow is the lowest. You have the option to select the colors you want 

to see on your map legends. There are two ways to do this: by picking the first and last 

color and letting JDOffice create a gradual blend between the two; or by picking each color 

individually. 

All coloring schemes you create will be listed in a drop-down box on the 

Legend Setup tab next to the Update button. If you want a color 

scheme other than the JDOffice Color Scheme, you can “attach” it to 

any legend listed in the Legends list. If you do not want to create or use 

your own color schemes, the JDOffice Color Scheme will be used by 

default. 

The JDOffice Color Scheme is the only one that cannot be edited or deleted. If you delete 

a legend scheme that is attached to a specific legend, that legend’s color scheme will 

default back to the JDOffice Color Scheme. 

Create a legend color scheme: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Flags/Legends 

2. Select the Legend Schemes tab. 

3. Click New. 

4. In Scheme name, enter the new name. 

Select one of the options: JDOffice creates a two color gradient, or you pick all of the colors.

JDOffice 1.2 

To create a two color gradient: 

5. Select Let JDOffice generate a gradual color change. 

6. Click on the first color square (Highest). 

7. In the Color window, pick a Basic color. Click OK on the 

Color window. 

8. Click on the last color square (Lowest). Repeat step 7. 

• JDOffice will fill in the remaining squares with colors that create a gradual blend 

between the two colors. 

To pick all the colors individually: 

9. Select I want to pick each color individually. 

10. Click on a color square. 

11. In the Color window, pick a Basic color. Click OK on the 

Color window. 

12. Repeat steps 6-7 for each color square in the spectrum. 

Legend Setup 

A legend is an explanatory list of the colors found on a field map. The Legend Setup tab is 

where you add, delete, or revise these legends in JDOffice. There are numerous legends; 

some coordinate with a specific layer of a field, while others only work on filtered maps. 

All legends you add to the Setup section will appear as a selection in the Legend Info 

window (per field type). The same legends can be used in multiple fields, and across all 

years. If you edit a legend, the changes will impact all maps that use that legend. 

Legends are the only Setup item that do not need to be created prior to working in the field. 

It is best to create them after you unload the PC Card, so they can be based on the actual 

field information. 

If you are running a multi-client version of JDOffice, be aware that legends are not unique 

to each client. Any changes you make to a client’s legend will affect all other client’s 

legends. It is best not to edit legends if you use multiple clients - creating new legends 

specific to each client will eliminate confusion caused by vastly differing data. 

Two Types of Legends 

Although there are numerous legends, there are only two types of legends: discrete 

master legends, and incremental legends. Each of the legends in JDOffice will fall into 

one of these category types. 

88

Discrete Master Legends 

89 

Setup 

Discrete master legends are automatically created after you unload the PC Card and view 

the corresponding field layers for the first time. 

This type of legend has one master list which will expand each time new variables are 

added (new data unloaded). JDOffice will assign a unique legend color for each variable. 

These colors are the only elements that can be altered. If you edit one, that color will 

change on every map that uses that legend rate. 

Most of these legends will first be sorted by Product, then by Units of measure; however, 

some may only be sorted by one or the other. 

Master legends cannot be deleted. 

• Crop: Used with the farm map; fields are color-coded by crop if they contain 

harvest data for the active year. 

• Fertilizer: Used with fertilizer field documentation maps; units based on selections 

made on the GreenStar Display. 

• Fertilizer Application Plan: Used with fertilizer application plan maps. Each time 

new rates are entered on a fertilizer application plan, a corresponding legend rate 

will be added to this list. 

• Flag: Each time a new flag is created on the Flag Setup tab, a corresponding flag 

entry will be added to this list. 

• Other Operations: Used with other field documentation maps; units based on 

selections made on the GreenStar Display. 

• Pesticide: Used with pesticide field documentation maps; units based on 

selections made on the GreenStar Display. 

• Pesticide Application Plan: Used with pesticide application plan maps. Each 

time new rates are entered on a pesticide application plan, a corresponding legend 

rate will be added to this list. 

• Seeding: Used with seeding field documentation maps; units based on selections 


• Seeding Application Plan: Used with seeding application plan maps. Each time 

new rates are entered on a seeding application plan, a corresponding legend rate 

will be added to this list.

JDOffice 1.2 

• Soil Type Map: Automatically created when the shape files are imported into 

JDOffice. All soil type maps will use the same legend. 

• Tank Mix: Used with tank mix field documentation maps; units based on selections 


• Tank Mix Application Plan: Used with tank mix application plan maps. Each time 

new rates are entered on a tank mix application plan, a corresponding legend rate 

will be added to this list. 

• Tillage: Automatically created from the choices made on the GreenStar Display. 

• Variety: Sorted by Product (crop). Automatically created each time a new variety 

is entered on the Variety Setup tab. 

Edit a discrete master legend color: 


2. Select the Legend tab. 

3. In Legend type, select the discrete master legend you want to edit. 

4. Select the Product, then the Unit of measure. 

5. Click on the legend color that you want to edit. 

6. Click Set Color. 

7. In the Color window, pick a Basic color. If you prefer, you can create a custom color 

by adjusting the values on the right. 

8. Click OK on the Color window. 

9. Click OK to save your changes and close Setup. 

Incremental Legends 

Incremental legends let you specify the high, low, and incremental values. The 

incremental value determines what the legend is divisible by - there is an 11 color limit. 

To be able to differentiate between points easily, maps work best with 4 to 6 colors. If there 

is a lack of color variance on your field maps, this may be due to the increments set; adjust 

90

91 

Setup 

them until you find a range that conveys useful information. 

• Elevation: Used with elevation maps; based on height above sea level. 

• Fertilizer Application Log: Used with fertilizer application log field maps 

(Measured or Target layers). Values determined by the sensors on the equipment. 

• Moisture: Used with moisture maps generated from the yield data; based on 

percentages. 

• Normalized: Used with any yield, moisture or wet weight map to quickly shows the 

field’s average distribution of yield data. A normal distribution of data means that 

most yield points will be close to the “average” bushels per acre (found by 

selecting the Field Information button), while a few yield sites will fall above and 

below the average. Because you are looking for not only the average, but also for 

the values that fall above and below the average, it may easier to use legends that 

contain an odd number of increment colors. For example, if your legend uses five 

colors you know that the average will be the middle color, and that the two colors 

above the middle will represent higher than average yield, and the two colors 

below it will represent below average yield. If you selected Percentage, enter the 

number of percentage points to include in each color break. 

• Pesticide Application Log: Used with pesticide application log field maps 


• Tank Mix Application Log: Used with tank mix application log field maps 


• Wet Weight: Used with wet weight maps generated from the yield data. Actual 

weight calculated by the sensors before drying calculations were applied to it in 

JDOffice. 

• Yield: Used with yield maps generated from the yield data; based on crop yield per 

area unit. 

Add an incremental legend: 



3. In Legend type, select the type of incremental legend you want to add. 

4. Select the Product, then the Unit of measure that corresponds to the Legend type. 

5. Click New. 

6. The Legend name text box will be blank. Enter a unique name. 


7. Set the High, Low and Increment values by highlighting and then typing over the text, 

or clicking on the arrows. 

8. Click Update. 

• If the legend values are not evenly divisible by the increments set, JDOffice will

JDOffice 1.2 

automatically adjust the low value. 

9. To assign a coloring scheme to your new legend, select one from the drop-down box 

below the legend example. (Color schemes are created on the Legend Schemes 

Setup tab.) 


92

Define New Setup Types 

Setup Types cannot be made inactive if any subset of the Setup item has been used in 

record keeping or unloaded data. 

Define Types Setup 

93 

Setup 

When defining your farming operation in Setup, you may find that you need additional 

categories of information that are not listed. JDOffice now lets you define additional types 

of data for fertilizers, implements, machines, other operations, pests, or pesticides. 

When a new type is created for a specific category of information, it will automatically 

populate that tab. For example, when you add a new machine type to the Define Types tab 

and click OK (saving it), it will appear in the machine type list the next time you open the 

Machine Setup tab. Keep in mind that this process only defines a new type - you will still 

need to define a specific product item (machine according to the example) for this type. 

To make a type inactive (or active) refer to page 46. 

Add a new Setup type: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Define Types. 

2. In Category, select what kind of Setup type you will be adding. 

3. Click New. 

4. In Type name, enter a unique name. 


5. When finished, click OK to save your changes and close the Setup tabs.

JDOffice 1.2 

Clients 

When you first view this screen, there will always be just one name listed. If you have a 

single client installation, the New button will be disabled; if you have a multi-client 

installation, use the New button to add additional clients to the system. 

Client Setup 

The client name will automatically be added to this tab during the installation. If you are 

using JDOffice for someone other than yourself, you can highlight your name and type in 

the name of the farmer whose data is in the program. 

The first 20 characters of this name will populate the Client display name text box; if you 

want a different name, highlight what is there and type over it with a new display name. 

Client Information 

The Client Information screen is where you record specific information about the selected 

client. 

1. In Client name, select the name of the client that you would like to enter data for. 

2. On the Client Information screen, enter Address, Phone or E-mail information by 


94

• Click More to add additional data. 


More Information 

95 

Setup 

Clicking the More button on the Client Information 

screen will take you to an Additional Client 

Information screen. None of the data on this screen is 

required, but may be helpful to have associated with 

the client. 

1. In Client activity, select the type of business that 

is associated with this client. 

2. In Tax ID, enter the federal tax ID number for that 

client. 

3. If there is a website associated with the client, either enter the URL, or click the Go 

button to navigate to it on the web. 

4. In Website, enter the URL for the website associated with the business. Once 

entered, you may click the Go button to navigate to it. 


5. If there is a logo associated with the client, enter the location of where the graphic is 

stored, or click the Browse button to locate the logo on your computer. 


6. Click OK to save your changes.

JDOffice 1.2 

Saving the Setup Data to a PC Card 

Each time you click OK on any of the Setup screens, JDOffice will automatically save the 

Setup information to your hard disk. This will not, however, save the changes to your 

PC Card. 

Every time you make changes to the Setup section, you need to save the data to your 

PC Card. Doing so provides up-to-date pick lists in the GreenStar Display. A warning box 

will open if you save Setup data to the hard disk and attempt to exit JDOffice without 

saving it to the PC Card. 

If the PC Card is unavailable, you can click No. Once the card is available, you need to 

remember to manually save the information to the card, as the changes will not be visible 

on the GreenStar Display until this process has been completed. 

The procedure for saving Setup data is the same for single or multi client systems and PC 

Cards. 

Save data to the PC Card: 

1. Place the PC Card in the PCMCIA card reader. 

2. From the File menu, select Save to PC Card. 

a. Select the client(s) whose Setup data you want to save to the PC 

Card. 

b. Click OK. 

3. Click OK on the message that tells you that your settings have been 

saved. 

Note: Setup data is the only information that is saved to a PC Card 

when File>Save to PC Card is selected. Report and field map data can be 

saved to a card during the export process; if you want to save all of your data 

to a card, you must use the Backup function. 

96

Farm Maps 

A farm map is an “aerial view” of all the fields (and their boundaries) within the 

currently selected farm. These fields are created from the data gathered while 

working in the field, and are color-coded by crop. 

The current processing season determines the year of 

data that the farm map displays. Field boundaries are not 

year-specific, so they will appear on the farm map 

regardless of the selected processing year. For ease in changing the current 

processing year, a spin box is located on the bottom right side of the JDOffice 

screen. 

View a farm map: 

1. From the Startup screen, click on the Maps icon. 

• Or select Farm Map from the View menu. 

2. Select Farm Maps. 

As you move the mouse pointer over a field, the field name and crop planted will 

appear at the lower left corner of the screen. If you have the compression option 

unchecked on the Maps Preferences tab, the longitude and latitude of any tool’s 

position on the farm map will display at the bottom of the screen. 

If any fields in the active farm map contain harvest data for the active year, they 

97

JDOffice 1.2 

will be color-coded by the crop. 

Multiple fields will display in the proper geographic relationship to one another, 

although the distance between the fields may not be to scale. This feature can 

be controlled on the Maps Preferences tab. For more information refer to page 

35. 

After selecting a field, you can right-click the mouse to see a list of commands. 

Those listed are the same as you would find under the Tools>Farm menu, or 

by using the command buttons at the top of the screen. 

Select a different farm: 

1. In Current Farm, select the new farm. 

Note: When you unload field documentation (.gsd) files and view 

your farm maps for the first time, JDOffice will check to see if the 

fields have a field boundary. If they do not, you will get a warning. 

You can either create a boundary or leave it as is. You may not 

want to create a boundary if you are documenting a small area of 

the field because the boundary that JDOffice will create won’t 

match the actual field boundary. However, if you do not make a 

boundary, you will not be able to see the farm map - only the field 

map. Keep in mind that the prior mentioned field boundary rule 

does NOT apply to seeding application log files (Seeding Target 

and Seeding Prescription) - as a crop boundary will always be 

created for these data points. 

98

Farm Map Tools 

99 


The Pan tool is used in lieu of the scroll bars to move a map around on the 

screen. When selected, the mouse pointer will convert to . Position the hand 

over the map and depress the mouse button; move the mouse to move the map. 

Let go of the mouse when you have finished moving the map. 

On the farm map, the Select tool is used to pick a field. When selected, the 

mouse pointer will convert to . Click on a field to see its field information or 

legend, merge it with another field, or jump to its field map. 

The Zoom In tool is used to enlarge the map. When selected, the mouse pointer 

will convert to . The area you click on will become the center of the area that is 

enlarged. You can magnify a rectangular area by dragging the mouse across a 

specific area while depressing the mouse button. 

The Zoom Out tool is used to reduce the size of the map. When selected, the 

mouse pointer will convert to . The area you click on will become the center of 

the area that is reduced in size. 

The Full Map button will redraw the farm map so that the entire map is visible and 

centered.

JDOffice 1.2 

Farm Map Commands 

These commands are also accessible through the Tools>Farm menu bar or by 

right-clicking the mouse after selecting a field. 

The Print button is used to print a farm map. Refer to “Printing Farm Maps” on 

page 105. 

The Field Information button is used to display statistical information about the 

field. The information that will display in the Field Info window is contingent upon 

the operations that were performed in the field, and what data is contained within 

the boundary of the field. 

Examples of what may be listed include: crop harvested, 

seasonal year, field name, average yield in bushels per 

acre, source of the boundary, area harvested in acres, or 

the number of hours spent operating in the field. The crop 

weight and standard payable moisture lists the calculations 

that were used in the GreenStar Display; if you had 

changed these numbers on the Crop Setup tab after 

harvesting, these values might not match each other. 

The Field Layers button opens a window that lists all of 

the available layers for the selected field within your farm 

(crop boundaries will not be listed). 

It is only used as a reference to list the data that has been 

collected up to that point; no selections can be made from 

this window. Once the legend window is open, you can 

select another field - the legend data will change each time 

a new one is selected. 

All fields on the farm map are color-coded by crop. To see 

the legend for these colors, click the Crop Legend 

button. Each crop in the farm will be listed. 

The crop colors are part of a master legend with discreet, 

pre-set values for every crop that JDOffice supports 

(additional crops cannot be added). These colors can be 

changed, but it is important to remember that if you edit a crop legend color, it will 

affect every farm map in the program. 

100

101 


Edit the colors from the Crop Legend window: 

1. Click Edit. 

• As a guide to help you determine the color(s) to edit, the crops 

in the active farm map will have a check mark next to them. 

2. On the Legend Setup tab, select the crop to edit. 

3. Click Set Color. 

4. In the Color window, pick a Basic color. If you prefer, you can create a 

custom color by adjusting the values on the right. 

5. Click OK on the Color window. 


• The Legend window will close. To see the legend with the new values, 

you must click Crop Legend again. 

The Go to Field button displays the selected field map. You can either select a 

field on the farm map and click Go to Field, or double click on the field. 

Select the Startup Screen button at any time to return to the opening screen of 

JDOffice.

JDOffice 1.2 

TIGER ® Data 

TIGER (Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing) files 

are a digital database of geographic features including roads, railroads, rivers, 

lakes, political boundaries, etc. which cover the entire United States. The 

database contains information about these features such as their location (in 

latitude and longitude), the name, the type of feature, address ranges for most 

streets, the geographic relationship to other features, and other related 

information. They are the public product created from the U.S. Census Bureau’s 

database of geographic information. 

TIGER data can be downloaded from the internet (http://www.census.gov/geo/ 

www/tiger/index.html) in a compressed format for a selected county or data 

layer. If your farm is part of multiple counties, download each one as they will 

form a composite TIGER data layer on the farm map. After downloading the data, 

import it into JDOffice for viewing on the corresponding farm map. 

Used in conjunction with your farm maps, TIGER data gives you a geographical 

perspective of the fields at a farm level. These maps can be printed. 

Note: To remove the TIGER data from the farm map, uncheck Show 

TIGER data on the TIGER Info Preferences tab. Although you 

cannot see it, the data is still saved in JDOffice. 

102

View TIGER data on a farm map 

103 


Before you import the data from the internet, you must first set the Preferences 

options (File>Preferences). TIGER data is based on latitude and longitude. 

Because of this, you will first need to select the Maps (General) tab and 

uncheck the Compress distances between field on the farm map option. 

This option proportionally compresses all the fields in a farm so that they all are 

visible on the farm map. However, the latitude and longitude of the fields will 

not be accurate, thus the TIGER data will not be able to line up with the 

compressed coordinates. 

Before closing the 

Preferences, select the 

TIGER Info tab. This tab 

controls the TIGER data 

visibility on the farm map. The 

options on it are not activated 

by default. To be able to see 

the data once it is 

downloaded, check Show 

TIGER Info. 

If you would like to see the 

road, river, and railroad 

names, check Show names 

(this is not required, however). If you elect to see the names, you will need to 

enter the font point size of these names. The larger the number you enter, the 

large the font will be - 10 is a good starting point. You may need to change this 

number several times until you find a size that is readable on the screen, but is 

not covering up the map itself. 

If you would like the data to extend past the boundary of your farm, enter the 

distance you would like it to be. Entering a zero (default) will layer the TIGER 

information only within the boundaries of your farm/field. The miles or 

kilometers must be in whole integers. 

Click OK to save the Preferences options. You are now ready to download the 

TIGER data from the internet. After doing so, return to JDOffice so you can 

import the data. 

Note: For detailed directions on downloading the data from the 

internet, refer to “How do I download TIGER data from the internet 

so it shows on my farm maps?” on page 330. 

Import TIGER data into JDOffice: 

1. From the File menu, select Import>TIGER Data. 

2. In the Open screen, navigate to, then select the **.RT1 file.

JDOffice 1.2 

3. Click Open. When the import is successful, JDOffice will alert you a 

message. 

4. From the View menu, select Farm Map. 

5. In Current Farm, select the farm for which you imported TIGER data. 

6. Use the Zoom In and Pan tools to enlarge the data. 

104

Printing Farm Maps 

105 


To print a farm map, click Print while viewing the farm. A standard Windows 

Print window will open. To adjust the paper size, paper orientation (landscape 

or portrait), or the number of copies, click Properties. If you change any of the 

properties, your selection(s) will stay in effect until you make the next change. 

On the printed map, each field will be numbered and a corresponding name 

legend will print at the top of the map. If no operational data is available, you 

can print the farm map with only the field boundaries. 

Next to each name in the legend will be the area of the polygon (field). This 

area is determined by the field boundary; in the absence of a field boundary, 

the polygon area is determined by the crop boundary. The number of acres in 

the polygon may be different than the number of planted or harvested acres - 

accuracy of the driven boundary will determine the margin of error. 

Printing Troubleshooting 

In order for your maps to print centered on the page, the printer margins should 

always equal 1.5 inches (38.2 mm) collectively vertically or horizontally. For 

example, if you reduce the top margin by .25”, add .25” to the bottom. The 

same is true for left and right. These page margins can be changed on the 

Printer Preferences tab. 

If you experience a failure to print, refer to “Save Windows Printer Settings on 

Exit” on page 41

JDOffice 1.2 

106

Using the PC Card 

Data is transferred between the GreenStar Mobile Processor and your computer via a 

PC Card. After saving your Setup data to the PC Card, insert it into the Mobile Processor. 

When you start the machine, all of the Setup information will be available on the GreenStar 

Display. 

Note: Setup data is the only information that is saved to a PC Card when 

File>Save to PC Card is selected. Report and field map data can be saved to 

a card during the export process (page 282 and pages 244-247, respectively); 

if you want to save all of your data to a card, you must use the Backup function 

(page 16). 

When you are done working in the field, remove the PC Card and return it to your personal 

computer where you will unload the data to view your reports and maps. Verify that the 

General Preferences tab has the correct drive letter designated for the PC Card drive. 

During the unload procedure, the raw data is converted, adjustments from the Preferences 

settings are made, and new files are created for the maps. The raw files - with the applied 

edit changes - are automatically copied to an archive directory on your computer’s hard 

drive. 

Within the farm folder, there will be a folder for each field that data was unloaded for. There 

can be multiple files that represent multiple years and multiple crops that have been 

processed. If any of the data was altered on the Edit Data Files screen, the archive data 

will reflect these changes. Do not delete the files from the archive directory. 

All data files are unloaded into the year that is saved in the file - not according to the 

processing year that is active. If you want to unload the data in a year other than that which 

is recorded in the file, you can change it on the Edit Data Files screen (refer to page 113 

for details). 

If you used Undefined as a selection on the GreenStar Display, refer to “Unload Unknown 

Farms or Fields” on page 113. 

To make room on the PC Card after unloading the data files, refer to “Cleanup the PC 

Card” on page 147. 

To Unload your PC Card: (File>Unload PC Card; or File>Auto Unload PC Card) 


2. From the Startup screen, click on the PC Card icon. 

• Or select Unload PC Card or Auto Unload PC Card from the File menu. 

107

JDOffice 1.2 

3. Select Unload PC Card, or Auto Unload PC Card. 

Single or Multi-Client PC Card 

All single client installations will use single client PC Cards (one client per card); multiclient 

installations can use either single client or multi-client formatted PC Cards (multiple 

clients can be saved to an individual card). 

If you use a multi-client PC Card, the individual client’s information files will be stored in a 

client folder on the card. 

If you use combine yield mapping, you must use a single client PC Card. 

If you have data saved on a single client PC Card and try to save any data (in any form) 

for another client to the same card, JDOffice will warn you that the clients don’t match. If 

you select to save the new data anyway, all of the data on the PC Card will be deleted and 

replaced with the new client’s data. 

If you are using a multi-client card be certain you have the correct client selected on the 

Unload PC Card, Save to PC Card, Unload from Archive, and Cleanup PC Card windows 

before proceeding. 

If you change from a single to a multi or a multi to a single card format, JDOffice will create 

a xpfdata.sav folder on your hard drive. All data from the original card format will 

automatically be moved to this folder. 

To see all of the client’s data on a multi-client card - including the data in the xpfdata.sav 

folder - uncheck the client restriction box on the Processing Preferences tab (page 38). 

Note: JDOffice will reject a KeyCard (PC Card that contains embedded code 

used to activate software in the field) if you try to use it as a data card. 

108

Auto Unload PC Card 

109 


If Setup was completed prior to working in the field and those choices were used in the 

GreenStar Display, the Auto Unload feature can be used. Instead of having to select each 

farm and field to unload, Auto Unload will unload all of the data on the card at once. 

All data within the same field will be merged together automatically. Files will be unloaded 

in units; these units are broken down by farm and field, then type of file (.gsy, .gsb, .gsd). 

If multiple crops are in the same field, they will be unloaded by crop. 

If there are no Undefined or Unknown selections, all of the data will automatically be 

unloaded into JDOffice. If one is found, the unloading for that unit will be terminated, and 

the automatic unloading for the next unit will continue. The unit that was skipped will need 

to be unloaded manually by using the File>Unload PC Card command. 

The Edit Data Files screen cannot be accessed using the auto unload. Use the timesaving 

auto unload feature only if you are sure that the correct choices were selected on 

the GreenStar Display. 

Note: The auto unload command deactivates any built-in cautionary 

measures (i.e. proximity warnings) within JDOffice; any defined data on the 

card will be unloaded - even if it is not the correct selection. 

Auto Unload the PC Card: 

1. From the File menu, select Auto Unload PC Card. 

2. A warning message will alert you that you are about to auto - not manually - unload 

your PC Card. 

• Click Yes to continue the auto unload; click No to terminate the unload. 

After the unload process completes, a message will alert you to 

the number of files that were unloaded - and the number that 

could not be unloaded due to incomplete data. To finish 

unloading the card you will have to use the File>Unload PC 

Card command.

JDOffice 1.2 

Manually Unload the PC Card 

The Unload PC Card window lists all of the data files that were saved by the Mobile 

Processor during field operations. 

There are three factors that determine which files the Unload Chooser displays: 

1. The controls on the screen: 

a. The view buttons (circled in the graphic) change the amount of data that is 

displayed about a field. The first button displays the icon view; the second displays 

the detailed list view; and the third displays the detailed list view with the file name 

- as shown above. 

b. In Show data files, select whether you want to view the processed or unprocessed 

data on the card. Unprocessed files are those that have not previously been 

unloaded from the card. If you select ‘Processed and unprocessed,’ any file on the 

PC Card (for the type selected) will be displayed. 

c. Type of data files. The data can be sorted to display only harvest (gsy) files, only 

boundary (gsb) files, only field documentation (gsd) files, or All GreenStar Data - 

which will display files regardless of their type. 

4. The currently selected Client (and subsequently, the Farm). 

5. Client Restriction Processing Preference (refer to page 39). 

• If checked, only the files with a client number that matches the currently selected 

client will be displayed. If it is unchecked, all files on the PC Card - regardless of 

client number - will be displayed. 

To help you identify your data files, harvest files and field documentation files (if they 

contain seeding data) will have the crop listed in the Crop column; field documentation 

files will also be listed by the task. 

Unload the PC Card: 

1. From the File menu, select Unload PC Card. 

2. In Client, select whose data you want to unload. 

• If you have a single client system, there will always be just one name listed. 

3. In Farm, select the farm that you want to unload data for. 

110

4. 

• Fields for that farm will appear in the window. 

In the list of field files, select a field to unload. 

5. Click Unload. 

111 


Note: If you want all files for the same field and crop to be selected at once, 

check Unload all data files for the selected field and type. This option 

saves time and eliminates continuous merging of the data files. However, if 

you are getting an error message that says the data is too large to process - 

and the field is less than 6000 acres - uncheck this option and unload the files 

one at a time, skipping the file that is causing the error. When all the other files 

are unloaded, call the Customer Care Center (CCC) and ask them to help you 

unload the remaining file. 

Proximity Warning 

A proximity warning protects you from unloading data into the 

wrong farm; it appears when the field you are unloading is at least 

the target distance away from the closest field in the selected farm. 

This numerical distance is set by the user on the Processing 

Preferences tab. 

A farm is defined by the fields within it. If you are unloading a field 

into a farm that is more than 25 miles (default) from that farm’s nearest field, JDOffice will 

give you a proximity warning. This warning alerts you to the fact that this field may not 

belong to the selected farm. Click Yes to continue if you are sure it belongs, or click No to 

terminate the unload. If terminated, reselect the field and click Edit to unload it into a 

different farm. 

Unload Files Exclusively for Current Client 

Each JDOffice program has an internal client number. When you save the Setup data to 

your PC Card, that client number is transferred to the PC Card. If you have a multi-client 

system, each client within JDOffice will have a separate client number. 

On the Processing Preferences tab, there is an option to Show files in Unload Chooser 

exclusively for current client. This preference is an unload option which protects you 

from unloading data into the wrong client’s system. If enabled, an error message will let 

you know that no data files for the current client were found. It works on a single client 

system by verifying the disk, and on a multi-client system by verifying the client number. 

For example, if you have a single client system and borrow a neighbor’s PC Card, you will 

not be able to see your data files in the Unload Chooser if this option is checked. If you are 

sure these are your files, you can uncheck it to have all of the data visible. If you have a 

multi-client system, you will only be able to unload the files for the client you have active if 

this option is checked. To change the client, select a different one from Setup>Clients

JDOffice 1.2 

(refer to “Client Setup” on page 94 for more information). 

To always see every file on the PC Card, uncheck this option. 

Merging Field Data From the Combine 

One or more files are created on the PC Card for each field in your farm. The entire field 

will be one file if you operated in the field continuously from start to finish without turning 

off the machine. If you work in part of a field one day and part the next, or you stopped and 

started the machine during the course of the day, multiple files will exist on the PC Card 

for that field. JDOffice has a built-in merge facility for handling this situation - the result will 

be a single field. 

If you select a field to unload from your PC Card and the program recognizes that the field 

has already been processed and this is another file for it, you will receive a message telling 

you that partial data already exists for this field. 

You have the option to merge the new file with the 

existing data, or cancel the command. If you click Yes, 

JDOffice will take all previously processed files from the 

archives, add the currently selected file, and merge all 

the data so it can be viewed as a single field. If you click 

No, the unload process will be terminated. 

Note: If you re-unload a processed file, and you had previously made changes 

to this data on the JDOffice Edit Data Files screen, merging the old with the 

new will erase the changes made to the raw file. 

Unload Multiple Crops in a Field 

Although you may have checked Unload all data files for the selected field and type, 

not all files for the same field will be selected at once if the field has more than one crop in 

it. The files are selected per crop, and you can only unload one crop at a time. 

112

Edit Data Files Screen 

113 


The Edit Data Files screen is a resource to correct mistakes made on the GreenStar 

Display - it is not intended to replace your Setup section. 

The Edit Data Files screen will automatically open if you have any unknowns in your data 

and you click Unload instead of Edit. Taking the time to enter the correct information in 

Setup, and then selecting that data in the field, will eliminate a significant amount of time 

working on this screen. 

To verify your selections, the data can be viewed as filters in the field preview window on 

the right. 

Note: If you are spraying product applications (fertilizers, pesticides, tank 

mixes), you will be able to preview the sections of the sprayer on the preview 

map. Because JDOffice will average the differing data coming from the 

sections once the data is unloaded, this is the only place in JDOffice that the 

different rates can be viewed on a map. However, this map cannot be saved 

or printed; it is preview only. 

You must select Unload to save your changes. You can Cancel your actions and return 

to the Unload PC Card screen. 

If you make a mistake and do not want to return to the Unload screen, but want to make 

corrections, click Reset to return the data to its original status. Once you rename a farm or 

field, the data will be renamed on your card - regardless if you select to unload it or not. 

Unload Unknown Farms or Fields 

Unknown, Unnamed, or Assigned (created when an operator selects Custom Name on 

the GreenStar Display) data cannot be unloaded from the PC Card without first renaming 

it to something that is already defined in JDOffice Setup.

JDOffice 1.2 

The Edit Data Files screen will automatically open if you have any unknowns in your data 

and you click Unload instead of Edit. If you have yet to define these Setup items, they can 

be created from the Edit Data Files screen. 

Unload unknown data: 

1. From the File menu, select Unload PC Card. 

2. In Unload for farm, select the farm that you want to unload data for. 

3. In the list of field files, select a field to unload. 

• To unload common files together, check Unload all data files for the selected 

field and type. 

4. Click Edit. The Edit Data Files screen will open. 

5. If the Farm is Unknown: In Farm, select a defined farm to name the farm as. 

• If the farm is not yet defined, click New farm. Create the new farm on the Farm 

Setup tab. After creating it, select it on the Edit Data Files screen. 

6. If the Field is Unknown: In Field, select a defined field to name the field as. 

• If the field is not yet defined, click New field. Create the new field on the Field 

Setup tab. After creating it, select it on the Edit Data Files screen. 

7. Fix any invalid entries in the Data to Edit section (refer to their corresponding sections 

in this chapter for directions). 


114

Data to Edit 

115 


The Data to Edit section of the Edit Data Files screen is used to 

pick the field data you want to edit. Mistakes made in the field, 

including invalid entries, need to be corrected on this screen. 

Invalid entries are created when the user selects an Unknown pick 

on the GreenStar Display. They will appear in red, and JDOffice will 

not let you unload the PC Card until they are corrected. 

If you accidentally make the wrong selection in the GreenStar Display, you can use the 

Edit Data Files screen to reassign the correct choice. To verify your selections, the data 

can be viewed as filters in the field preview window on the right. 

Depending on the type of file you are unloading, several kinds of data can be edited. As 

with farms and fields, you may need to assign names to unknowns, or rename the 

selection made in the field. If the name you want to change it to is not listed, it means that 

it is not defined in Setup. 

After you have made the corrections, click Unload. 

If you have made changes to the data and decide to start over, click the Reset button; your 

data will be restored to the exact state it was in before you started editing. 

Duplicate Operation Error 

An operation cannot contain duplicate product types for the same operation within one 

task. If duplicates are detected, you will receive an error; the duplicates must be eliminated 

before the file can be unloaded. 

If you receive the Duplication operation error, there are several ways to fix it: 

1. Rename one of the product types. This will allow you to unload both entries (and view 

them in reports and on maps), although it will cause some of your data to have the 

product type labeled incorrectly. 

2. Rename the task. On the Unload PC Card window, uncheck the Unload all data files 

for selected field and type box and unload each of the files individually. On the Edit 

Data Screen window, rename the task in one of the files. 

3. Delete one of the pairs and unload the file. After doing so, manually create a New 

Operation Layer (Whole Field) using the naming convention from the deleted file (i.e. 

same task, operation type, product type and product name)

JDOffice 1.2 

Edit the Contract 

When Contract is selected from the Data to Edit list, the screen 

will list the contracts that were used in the field (as selected on the 

GreenStar Display). 

All invalid entries must be renamed. 

There will be multiple entries of the same contract if you turned 

your equipment on and off while working in the field. These 

duplicates will combine into one when the data is unloaded from 

the PC Card. 

Contracts are associated with a load number. 

Edit the Contract Data: 

1. In Data to Edit, select Contract. 

2. In the Contract list, select the contract you want to edit. 


In the Edit Entry window, you can: 

Change the contract: 

4a. In the Changed Contract column, select the new contract number. 

4b. Click Change to change the individual contract; click Change All to change all 

contracts by the same name. 

Delete the contract: 

4a. Click Delete. 

• If there is only one operation in a file, the Delete button will be disabled. 

Create a new contract: 

4a. Click New. The Contract Setup tab will open. 

4b. Enter the new contract data (refer to “Contract Setup” on page 80). 

4c. Verify the new contract is selected in the Changed Contract column. 

4d. Click Change to change the individual contract; click Change All to change all 

contracts by the same name. 

116

Edit the Crop 

117 


When you select Crop from the Data to Edit list, the screen will list 

the crop, its standard weight, and standard payable moisture. 

These numbers are the same as those listed on the Crop Setup 

tab. 

If you selected the wrong crop in the field, select the correct one 

here. Be careful though because varieties belong to specific crops; 

they are not interchangeable. If you change the crop, the varieties 

will no longer correspond to the correct crop according to JDOffice. 

The variety will turn red as a warning. You can select Reset to return the file to its original 

data. 

The standard payable moisture and crop weight are predetermined by JDOffice, but they 

can be changed. If your numbers do not match your weight tickets - and you want them to 

- type in the values the grain elevator gave you. Although these numbers will now match 

your weigh tickets, they will not match the combine. 

The data files being unloaded must have been created with Mobile Processor version 3.0 

or higher to edit these values on this screen. If they are not, the only way to change the 

standard crop weight and the standard payable moisture is to change them on the Crop 

Setup tab prior to unloading your data from the PC Card. 

The word (Inactive) will appear if the crop was made inactive on 

the Crop Setup tab after saving the initial Setup data to the PC 

Card. It is not necessary to make the crop active again unless you 

want it to appear as a pick list choice on the GreenStar Display 

the next time you save to the PC Card. Regardless of the choice made, the file will be 

unloaded correctly. 

Edit the Destination 

When Destination is selected from the Data to Edit list, the screen 

will list the destinations that were used in the field (as selected on 

the GreenStar Display). 


There will be multiple entries of the same destination if you turned 


duplicates will combine into one when the data is unloaded from the 

PC Card. 

Edit the Destination Data: 

1. In Data to Edit, select Destination. 

2. In the Destination list, select the destination you want to edit.

JDOffice 1.2 



Change the destination: 

4a. In the Changed Destination column, select the new destination. 

4b. Click Change to change the individual destination; click Change All to change all 

destinations by the same name. 

Delete the destination: 



Create a new destination: 

4a. Click New. The Destination Setup tab will open. 

4b. Enter the new destination data (refer to “Destinations Setup” on page 79). 

4c. Verify the new destination is selected in the Changed Destination column. 

4d. Click Change to change the individual destination; click Change All to change all 

destinations by the same name. 

Edit the Flags 

When Flag is selected from the Data to Edit list, the screen will list 

the flags that were used in the field (as selected on the GreenStar 

Display). 


Each flag will have two entries: On and Off. The average JDOffice 

user will only be concerned with On flags. However, if you change 

the On flag, be sure to change the corresponding Off flag to the new 

choice so the two entries will remain consistent. 

Edit a Flag: 

1. In Data to Edit, select Flag. 

2. In the Flag list, select the On flag you want to edit. 


118


Change the flag: 

119 


4a. In the Changed Flag column, select the new flag. 

4b. In the Changed State column, select On or Off. 

4c. Click Change to change the individual flag; click Change All to change all flags 

by the same name. 

Delete the flag: 



Create a new flag: 

4a. Click New. The Flag Setup tab will open. 

4b. Enter the new flag data (refer to “Flag Setup” on page 84). 

4c. Verify the new flag is selected in the Changed Flag column. 

4d. In the Changed State column, select On or Off. 

4e. Click Change to change the individual flag; click Change All to change all flags 

by the same name. 

Edit the Implement 

When Implement is selected from the Data to Edit list, the screen 

will list the implements that were used in the field (as selected on 

the GreenStar Display). 

For each operation listed in the Data to Edit window, a 

corresponding implement will be listed for it. Implements 

correspond to a specific operation - not to the entire file. 


There will be multiple entries of the same implement if you turned your equipment on and 

off while working in the field. These duplicates will combine into one when the data is 

unloaded from the PC Card.

JDOffice 1.2 

If the machine either does not support an implement, or if one was not 

attached, you can select None as the implement type. 

Edit an Implement: 

1. In Data to Edit, select Implement. 

2. In the Implement list, select the implement you want to edit. 



Change the implement: 

4a. In the Changed Type column, select the new type of equipment. 

4b. In the Changed Implement column, select the new implement model. 

4c. Click Change to change the individual implement; click Change All to change all 

implements by the same name. 

Delete the implement: 



Create a new implement: 

4a. In the Changed Type column, select the new type of equipment. 

4b. Click New. The Implement Setup tab will open. 

4c. Enter the new implement data (refer to “Implement Setup” on page 67). 

4d. Verify the new implement model is selected in the Changed Implement column. 

4e. Click Change to change the individual implement; click Change All to change all 

implements by the same name. 

120

Edit the Load 

121 


If you enabled CropTracer on the GreenStar Display (Setup>Field 

Doc>Page2>CropTracer), loads will be listed in the Data to Edit 

section. 

A load is created in a seeding operation each time seeds are 

loaded into the planter. Most loads will only contain one lot number, 

but two lots is not uncommon (there is a two lot limit per load). 

Because multiple varieties planted simultaneously are not able to 

be documented yet, all loads will contain just one variety; therefore 

all lots within that load will also be the same variety. 

Note: If you manually entered the lot information into the GreenStar Display, 

you will be able to edit, delete or create new lot information to correct any 

mistakes. 

To document multiple varieties, you will need to select an additional load when you add 

the new seeds into the hoppers. 

Edit the Load Data: 

1. In Data to Edit, select Load. 

2. In the Load list, select the load number you want to edit. 


The Edit Load Entry screen will display all the lot data that is contained in that load. 

If you forgot to enter additional seed bags, and know the date/time and location, enter a 

New lot entry for the known load number. 

If you delete lot information that was entered manually on the GreenStar Display, it will be 

deleted permanently.

JDOffice 1.2 

Manually enter a New lot number: 

4a. Click New. 

4b. Type in the Lot number from the seed bag. 

• Press the keyboard Tab key to add the new lot number to the list. 

4c. In Seed Size, enter the size as indicated on the bag. 

4d. In Quantity, enter the numbers of bags you used that had this lot number; select 

the corresponding quantity label from the drop-down box. 

4e. In Treated, select Yes if the crop was treated; No if wasn’t; Undefined if you are 

not sure. Click OK. 

Delete a lot number: 

• If there is only one lot number, the Delete button will be disabled. 

4a. In the Lot numbers list, select the lot to delete. 

4b. Click Delete 

4c. Click OK. 

Edit the Machine 

When Machine is selected from the Data to Edit list, the screen will 

list the machines that were used in the field (as selected on the 



There will be multiple entries of the same machine if you turned 


duplicates will combine into one when the data is unloaded from the 

PC Card. 

Edit a Machine: 

1. In Data to Edit, select Machine. 

2. In the Machine list, select the machine you want to edit. 


122


Change the machine: 

123 


4a. In the Changed Type column, select the new type of machine. 

4b. In the Changed Machine column, select the new machine model. 

4c. Click Change to change the individual machine; click Change All to change all 

machines by the same name. 

Delete the machine: 



Create a new machine: 

4a. In the Changed Type column, select the new type of machine. 

4b. Click New. The Machine Setup tab will open. 

4c. Enter the new machine data (refer to “Machine Setup” on page 66). 

4d. Verify the new machine is selected in the Changed Machine column. 

4e. Click Change to change the individual machine; click Change All to change all 

machines by the same name. 

Edit the Operations 

When you select Operations from the Data to Edit list, the screen will list up to six 

operations that were recorded in the data file (as selected on the GreenStar Display). 

These operations are associated with a task, although they appear on this screen 

separately so that they - and the task name - can be edited. There are several operations 

that can be listed in this category: Seeding, Tillage, Other, and Product Application (which 

includes Pesticide, Fertilizer, and Tank Mix operations). 

Note: A single field documentation .gsd file cannot contain duplicate product 

types for the same operation within one task. If duplicates are detected you 

will receive a warning; the duplicates must be eliminated before the file can be 

unloaded. 

The name of the data file will be listed next to Operation in the Data to Edit list. There can

JDOffice 1.2 

be several files listed, and each will have a different name in parenthesis if you turned your 

equipment on and off while working in the field. When the data is unloaded, operations 

with the same name will merge together under the selected task. 

one. Tillage Operation 

When Operations is selected from the Data to Edit list, the screen 

will list the operations that were used in the field (as selected on the 

GreenStar Display) for that file. 

If tillage was one of those operations, it will appear in the 

Operations list below. 

You can change the tillage name, delete it, create a new name, or 

change the rate units. All invalid entries must be renamed. 

Edit the Tillage Operation: 

1. In Data to Edit, select the Operations file that contains the tillage. 

2. In the Operations list, select the Tillage entry. 



Change the tillage operation: 

4a. In the Changed Product Name column, select new tillage. 

4b. In the Changed Rate Units column, select the new measurement. 

4c. Click Change to change the individual tillage entry; click Change All to change 

all tillage entries by the same name. 

Delete the tillage operation: 



Create a new tillage operation: 

4a. Click New. The Tillage Setup tab will open. 

4b. Enter new Tillage data (refer to “Tillage Setup” on page 73). 

124

125 


4c. Verify the new tillage is selected in the Changed Product Name column. 

4d. Click Change to change the individual tillage entry; click Change All to change 

all tillage entries by the same name. 

Edit the tillage details: 

4a. Refer to “Edit the Operation Details” on page 134. 

2. Seeding Operation 

must be renamed. 




If seeding was one of those operations, it will appear in the 

Operations list below; the planted crop will be listed next to the 

entry. 

You can change the crop, delete the entry, change the variety, 

create a new variety, or change the rate units. All invalid entries 

Note: Because sensor data is automatically gathered, it is unique and cannot 

be replaced; therefore, in order to prevent the user from losing irreplaceable 

information, the Delete and Details buttons will be disabled when the 

operation has sensor data, or when there are no details (rate, depth, or carrier) 

to edit. 

Edit the Seeding Operation: 

1. In Data to Edit, select the Operations file that contains seeding. 

2. In the Operations list, select the Seeding entry. 



Change the seeding operation: 

4a. In the Changed Product Type column, select the crop. 

4b. In the Changed Product Name column, select the variety.

JDOffice 1.2 

4c. In the Changed Rate Units column, select the measurement. 

4d. Click Change to change the individual seeding entry; click Change All to change 

all seeding entries by the same name. 

Delete the seeding operation: 



Create a new variety: 

4a. In the Changed Product Type column, select the crop. 

4b. Click New. The Variety Setup tab will open. 

4c. Enter new Variety data (refer to “Variety Setup” on page 54). 

4d. Verify the new variety is selected in the Changed Product Name column. 

4e. Click Change to change the individual seeding entry; click Change All to change 

all seeding entries by the same name. 

Edit the seeding details: 


3. Product Application Operation (Fertilizer, Pesticide And Tank 

Mixes) 




The Seed Monitor Variable Rate (SMVR) software can handle simultaneous differing rates 

of product application on each side of the implement (sprayer). However, JDOffice will 

average these multiple rates and treat the sprayer as a whole unit. 





to edit. 

126

A. FERTILIZERS 

renamed. 

127 





If a fertilizer entry was one of those operations - and it was applied 

as a single entity - it will appear in the Operations list below; the 

type (Lime, NPK or Manure) will be listed next to the entry. 

You can change the operation, delete the entry, create a new 

product name, or change the rate units. All invalid entries must be 

If the fertilizer was used in conjunction with another pesticide or fertilizer, it will be listed as 

part of a Tank Mix operation. For more information, refer to “C. Tank Mixes” on page 129. 

Edit the Fertilizer: 

1. In Data to Edit, select Operations. 

2. In the Operation list, select the Product Application - Fertilizer entry. 



Change the fertilizer: 

4a. In the Changed Product Type column, select the product type. 

4b. In the Changed Product Name column, select the new fertilizer. 

4c. In the Changed Rate Units column, select the new measurement rate. 

4d. Click Change to change the individual fertilizer entry; click Change All to change 

all fertilizer entries by the same name. 

Delete the fertilizer: 



Create a new fertilizer product: 

4a. In the Changed Product Type column, select the product. 

4b. Click New. The Fertilizer Setup tab will open.

JDOffice 1.2 

4c. Enter the new fertilizer data (refer to “Fertilizer Setup” on page 57). 

4d. Verify the new fertilizer is selected in the Changed Product name column. 

4e. Click Change to change the individual fertilizer; click Change All to change all 

fertilizers by the same name. 

Edit the fertilizer details: 


B. PESTICIDES 




If a pesticide entry was one of those operations - and it was applied 

as a single entity (without a carrier or any other chemicals) - it will 

appear in the Operations list below; the type will be listed next to 

the entry. 


product name, or change the rate units. All invalid entries must be renamed. 

If the pesticide was used in conjunction with another pesticide, carrier, or fertilizer, it will be 

listed as part of a Tank Mix operation. For more information, refer to “C. Tank Mixes” on 

page 129. 

Edit the Pesticide: 


2. In the Operation list, select the Product Application - Pesticide entry. 



Change the pesticide: 


4b. In the Changed Product Name column, select the new pesticide. 

4c. In the Changed Rate Units column, select the new measurement rate. 

4d. Click Change to change the individual pesticide entry; click Change All to change 

128

all pesticide entries by the same name. 

129 


Delete the pesticide: 



Create a new pesticide product: 


4b. Click New. The Pesticide Setup tab will open. 

4c. Enter the new pesticide data (refer to “Pesticide Setup” on page 59). 

4d. Verify the new pesticide is selected in the Changed Product name column. 

4e. Click Change to change the individual pesticide; click Change All to change all 

pesticides by the same name. 

Edit the pesticide details: 


C. TANK MIXES 


will list the operations that were used in the field for that file. 

If a pesticide or fertilizer was used in conjunction with one another, 

or with a carrier, the product application will be listed as a Tank Mix 

operation. 

Although the individual components of a mix can be edited, they 

will not be visible on a field map; only the tank mix as a whole will 

become a field map layer. 

All invalid entries and unknown data must be renamed. 





to edit. 

Edit the Tank Mix: 


2. In the Operation list, select the Product Application - Tank Mix entry.

JDOffice 1.2 


To be able to unload tank mix data, the tank mix coming from the .gsd files must exactly 

match a tank mix already defined in Setup - this includes all components and rates. If you 

find that JDOffice is not allowing you to unload a mix, it will be due to one of the following 

reasons: 

1. There is an unknown carrier. 

2. There is an unknown product. 

3. The mix does not match any of those already defined in Setup. If this is the case, you 

have the option to edit a pre-existing tank mix (as long as it has not been used in a 

task and is locked) or create a new one using the components from the .gsd file. 

If you think you selected the incorrect Product name or Rate units in the field, select the 

correct one on Edit Operation Entry screen. Click Change to change the individual tank 

mix; click Change All to change all tank mix entries by the same name. 

If nothing happens (the Edit Operation Entry screen does not close) when you click 

either of these buttons, you must click the Tank Mix button to find the problem. 

If you have an unknown carrier in the mix, you will be alerted as soon as you get to this 

screen. You will need to correct the carrier by canceling from this screen and clicking 

Details on the tank mix Edit Operation Entry screen. Correct the carrier and try unloading 

the tank mix again. 

If the mix will still not unload, return to the Edit Tank Mix Entry screen to find the problem. 

The top of the screen lists the tank mix as recorded on the PC Card. The bottom of the 

screen has a drop down box that lists all the tank mixes currently defined in Setup. Each 

time you select a different mix, the text will change to list the components and their rates. 

Remember, the mix you are unloading must exactly match one that is already defined in 

Setup. Start by looking at the components of the mix you are trying to unload (top section). 

If there is an unknown product, it needs to be fixed before you can go any further. 

Edit Unknown Product from the PC Card: 

1. In the box at the top of the screen, select the unknown product. 

130

• You need to click on the operation name itself to highlight the entry. 

2. Click Edit Product. 

3. In the Changed Product Name column, select the new product. 

131 


• If it is not defined, click New. The corresponding Setup tab will open. Enter the new 

data and click OK. 

4. Verify the new product is selected in the Changed Product Name column. 

5. Click Change to update the tank mix. 

Once all the products are defined, you need to see if there is already a predefined tank mix 

that matches the components of the mix on the card. 

Begin by selecting a new mix from the drop down box (bottom section of the Edit Tank Mix 

Entry screen). If the two mixes match, click Change to change the individual tank mix; 

click Change All to change all tank mix entries by the same name. JDOffice will verify that 

are no differences. If it accepts the change, it means that the exact tank mix, as recorded 

on the card, has already been defined in Setup - it was simply called a different name on 

the card. 

If you get the following error, JDOffice has determined that the two mixes are not identical. 

• If you feel the mixes match exactly - as listed in the two boxes, verify the mix rates 

(located under each tank mix name). If these rates differ, you will be forced to 

create a new tank mix to unload the data. 

At this point you can either edit a pre-existing mix to fit your recorded data, or you can

JDOffice 1.2 

define a new mix. 

Edit a pre-existing tank mix: 

If there is a predefined mix in the drop down that is close to what you are unloading, you 

can edit it so it will match the recorded data. 

Note: A predefined tank mix can only be edited if it has not been used in a task 

(and is therefore locked). If the Edit Tank Mix button is enabled, this can be 

done. 

1. In the Tank Mix drop down list, find a tank mix that is similar to that which you are 

trying to unload. 

2. Click Edit Tank Mix. 

3. Edit (or re-enter) the tank mix data on the Tank Mix Setup tab. 

4. Click Tank Blend to edit the components of the mix (refer to “Tank Mix Setup” on page 

61 for directions). Save the Tank Mix Setup data. 

• The selections made here must exactly match the tank mix as saved on the PC 

Card. 

5. On the Edit Tank Mix Entry screen, select the updated tank mix from the drop down. 

6. Click Change to change the individual tank mix; click Change All to change all tank 

mix entries by the same name. 

Create a new tank mix: 

If there is not a predefined mix in the drop down that is close to what you are unloading, 

you need to create a new tank mix. 

1. Click New Tank Mix. 

2. In Tank mix name, enter a new tank mix name. 

3. In Tank mix display name, type over [Enter Name] with a display name of your 

choice. 

132

133 


• The Solution rate and Carrier text boxes will be populated with data as recorded 

on the PC Card. 

4. Enter the Cost per acre. 

If you click Tank Blend, you will see that the components of the tank mix, as recorded on 

the PC Card, will automatically populate the Tank Mix Blend screen. 

5. Save the Tank Mix Setup data. 

• The selections made here must exactly match the tank mix as saved on the PC 

Card. Although you are able to edit any of the values, you do not want to, as the 

mix will not unload if this and the mix on the card differ in any way. 

6. On the Edit Tank Mix Entry screen, select the new tank mix from the drop down. 

7. Click Change to change the individual tank mix; click Change All to change all tank 

mix entries by the same name. 

4. Other Operation 




If other was one of those operations, it will appear in the 

Operations list below; the type will be listed next to the entry. 


product name, or change the rate units. 






to edit. 

Edit the Other Operation: 

1. In Data to Edit, select the Operation file that contains the other. 

2. In the Operations list, select the Other entry. 

3. Click Edit.

JDOffice 1.2 


Change the other operation: 

4a. In the Changed Product Type column, select the category. 

4b. In the Changed Product Name column, select the product. 

4c. In the Changed Rate Units column, select the measurement. 

4d. Click Change to change the individual other entry; click Change All to change all 

other entries by the same name. 

Delete the other operation: 



Create a new other product: 

4a. In the Changed Product Type column, select the category. 

4b. Click New. The Other Setup tab will open. 

4c. Enter new data (refer to “Other Setup” on page 75). 

4d. Verify the new product is selected in the Changed Product Name column. 

4e. Click Change to change the individual other entry; click Change All to change all 

other entries by the same name. 

Edit the other details: 


Edit the Operation Details 





to edit. 

4a. Click Details on the Edit Operation Entry screen. 

134

135 


4b. Select the Date/Time entry that needs to be edited. 

• A new date/time entry will be listed each time an adjustment - automatic or 

manual on the GreenStar Display - is made. All like entries will merge when the 

data on the PC Card is unloaded. 

4c. Click Delete to erase the selected date/time entry, or edit any of the following 

categories: 

• In the Changed Rate column, enter the new rate. 

• In the Changed Depth/Height column, enter the new number. 

• In the Changed Application Method column, select Broadcast or In Ground. 

• If you used a carrier in the tank mix, the Carrier button will be enabled so you 

can delete the carrier, edit it, or create a new one (refer to “Carrier Setup” on 

page 63). 

4d. Click Change when you are finished. 

Edit the Operator 

When Operator is selected from the Data to Edit list, the screen 

will list the operators that were used in the field (as selected on the 



There will be multiple entries of the same operator if you turned 


duplicates will combine into one when the data is unloaded from 

the PC Card.

JDOffice 1.2 

Edit an Operator: 

1. In Data to Edit, select Operator. 

2. In the Operator list, select the operator you want to edit. 



Change the operator: 

4a. In the Changed Operator column, select the new operator. 

4b. Click Change to change the individual operator; click Change All to change all 

operators by the same name. 

Delete the operator (if multiple entries): 


• If there is only one operator in a file, the Delete button will be disabled. 

Create a new operator: 

4a. Click New. The Operator Setup tab will open. 

4b. Enter the new operator data (refer to “Operator Setup” on page 65). 

4c. Verify the new operator is selected in the Changed Contract column. 

4d. Click Change to change the individual operator; click Change All to change all 

varieties by the same name. 

Edit the Point Flags 

When Point Flag is selected from the Data to Edit list, the screen 

will list the flag that was used in the field (as selected on the 



Edit a Point Flag: 

1.In Data to Edit, select Point Flag. 

2. In the Flag list, select the flag you want to edit. 


136


Change the point flag: 

137 


4a. In the Changed Flag column, select the new point flag. 

4b. Click Change to change the individual point flag; click Change All to change all 

point flags by the same name. 

Delete the point flag: 



Create a new point flag: 

4a. Click New. The PointFlag Setup tab will open. 

4b. Enter the new point flag data (refer to “Flag Setup” on page 84). 

4c. Verify the new point flag is selected in the Changed Flag column. 

4d. Click Change to change the individual point flag; click Change All to change all 

point flags by the same name. 

Edit the Processing Season 

When Processing Season is selected from the Data to Edit list, 

the spin box will list the processing season that is recorded in the 

file. 

All data files will be unloaded into the processing season that is 

recorded in the file. The year that is set on the Dates Preferences 

tab (or in the year spinner at the bottom of the screen) has no 

impact on the year that files are unloaded into. 

If you need to unload the file into a different processing year, select 

the new year from the spin box by clicking on the up arrow to move forward in time, or the 

down arrow to move backward in time. This date can be changed on all of the data file 

types.

JDOffice 1.2 

Edit the Product 

The first product application as selected in the GreenStar Display 

will be listed as a Product Application in the unload editor. Because 

that editor only lists data for only one product a time, subsequent 

choices made in the field will be listed as a Product in the Data to 

Edit section of the Unload Editor. 

Product entries can show data for all operations. (An operation can 

only have one product “active” at a time.) If the user does not 

change products within a file, then there will be no Product option. 

The product can be edited if it is a fertilizer, pesticide, seeding, harvest, or tank mix 

application; it cannot be edited if it is an other or tillage operation. 


Edit the Product: 

1. In Data to Edit, select Product. 

2. In the Product list, select the product you want to edit. 



Change the entry: 

4a. In the Changed Product Name column, select the product. 

4b. Click Change to change the individual product entry; click Change All to change 

all product entries by the same name. 

Delete the product: 


Create a new entry: 

4a. In the Changed Product Name column, select the product. 

4b. Click New. The appropriate Setup tab will open. 

4c. Enter the new product data. 

4d. Verify the new product is selected in the Changed Product Name column. 

4e. Click Change to change the individual product entry; click Change All to change 

all product entries by the same name. 

138

Edit the Target Crop 

139 


When Target Crop is selected from the Data to Edit list, the spin 

box will list the crop that the product application was applied to. The 

crops listed in the drop down box are the active crops as set on the 

Crop Setup tab. 

This editor will only appear in the 5.0 .gsd files if the Seeding or 

Harvest operations were not used (crops are already part of those 

operations). 

If you need a different target crop, select it from the spin box by 

clicking on the up arrow to move forward alphabetically or the down arrow to move 

backward alphabetically. 

The target crop will pre-populate the Field History screen. 

Edit the Task 

in the same task. 

When you select Task from the Data to Edit list, the screen will list 

the task that was used in the field (as selected on the GreenStar 

Display) for the file you are unloading. 

One to six operations will be associated with each task. These 

operations (seeding, harvest, product application, irrigation, tillage, 

other) will define what work is associated with each task. However, 

Seeding and Harvest operations cannot be in the same task, and 

you cannot have duplicate operations with identical product types 

Grouping field visits together under a specific task name ensures that the data will be 

grouped and displayed together on the maps and reports. You can change the task name, 

or create a new one. 

There will be multiple entries of the same task if you turned your equipment on and off 

while working in the field. These duplicates will combine into one when the data is 

unloaded from the PC Card. 

Edit a Task: 

1. In Data to Edit, select Task. 

2. In the Task list, select the task you want to edit. 

3. Click Edit.

JDOffice 1.2 


Change the task name: 

4a. In the Changed Task column, select the new task. 

4b. Click Change All to change all tasks by the same name. 

Delete the task: 



Create a new task: 

4a. Click New. The Task Setup tab will open. 

4b. Enter the new task data (refer to “Task Setup” on page 69). 

4c. Verify the new task is selected in the Changed Task column. 

4d. Click OK. Verify the new task is selected in the Changed Task column. 

Edit the Variety 

When Variety is selected from the Data to Edit list, the screen will 

list the varieties that were used in the field (as selected on the 


Varieties are only listed if you are unloading a harvest file; if you are 

unloading a field documentation file, the variety can be edited via 

the Seeding operation entry. 


There will be multiple entries of the same variety if you turned your equipment on and off 

while working in the field. These duplicates will combine into one when the data is 

unloaded from the PC Card. 

Edit a Variety: 

1. In Data to Edit, select Variety. 

2. In the Variety list, select the variety you want to edit. 


140


Change the variety: 

141 


4a. In the Changed Variety column, select the new variety. 

4b. Click Change to change the individual variety; click Change All to change all 


Delete the variety: 


• If there is only one variety in a file, the Delete button will be disabled. 

Create a new variety: 

4a. Click New. The Variety Setup tab will open. 

4b. Enter the new variety data (refer to “Variety Setup” on page 54). 

4c. Verify the new variety is selected in the Changed Variety column. 

4d. Click Change to change the individual variety; click Change All to change all 


Edit the Weather 

When Weather is selected from the Data to Edit list, the screen 

will list the weather files that were recorded in the field (as selected 

on the GreenStar Display). The files will be listed by the day, date 

and time that it was created. 

Each file records six types of information: a brief weather 

description, wind direction, wind speed, air temperature, soil 

temperature, and humidity percentage. You can edit the details on 

the weather screen, or delete the file. Weather is not set up in 

JDOffice prior to working in the field - this data is entered on the GreenStar Display. 

Multiple weather entries will combine into one when the data is unloaded from the PC 

Card. 

Edit the Weather: 

1. In Data to Edit, select Weather. 

2. In the Weather list, select the file you want to edit. 

• A new date/time entry will be listed each time an adjustment - automatic or manual

JDOffice 1.2 

on the GreenStar Display - is made. All like entries will merge when the data on the 

PC Card is unloaded. 



Change an entry: 

4a. Any or all of the following categories can be edited: 

• In the Changed Weather column, select a new description. 

• In the Changed Wind Direction column, select a new direction. 

• In the Changed Wind Speed column, enter a new wind speed. 

• In the Changed Air Temperature column, enter a new air temperature. 

• In the Changed Soil Temperature column, enter a new soil temperature. 

• In the Changed Humidity column, enter a new humidity percentage. 

4b. Click Change. 

Delete the date/time file: 


Edit the Width 

When Width is selected from the Data to Edit list, the screen will 

list the widths that were used in the field (as selected on the 


There will be multiple entries of the same width if you turned your 

equipment on and off while working in the field. These duplicates 

will combine into one when the data is unloaded from the PC Card. 

Often field conditions force the operator to take less than a full 

swath into the combine. The operator must be prepared to adjust 

the width of cut whenever necessary, such as when finishing a field that has a single 

remaining swath of varying width. To ensure that your acreage is calculated correctly, 

smaller rows must be compensated for. For example, if you have an 8-row header, your 

average width will be 240 inches. If you need to work in an area of the field that is only 

142

143 


three rows wide, you need to select 90 inches on the GreenStar Display for this smaller 

area. 

Edit the width: 

1. In Data to Edit, select Width. 

2. In the Width list, select the width you want to edit. 



Change the width: 

4a. In the Changed Width column, type in the new width. 

4b. Click Change to change the individual width; click Change All to change all 

widths by the same size. 

Delete the width: 


• If there is only one operation in a file, the Delete button will be disabled.

JDOffice 1.2 

Preview Data on the Edit Data Files Screen 

All of the information in the Data to Edit list can be viewed as filters on the Edit Data Files 

screen field preview map. The field will be gray; the filtered data will be yellow. Either of 

these colors can be changed on the Maps (General) Preferences tab. 

In the graphic above, the filtered data is the lighter color outlining the perimeter of the field. 

If there are multiple entries of an item listed, and one of these entries was selected to 

preview, the map will only show the one selected - the files are not merged until the card 

is unloaded. 

Use the Zoom In and Zoom Out buttons to help you view the field. When you enlarge the 

map, scroll bars will appear along the bottom and to the right to help position the field 

within the viewing screen. 

Preview field data: 

1. In Data to Edit, select the type of data. 

2. In the list box, click on the specific data item that you want to preview. 

3. Click Preview under the field map. 

144

Import Ag Leader Yield Data 

145 


If you have changed to a GreenStar system from an Ag Leader system, or if you run an Ag 

Leader concurrently with GreenStar, you can still keep all of your yield information in the 

same system by importing the Ag Leader data into JDOffice. 

First, you will have to unload the Ag Leader card with the Ag Leader software. Then, you 

need to do an export (Ag Leader Advanced). JDOffice can then import this Ag Leader 

Advanced export file. 

Plug-In Available: If you prefer not to do an Ag Leader export before 

reading the data in JDOffice, a plug-in (additional software that is added 

to the release version of JDOffice) is available which will allow you to 

import raw Ag Leader data directly from the card - without having to first 

open in the Ag Leader software. Contact your John Deere dealer for more 

information. 

Because JDOffice does not recognize the names in the Ag Leader export, the files will be 

displayed as Unknown farms and fields; these can be renamed on the Edit Data Files 

screen when you import the data. 

Import Ag Leader yield data: 

1. From the File menu, select Import>Ag Leader Yield Data. 

2. In the Open Ag Leader File window, locate and select the Ag Leader .txt file. 

3. Click Open. 

4. Rename the Farm and Field. 

• If they are not yet defined, click New Farm/Field. 

5. In Data to Edit, rename any invalid or unknown entries. Follow the directions on page 

113 for using this unload editor. 

6. Click Unload.

JDOffice 1.2 

Unload Archive Data 

The Unload from Archive command re-processes a file that has already been unloaded 

into JDOffice, therefore returning the data to the exact state it existed as in the field. 

You may want to do this if you have done extensive editing of data on the field map and 

want to start fresh with the original data, or if you accidentally delete points from your field 

maps. 

This command is exactly the same as Unloading the PC Card. Archive data can be edited 

when you unload it. If you changed any of the data on the Edit Data Files screen when you 

initially unloaded the PC Card, the archived data will reflect these changes. 

If you have numerous files per farm, you can narrow the search by selecting the type of 

data to show in the unload window. If you choose All GreenStar Data, all data file types will 

be visible. Only the processed data will show in the Unload Archive window. 

Unload archive data: 

1. From the File menu, select Unload from Archive. 

2. In Client, select the client whose data you want to unload from the archive. 


3. In Farm, select the farm that contains the data you want to remove from archive. 

4. In the list of field files, select the file(s) to unload. 

• Check Unload all data files for the selected field and type to select all the fields 

with the same name at once. 


6. Repeat these steps to unload additional archive data. 

146

Cleanup the PC Card 

147 


When your PC Card becomes full, JDOffice will give you a warning that says “Less than n 

hours remaining.” The message will always replace n with the actual number of hours left 

on your card. When this happens you need to delete some - or all - files from the card to 

make room for more data. 

As a built-in protection, the Cleanup PC Card screen will only show processed files for the 

active client - unless the Unload Processing Preference option is unchecked (refer to 

“Show files in Unload Chooser exclusively for current client” on page 39). 

All files will be backed up before deleting them - none of the processed data on the hard 

drive will be affected. When you click Cleanup, you will be prompted for the location to 

save these files. By default, JDOffice will select the A: drive (floppy disk) as your backup 

drive; data can then be sorted by farms or fields for easy storage. 

Note: Users backing up to a floppy disk should be careful not to select too 

many files, otherwise they will receive a Windows disk error (too full). 

As an added protection, you may want to copy the data from the PC Card to a floppy disk 

before cleaning up the card. This will create a backup of the original data - before any 

editing was done during the unload (archived data is edited data). 

Cleanup the PC Card: 


2. From the File menu, select Cleanup PC Card. 

3. In Client, select the client whose data you want to remove from the PC Card. 


4. Select the files you want to delete. (Hold down the keyboard Control key to select 

multiple files.) 

• Check Unload all data files for the selected field and type to simultaneously 

select all the fields with the same name. 

5. Click Cleanup.

JDOffice 1.2 

6. The default location for saving your data is A:\pfdata (on a floppy disk in a folder 

named ‘pfdata’). Verify that there is a disk in the drive. 

• Click Browse to navigate to a different location if you do not want the data saved 

to a floppy disk. 

• In Drives, click on the arrow to see the available drives for your computer. Select 

the appropriate drive letter. 

• In the window, double-click on the folder to save it to. If you want it saved directly 

to the drive, double-click on the drive letter. 

• Click OK. The location of the backup directory will be inserted in the Cleanup PC 

Card text box. 

7. Click OK on the Cleanup PC Card screen; a Caution message 

will appear. 

• Click Yes to delete the data; click No to cancel the command. 

JDOffice will alert you with a message after the data has been 

successfully backed up and cleaned off of the PC Card. 

148

Record Keeping 

The Record Keeping section includes: Field Budgets, Crop Programs, Field Plans, and 

Field History. 

Together these four areas provide a record of all activities done in the fields. These 

records can be kept for those who use John Deere equipment and field documentation, as 

well as for those who use other brands and want all their record keeping in one place. 

Once the data is entered, it can be used from year to year without continually re-entering 

the information. 

Once these sections are completed, the data will be visible in a Simple Field Budget 

Summary report, and a Profitability Plan report (refer to page 279 for information on both 

reports). 

Open the Crop Record Keeping menu: 

1. From the Startup screen, click on the Record Keeping icon. 

• Or select one from the Record Keeping menu. 

2. Select one of the four record keeping sections. 

Overview of RecordKeeping 

Prior to any field work, the Field Budget screen allows you to calculate the costs 

149

JDOffice 1.2 

associated with each field to determine the break-even price and yield; it is also used to 

estimate any profits or losses. This information can then be used to plan ahead in areas 

where you can make more money, reduce costs, and/or increase yields. 

The Crop Program section is used to create templates (crop programs) that can be used 

as a basis for planning field work. These templates are independent of a farm or field; they 

are simply a general guideline of the tasks (steps) needed for the year to produce yield. 

A crop program will be converted into a Field Plan when it is “assigned” to a specific field. 

At this point, the initial program - now called a plan - can be changed to fit the needs of the 

targeted field. This field plan will then be used in the GreenStar Display during field work; 

data recorded from it will populate the Field History. 

The Field History section allows you to view data (history) of the field plans - including 

any overrides that were made in the field. The field history data includes crops, tasks, 

operations, resources for tasks, weather, observations, and the operation details. 

150

Field Budget 

151 


Prior to any field work, the Field Budget is used to calculate the costs associated with a 

specific field to determine the break-even price and yield; it will also estimate any potential 

profits or losses. This information can then be used to plan ahead to decrease costs or 

inputs in certain areas to increase overall profit and yield. 

The values on the report are specific to the five categories on the top left side: Farm 

name, Field name, State, Crop and Season. If a choice in any of the categories is 

changed, then the report becomes a new one specific to the new criteria. 

Note: A Simple Field Budget Summary Report screen is the exact screen you 

see when you select Record Keeping>Field Budget. 

Enter data on the Field Budget screen: 

Values that are less than one dollar need to be entered with a zero (0) proceeding the 

decimal point. For example, fifteen cents needs to be entered as 0.15. 

1. Select the Farm name, Field name, State, Crop, and Season for the report. 

2. Enter the field inputs and equipment Per acre costs associated with the chosen 

criteria in step 1. 

• To help with figuring costs, click on the calculator icon (blue and red 

graphic) to the right of the text box to open a calculator. The keypad 

can be controlled by clicking numbers using your mouse or by using 

the numerical keypad on your computer. When you have figured a 

cost, click Enter on the keypad and JDOffice will populate the text box 

with the calculated figure. 

3. Enter the Drying, Grain storage and Transportation average costs per bushel for 

the field. 

4. Enter the Equipment costs per acre associated with the field. 

5. If there is a loan for the field, enter the details of it in the Loan Information section.

JDOffice 1.2 

6. Enter any Government payments you will be receiving. The amount can be per acre 

or per bushel. 

7. Enter the Total acres planted. 

8. Enter the Expected yield in bushels per acre. 

9. Enter the crop’s Expected price per bushel. 

Calculate 

Clicking Calculate will multiply the costs by the number of acres, and then will subtract 

that number from the expected revenue. After all the costs are entered, the report will 

figure the Revenue, Cost, and the Net Income per field and per acre. 

Next to the Expected yield and Expected price, JDOffice will list the Break-even yield (per 

bushel), and the Break-even price (per acre). These are the figures that need to be met in 

order not to lose any money - according to the costs entered on the Field Budget screen. 

At a glance, you may see that you need to plan the year differently if you find that you need 

to reduce your costs (or inputs) to net a larger income, or just to break-even. Each time 

you change a value on the Field Budget screen, you can click Calculate to have JDOffice 

refigure the estimated values. 

Calculate the Field Budget: 

1. Enter the values on the Field Budget report. 

2. Click Calculate. 

3. Click Report to see the data converted into a JDOffice report. 

152

153 


• This is the same report you will see if you select Reports>Record Keeping 

Reports>Simple Field Budget Summary Report. 

4. To obtain a hard copy of the data, click Print. Click Export to export the report data 

to a file. 

5. Click Close when you are finished. 

6. Click OK on the Field Budget screen to save your data.

JDOffice 1.2 

Crop Program 

A Crop Program is used to create templates (crop programs) that can be used as a basis 

for planning field work. These templates are independent of a farm or field; they are simply 

a general guideline of the tasks (steps) needed to produce yield in a given year. 

A crop program will be converted into a Field Plan when it is “assigned” to a specific field. 

For example, if you plant soybeans every spring you might have four tasks that you do 

every year to accomplish this: till in the spring, plant in the spring, apply post emergent 

spray, and harvest in the fall. These tasks may change slightly from field to field, or year 

to year, but generally this is the standard set of tasks. 

When it is time to document data, a crop program will be assigned to a field where it will 

be changed to meet the specific needs of the field; at that point it is called a Field Plan. 

This field plan will then be used in the GreenStar Display during field work; data recorded 

from it will be available on the Field History screen. 

Before creating a Crop Program, you will first need to define each of the tasks on the Task 

Setup tab (refer to page 69). After defining a task, use the Task Builder or Task Wizard to 

append specific operations to each task. 

Note: If you edit the task data here, it will not affect the Setup information. 

Conversely, if you edit a task (or operation) in the Setup tabs after you have 

assigned the task to a crop program or a field plan, those changes will not 

update within the program or plan. You need to delete the changed element 

from the program or plan, and add it back to get the updates. 

Prior to any field work, you can enter as many programs as you think you may need for 

your farming operation. 

Create a new Crop Program: 

1. Define the farming operation’s needed tasks on the Task Setup tab. 

2. From the Record Keeping menu, select Crop Program. 

154

3. In Crop, select the target crop for the plan. 

4. Click New. 

155 


5. In Crop Program Name, enter the name of the new program. 

6. Click OK. 

• The new crop program has been added to the list. The Details (tasks) of the 

program need to entered. 

7. In the Crop Program Details/Tasks section, click Edit. 

8. To assign tasks to this program, click Add. 

9. The Crop Program Add Task screen lists all the tasks that are 

defined on the Task Setup tab. Place a check next to each task 

that you would like to include in the program. 

10. Click OK. 

The selected tasks will now be listed on the Crop Program Details 

screen. Any operations that you included in the task while using 

the Task Wizard or Task Builder will be listed under the task. 

• To remove an item, highlight it and click Remove. If you remove a task, it will also 

remove the operations within that task.

JDOffice 1.2 

If you select a task on the list, the data on the right 

will display the Operator, Machine, and Implement 

TASK 

(Resources), as selected in the Wizard/Builder. If 

one of these three items was not selected, that 

column will be grayed out. The cost per area and 

cost per hour are populated from the data entered 

on the Resources Setup tabs. 

If you select an operation, the data on the right will 

be displayed as it was entered on the corresponding 

Setup tab. Different screens may have different 

appearances. 

OPERATION in the 

11. Edit any of the Task resources or Operation 

details. 

• If you are editing a product application 

operation (fertilizer, tank mix, pesticide) the 

Target rate is the rate at which you want the 

sprayer to deliver the chemical. This value 

can be overridden on the GreenStar Display. Whatever rate is actually applied 

(data will come from the sensors) will be displayed in the Field History as the 

Actual rate. 






Create a Field Plan from the Crop Program: 

1. On the Crop Program screen (Record Keeping>Crop Program), select the Crop for 

which the Crop Program is written. 

2. Click Create Field Plans. 

• You can assign this crop program to as many fields as you would like. 

3. In Field Plan Name, verify that the correct crop program is selected. If you want a new 

name, rename it here. 

4. In Season, select the year in which the Field Plan will be used. 

5. Place a check mark next to the field(s) for which the Field Plan will be used. 

6. Click OK. 

7. Click OK on the Crop Program screen. 

156

Field Plan 

157 


Field Plans are crop programs which have had a field assigned to them; a field plan can 

be adjusted to fit the needs of the targeted field. 

Once created, the field plan will then be used in the GreenStar Display during field work; 

recorded field data from the plan and the display will populate the Field History. 

Because the data in a field plan automatically prepopulates the GreenStar Display pick 

lists, time can be saved by not having to scroll through each screen picking selections. In 

addition, user entry error can be reduced because the tasks and operations were 

determined in the office. In addition, it can serve as an instruction sheet for the operator so 

they can verify that the correct tasks are being performed. 

Data contained in the field plan will populate the Record Keeping Profitability report (refer 

to “Profitability Plan Report” on page 279 for more information). 

You may change the plan to compensate for specific requirements in the field, however it 

may not be necessary. If no changes are made to specialize the plan, it will be identical to 

the crop program. 






Most of the time you will begin by creating Crop Programs. However, if you have a field 

that has unusual requirements that no other fields would have, you can create a field plan 

without first having a crop program. If you decide to create a plan this way, follow the steps 

in creating a crop program (page 154), but select Record Keeping>Field Plan instead - 

as the steps are identical. Usually, a crop program is used first to avoid repetitive selection 

of the same tasks.

JDOffice 1.2 

Edit a Field Plan to fit a specific field’s needs: 

1. Create a Crop Program. 

2. Create a Field Plan from the Crop Program screen by selecting the field to assign the 

plan to (Create field plans). 

• You can assign this crop program to as many fields as you would like; however, 

there can only be one field plan per farm, field, crop, and season. 

3. Close the Crop Program section. 

4. From the Record Keeping menu, select Field Plan. 

5. In Farms, select the farm that has the field plan. 

6. In Fields, select the field assigned to the field plan. 

7. Select the plan from the Field Plans list. 

• If you would like to rename the plan, click Rename. In the Enter New Name 

screen, type in the new name. Click OK. 

8. In Field Plan Details, verify the Crop and Season are correct. Select a different choice 

if needed. 

9. In Tasks, click Edit. 

• The monetary values displayed for the Task resources are populated from the 

Resources Setup tabs (Operator, Machine, and Implement). 

10. To add additional tasks to this program, click Add. 

11. The Field Plan Add Task screen lists all the tasks that are 


that you would like to include in the program. 

12. Click OK. 

The selected tasks will now be listed on the Field Plan Details 

screen. Any operations that you included in the task while using the 

Task Wizard or Task Builder will be listed under the task. 


remove the operations within that task. 

158

159 


If you select a task in the list, the data on the right 

will display the Operator, Machine, and Implement 

TASK 

(Resources), as selected in the Wizard/Builder. If 

one of these three items was not selected, that 

column will be grayed out. The cost per area and 

cost per hour are populated from the data entered 

on the Resources Setup tabs. 

If you select an operation, the data on the right will 

display the data as entered on the corresponding 

Setup tab. All screens will not look alike. 

13. Edit any of the Task resources or Operation 

OPERATION in the 

details on the right side of the screen. 

• If you are editing a product application 

operation (fertilizer, tank mix, pesticide) and 

check the Pest Treated option, the Pests 

button will become activated so you can 

select the pests that you plan to treat. 

• If you are editing a product application operation (fertilizer, tank mix, pesticide) the 

Target rate is the rate at which you want the sprayer to deliver the chemical. This 

value can be overridden on the GreenStar Display. Whatever rate is actually 

applied (data will come from the sensors) will display in the Field History as the 

Actual rate. 

14. When finished, click OK on the Edit Field Plan Details screen. 

15. On the Field Plan screen, click Create Field History. The data in the Field Plan will 

populate the Field History screens. If you use sensors on John Deere equipment, the 

data unloaded from the PC Card will automatically update the Field History; if values 

are already there (from the field plan), they will be overwritten with the field data. If you 

do not use John Deere equipment, or have hired an outside source to complete a field 

task, you can manually enter the data in the Field History section. 

• If you would like the updated plan assigned to another field, (without having to start 

over from a crop program), click Copy to Other Fields. Select the desired fields 

and click OK. Repeat steps 4-16 for each new plan.

JDOffice 1.2 

Field History 

A Field History is a record of what actually happened in the field; this data includes crops, 

tasks, operations, resources, weather, and operation details. There will be one field history 

per field plan. 

Data from the Field Plan will populate the history. If you use sensors on John Deere 

equipment, the data unloaded from the PC Card will automatically update the Field 

History; if values already exist (from the field plan), they will be overwritten with the data 

collected from the field. If you do not use John Deere equipment, or have hired an outside 

source to complete a field task, you can manually enter the data in the Field History 

section. 

Data from the Field History will populate the Sprayer Specific Summary report, so changes 

or deletions to the tank mix points will not be reflected. 

Clear a Field History: 

Think carefully before doing so. This command will completely delete the data from the 

system. There is no archive for the deleted data. 

1. From the Record Keeping menu, select Field History. 

2. In Farms, Fields, Crop, and Season, select the 4 criteria for which the Field History 

is associated. 

• The Field History name will appear above the Tasks list. 

3. Click Remove. 

4. On the warning message, click Yes if you are sure you want to delete it. 

5. Click OK on the Field History screen. 

Edit a Field History: 

1. From the Record Keeping menu, select Field History. 

160

161 


2. In Farms, Fields, Crop, and Season, select the 4 criteria for which the Field History 

is associated. 

• The Field History name will appear above the tasks list. 

3. If you would like to rename the history, click Rename. In the Enter New Name screen, 

type in the new name. Click OK. 

4. In Tasks, click Edit. 

5. To add tasks to this history, click Add. 

6. The Field History Add Task screen lists all the tasks that are 


that you would like to include in the history. 

7. Click OK. 

The selected tasks will now be listed on the Field History Details 

screen. Any operations that you included in the task while using the 

Task Wizard or Task Builder will be listed under the task. 


remove the operations within that task. 

8. Edit any of the Task resources or Operation details on the right side of the screen. 

• If you are editing a product application operation (fertilizer, tank mix, pesticide) and 

check the Pest Treated option, the Pests button will become activated so you can 

select the pests that you actually treated in the field. 

• If you are editing a product application operation (fertilizer, tank mix, pesticide), the 

Target rate is the rate at which you wanted the sprayer to deliver the chemical, as 

defined in the Crop Plan or Crop Program. The value that was actually applied 

(data will come from the sensors) will display in the Field History as the Actual 

rate. 

• If your CropTracer harvest data has a contract associated with it, the Contract 

Information button will be active. In the event you selected the wrong contract 

number, you can select the correct one on this screen. In addition, the amount of 

harvested grain that you applied to the contract can also be recorded.

JDOffice 1.2 

9. Click Weather to view, edit, or add weather information. 

• Select a task to have the Weather button visible (the screen will list the task 

resources). 

• If you unloaded sensor data which contained weather data, this section will be 

prepopulated. If you did not unload sensor data, you can manually enter the 

weather information. 

• Click Add to add additional weather entries. 

10. Click Observations to view, edit, or add notes about the field conditions. 

• Select a task to have the Observations button visible (the screen will list the task 

resources) 

• If you unloaded sensor data which contained field observation data, this section 

will be prepopulated. If you did not unload sensor data, you can manually enter the 

information. 

• Click Add to add additional observation entries. Observations about the field can 

be entered into the text box. 

162

Note: For a list of the growth stages, refer to “Growth Stages” on page 311. 

11. When finished, click OK on the Field History Details screen. 

12. Click OK on the Field History screen 

163 

Record Keeping

JDOffice 1.2 

Air Cart 

Air Cart is the compilation of target rate, meter rate, and prescription rate data for 

application or seeding operations. 

Information goes from the cab to JDOffice as its own GSD file, and each task has its own 

file. You cannot look at a GSD file and see all operations in the cab. 

In JDOffice, two products of the same type will appear as one layer in JDOffice.Totals of 

two different operations will also appear as one layer. Separate operations in the cab can 

be differentiated by using a variety of all product filters. 

Tank mixes in Air Cart are dry, and there are no default names to indicate “No Carrier.” In 

Setup > Products in the Carrier tab, click New to create “No Carrier.” 

164

Harvest Doc 

165 


Harvest Doc is a tool used to gather harvesting data in the cab, and unload later into 

JDOffice as GSD files. When these files are unloaded, they create files for point data, 

summary information, and layer information. 

Mapping basic information is accomplished by using yield point, yield contour, wet point 

and contour, moisture point and contour, and crop boundary. You can generate summary 

reports for yield, field, flags, or dates in addition to field calibration and CropTracer harvest 

load detail. 

Merging Harvest Doc Information: 

If JDOffice detects a map layer that matches the information of the file(s) selected for the 

unload, you will be prompted to either merge the new data into one layer or cancel the 

unload altogether. Information about season, farm, field, crop, task, and file format must 

all match. Although yield mapping data and Harvest Doc data are different formats, you 

want the data to be treated as one layer.

JDOffice 1.2 

166

Field Maps 

A field map is a color-coded map of a defined field’s operational data, and all 

fields are composed of one or more layers that correspond to a specific year. 

Each layer can be viewed as a single map or superimposed on top of another. 

When combined, these layers provide in-depth analysis of your field’s 

productivity. 

From the field map screen you can view the field as a whole, or use information 

tools or predefined filters to see data about specific locations within the field. 

You can also add notes to each field layer, calibrate the yield, export the data, 

adjust the legends to better visualize the trends in the field, or simultaneously 

access different layers of the field to compare data in the same area. 

View a field map: 

1. From the Startup screen, click on the Maps icon. 

• Or select Field Map from the View menu. 

2. Select Field Maps. 

If you are viewing a farm map, field maps can be viewed by double-clicking on 

a field in the farm, or by selecting a field and then clicking the Go to Field 

button. 

Regardless of the method you use to access a field map, the first field as listed 

167

JDOffice 1.2 

in Farm/Field Setup will be displayed. Using the Current Farm and Current 

Field drop-down boxes, you can select another field from the same farm or 

from a different farm. 

After selecting a field, you can right-click the mouse to see a list of commands. 

Those listed are the same as you would find under the Tools>Field menu, or 

by using the command buttons at the top of the screen. 

Note: When you move any tool over a field map, the longitude and 

latitude of that tool’s position in the field will display at the bottom 

of the screen. 

Most of the field maps within JDOffice can be divided into one of two 

categories: point maps or contour maps. 

All data is collected by the field equipment at a minimum of one-second 

intervals. Point maps display this data using individual colored points which 

represents a two-second interval. Contour maps average the data in the 

corresponding point maps, and display the results as uniform, solid areas of 

color. The shape of the contour field is dependent on the crop boundary - the 

field is “cookie cut” to the shape of the boundary. 

Some maps - such as yield or tillage, can be viewed as both a point or contour 

map; others - such as elevation maps, can only be viewed as a contour map. 

A description of each field map can be found in this chapter. 

In addition to the different types of field maps, you can have multiple layers 

interspersed with different years of data. For example, you can have a 1999 

outlined elevation contour map layered on top of a 2002 pesticide point map. 

The current processing year (as set on the Dates Preferences tab, or on the 

year spinner) does not control the year of data that you are able to view on the 

field map; data from any year can be viewed at any time. 

168

Movable Toolbars 

169 


The two rows at the top of the field map consist of several palettes called 

toolbars. When you open JDOffice, not all of the toolbars will be active - this is 

controlled by the Edit buttons in the Layers chooser. However, the Map View 

toolbar will always be active. 

Pan Zoom In Full Map 

Rectangle 

Map View toolbar 

Select Zoom Out 

Boundary Edit toolbar 

Move 

Point 

Add 

Point 

Center 

Pivot 

Delete 

Point 

Copy 

Shape 

Ellipse Polygon Ends Copy 

Shape 

Application Plan toolbar 

Bisect 

Delete 

Shape 

Point Selection toolbar 

Each toolbar can be moved by selecting the handle on it (circled in the graphic) 

and dragging. To move a floating toolbar, click and hold down the blue title bar 

while dragging it. 

To open or close a toolbar, (un)check the toolbar under Tools>Toolbars. 

Point 

Info 

Rectangle 

Info 

Polygon 

Info 

Layer Info toolbar 

Delete 

Points 

Layer Cross 

Section Distance 

Layer 

to Top 

Polygon Cross 

Section 

Layer 

Up 

Layer 

Down 

Layer 

to Bottom 

Edit 

Rate

JDOffice 1.2 

JDOffice will remember your toolbar changes when you exit the program. To 

restore the toolbars to their original location, select Tools>Toolbars>Restore 

Defaults. If this option does not put them in their correction location, restart 

JDOffice. 

For an explanation of each tool, refer to “Field Map Tools” on page 171 and 

“Farm Map Tools” on page 99. 

170

Field Map Tools 

The following is a brief explanation of each tool found on the toolbars. 

Map View Toolbar 

171 


The Pan tool is used in lieu of the scroll bars to move a map around on the 

screen. When selected, the mouse pointer will convert to . Position the hand 

over the map and hold down the left mouse button; move the mouse to move the 

map. Release the mouse button when you are done moving the map. 

On the field map, the Select tool is used to pick and move polygons. When 

selected, the mouse pointer will convert to . 

The Zoom In tool is used to enlarge the map. When selected, the mouse pointer 

will convert to . The point you click on will become the center of the area that is 

enlarged. You can magnify a rectangular area by dragging the mouse across a 

specific area while depressing the mouse button. 

The Zoom Out tool is used to reduce the size of the map. When selected, the 

mouse pointer will convert to . The point you click on will become the center of 

the area that is reduced in size. 

The Full Map button will redraw the entire field map so that it fits into your screen. 

Boundary Edit Toolbar 

The Move Boundary Points tool is used to reposition a boundary anchor point. 

Refer to “Move Boundary Points” on page 194. 

The Add Boundary Points tool is used to add anchor points to a boundary. 

Refer to “Add Boundary Points” on page 194. 

The Delete Boundary Points tool is used to remove unwanted anchor points 

from a boundary. Refer to “Delete Boundary Points” on page 195.

JDOffice 1.2 

Point Selection Toolbar 

The Point Information tool is used to see field statistics for any data point by 

simply clicking on it. Refer to “Point Information” on page 182. 

The Rectangle Information tool is used to see field statistics for a selected 

rectangular area. Refer to “Rectangle Information” on page 183. 

The Polygon Information tool is used to see field statistics for a manually drawn 

irregular-shaped area. Refer to “Polygon Information” on page 183. 

The Delete Points tool is used to delete point sites, which are currently selected 

by either the Point Info, Rectangle Info or Polygon Info tools, from a point map. 

Refer to “Delete Unwanted Points” on page 184. 

Layer Info Toolbar 

The Layer Cross-Section tool is used to analyze a 

precise location in the field through several layers at once. 

When selected, the mouse pointer will convert to . 

All of the layers that have View selected (except the 

boundaries) in the Layers chooser will appear in an 

information window. As you move the mouse over the 

map, the data in the window will change according to the 

location of the crosshairs on the map. 

The longitude and latitude of the Layer Cross-Section’s 

position in the field will display at the bottom of the 

JDOffice window. 

To see each layer’s legend, highlight the layer in the 

Layers chooser and then click Legend. You can have as 

many legends open as there are layers in the map. 

When viewing the corresponding layer values, all the 

layers will display at least two decimal places except in Depth points; depth 

points will show only three inches. 

Sample a point through multiple layers: 

1. Click Layers . 

2. Check View for the layers to include. 

172

3. Click Layer Cross-Section . 

4. Move the mouse over the map; the data will appear in the window. 

5. Click Close when finished. 

173 


The Polygon Cross-Section tool is used to display the size (in acres or 

hectares) of a polygon. When selected, the mouse pointer will convert to . 

The area of the polygon will appear in the status bar, and will change as you 

move over different polygons. The polygon is selected from the highlighted layer 

in the Layer chooser (ex: if the zone layer is highlighted, a shape on the map will 

be selected). This tool works on any shape excluding the boundaries. 

To view a layer’s average statistics for a polygon area - not the 

entire field - click on a shape. The shape will be highlighted 

with “marching ants.” 

The layers that have View selected in the Layers chooser will 

appear together in an information window - data contained on a contour layer will 

NOT be included. If you select another shape, the data in the window will change 

according to the location of the new shape. 

Click More to open a Selection Information window about that layer’s points 

which are located within the boundary of the polygon. If you click More for a 

different layer, the information in the window will change to reflect the new layer. 

Note: The area listed on the two screens will differ due to the way it 

is calculated. The area as listed on the Polygon Cross-Section 

window is the actual size of the selected polygon; the area as listed 

on the Selection Info window is calculated from the gathered data 

points, factoring in items such as header width and row overlap. 

View point information within a polygon: 


2. Add all point layers that you want to view data for; add the contour layer that 

you want to select the polygon shape from. 

3. Move the polygon contour layer to the top of the Layers chooser. 

4. Check View for the point layers to include. 

5. Click Polygon Cross-Section . 

6. Select a polygon shape on the top contour layer.

JDOffice 1.2 

7. Click More to view the Selection Info window about the information for a 

specific layer within that shape. 

• Click Show Histogram to view a graphic representation of that data. 


The Distance tool is used to measure the distance between any two points. 


It is easier to see the beginning and ending points if you used the Zoom In tool 

to enlarge the map before using this tool. 

The point at which you click will become the 

anchor point. As the mouse is moved over the 

map, a line is drawn which represents the distance 

that is being measured. This distance will appear 

in the status bar and will change as you move the 

mouse. 

Once you click on a second point, this line 

disappears. You are then able to select a new 

anchor point. 

The longitude and latitude which is displayed in 

the status bar reflects the location of the crosshairs. 

Measure distance on a field map: 


2. Check View for the layer that contains the data you want to measure. 

3. Click Distance . 

4. Click once on the map to form an anchor point (do not let go of the mouse 

button). All measurements will begin from this point - unless you click to form 

a new anchor. 

5. Move the mouse to position the cross-hairs on the ending point to measure. 

Application Plan Toolbar 

The Rectangle tool is used to draw rectangular polygons on an application plan. 

Refer to “Rectangle” on page 211. 

The Ellipse tool is used to draw oval-shaped polygons on an application plan. 

Refer to “Ellipse” on page 212. 

174

175 


The Center Pivot tool is used to draw irrigation locations on an application plan. 

The radius (in feet) will appear in the message line of JDOffice while you draw the 

circle. Refer to “Center Pivot” on page 212. 

The Polygon tool is used to draw irregular-shaped polygons on an application 

plan. Refer to “Polygon” on page 213. 

The Copy Shape tool is used to copy a contour shape from a soil type map and 

use it as a polygon on the application plan. Refer to “Copy Shape” on page 213. 

The Ends Copy Shape tool is only used in conjunction with the Copy Shape tool. 

This tool completes the selection and copying of polygons. Refer to “Ends Copy 

Shape” on page 214. 

The Bisect tool is used to divide a polygon on an application plan into two 

separate polygons. Refer to “Bisect” on page 214. 

The Delete Shape tool is used to delete any drawn or copied polygon from the 

application plan. Refer to “Delete Polygons” on page 215. 

The Layer to Top tool moves the selected polygon to the very top layer on the 

application plan. Refer to “Change the Stacking Order of Polygons” on page 215. 

The Layer Up tool moves the selected polygon up one layer on the application 

plan. Refer to “Change the Stacking Order of Polygons” on page 215. 

The Layer to Bottom tool moves the selected polygon to the very bottom layer 

on the application plan. Refer to “Change the Stacking Order of Polygons” on 

page 215. 

The Layer Down tool moves the selected polygon down one layer on the 

application plan. Refer to “Change the Stacking Order of Polygons” on page 215. 

The Edit Rate tool is used to define the legend color and the number of seeds to 

be planted in each polygon on an application plan. Refer to “Edit the Polygon 

Rate” on page 216.

JDOffice 1.2 

Field Map Commands 

The following is a brief explanation of the commands found on the field map. The 

availability of each command is contingent upon the layer(s) selected in the 

Layers chooser. 

The Print button is used to print a single layer of the field map, or a composite 

multi-layer map. Refer to “Printing Field Maps” on page 241. 

The Export Layer button is used to copy JDOffice data into a file that can be read 

by a different computer program. Refer to “Export Field Data (Text or AEA 

Shape)” on page 244. To export data as ESRI Shape files, refer to “Export Layer 

Data as ESRI Shape Files” on page 247. 

The Write Rx tool is used to write a prescription, based on your application plan, 

of how you want to plant your field, or apply a product application. Refer to “Write 

a Prescription” on page 218. 

The Field Information button is used to display statistical information about the 

field. Refer to “JDOffice Layers” on page 179. 

The Legend button is used to display an explanatory list of the colors on the field 

map. Legends are available for every layer except the boundary. Refer to 

“Analyze Data with Legends” on page 187. 

The Layer Notes button is used to add up-to-date information about specific field 

layers within JDOffice. Refer to “Field Layer Notes” on page 230. 

The Filters button gives you the capability to analyze your data by separating 

variances from the field as a whole. Refer to “Using Filters to Analyze a Field” on 

page 232. 

The Layers button is used to open the field Layers chooser. This chooser is used 

to control which layers you are viewing, printing or editing. Refer to “Using Layers 

to Analyze a Field” on page 177. 

The Go to Farm button displays the entire farm map. 

Select the Startup Screen button at any time to return to the opening screen of 

JDOffice. 

176

Using Layers to Analyze a Field 

177 


The Layers button opens the Layers chooser. This chooser is used to view, 

edit, and print the various layers of your fields. Think of it as your access to 

what you want to accomplish with field maps in JDOffice. 

Layers of a map are individual fields and can be 

described as overlays which, when combined, are 

used to visually compare data and analyze the 

factors affecting your yields. 

The chooser may only have one or two layers 

displayed when you open it. Because it can remain 

open while viewing a field map, you can add and 

remove layers at any time. Field map layers from 

any year can be displayed together in the Layers chooser. 

A key feature of JDOffice is to be able to stack the various layers upon one 

another on the field map. While viewing the map, you can then use the View 

box in the Layers chooser to toggle between which layers you view and the 

stacking order of these layers. You can have several field layers listed in the 

chooser, but not view them on the map. 

Note: The Layers chooser may cover part of JDOffice. To hide it 

while working on the field map, Minimize the window. This will 

reduce the Layers chooser in size, but not close it. To restore the 

Layers chooser to is previous size and location, click the Restore 

button. If you close the Layers chooser instead of minimizing it, 

all Edit commands will be disabled. 

Layer Chooser Tasks 

Choose a layer to view: The View box must be checked for a layer to be 

visible on the field map. Although you may have a layer activated, it is the 

ascending order of the layers within the chooser that controls which layers are 

visible (on top). The field and crop boundaries are the only layers that can be 

visible at all times with any other layer. 

Choose a layer to edit: Edit controls what toolbars are available and which 

layer you are able to edit. You can only select one layer at a time to edit, and 

you can only edit boundary, point, application plan, and drain tile layers. 

Highlight a layer: Highlighting a layer activates the command buttons for that 

layer. Once you highlight it, the commands apply to only that layer.

JDOffice 1.2 

Control the print and view order: The layers in your field map are printed 

from the bottom of the chooser to the top. When you view the field map, the 

layers at the top of the chooser are the ones on top of the map. To change this 

order, select a layer and click the Up or Down arrow. The last layer in the 

chooser (bottom of the list) that has the View box checked will be the title of the 

printed map. This will appear in bold letters in the upper left corner of the 

printout. The legend printed on the map will be that which corresponds with the 

map title. 

Add layers to the chooser: You can add a layer by 

clicking the Add button. The Add Map Layer window 

is an outline of every available field layer for every 

year. 

Click on the layer (highlight it) and click OK. If there is 

a plus (+) sign next to the folder, you need to click on 

it to see the available layers within that folder. 

You can add as many layers to the chooser as you 

have available, although this window will close each 

time a layer is added. To select more than one layer 

at a time, hold down the keyboard Control (Ctrl) key 

while selecting the layers. 

Layers that are currently in the chooser are 

designated with a red check mark. 

Remove layers from the chooser: To remove a layer from the chooser (you 

are not deleting it), highlight it and click Remove. You can remove as many 

layers as you want. Once removed, the layers can be added back at any time. 

Note: The chooser is designed to have solid layers at the bottom, 

and boundary and outlined contours at the top. You can rearrange 

the order, but point layers will always stay at the bottom of the list. 

If you have a solid layer at the bottom, do not put a solid layer 

above it; if you do, the top layer will print over the bottom layer, 

BUT the bottom layer will be the name of the map, and its 

corresponding legend will be used. It is best to print multiple solid 

layers as transparencies. 

178

JDOffice Layers 

LAYER POINT CONTOUR BOUNDARY COMPOSITE OTHER TYPE 

Application Plan x 

Crop Boundary x 

Field Boundary x 

Drain Tile x 

Elevation x 

Wet Weight x x 

Moisture x x x 

Yield x x x 

Soil Type x 

Prescription x 

Fertilizer - Rate or Depth x Whole Field Op. 

Pesticide - Rate or Depth x Whole Field Op. 

Other - Rate or Depth x Whole Field Op. 

Seeding - Rate or Depth x Whole Field Op. 

Tillage - Depth x Whole Field Op. 

179 


Fertilizer - Rate or Depth x x Operation Log (Field Doc) 

Pesticide - Rate or Depth x x Operation Log (Field Doc) 

Other - Rate or Depth x x Operation Log (Field Doc) 

Seeding - Rate or Depth x x Operation Log (Field Doc) 

Tillage - Depth x x Operation Log (Field Doc) 

Tank Mix - Rate or Depth x x Operation Log (Field Doc) 

Pesticide Measured x x Application Log (Sensor) 

Pesticide Target x x Application Log (Sensor) 

Fertilizer Measured x x Application Log (Sensor) 

Fertilizer Target x x Application Log (Sensor) 

Seeding Prescription x x Application Log (Sensor) 

Seeding Target x x Application Log (Sensor) 

Tank Mix Measured x x Application Log (Sensor) 

Tank Mix Target x x Application Log (Sensor)

JDOffice 1.2 

Field Information 

Statistical information about a field boundary or point layer can be obtained 

instantly by clicking the Field Information button. The data in the Field Info 

window is contingent upon which layer is highlighted in the Layers chooser. 

View field information: 


2. Highlight the desired layer. 

3. Click Field Information . 


Note: Field information from the Farm View uses the field 

boundary to determine area. The Profitability Plan uses the area as 

entered by the user into setup. Field Area reports may vary. 

Yield and Field Boundary Layers 

Examples of what may be listed in the Field Info window for harvest and field 

documentation files includes crop harvested, source of the boundary, average 

yield, average moisture percentage, area harvested, the number of hours you 

operated in the field, the crop weight, and the standard payable moisture. 

The yield or moisture area listed will represent the area which was driven over. 

The size of the area will vary between the two because of variables including: 

whether you raised the header or drove over some spots twice; the lack of 

precision while driving in the field; and most commonly, whether the boundary 

area contains parts of the field you don’t harvest - such as terraces or 

waterways. 

Field Documentation Layers 

For field documentation (.gsd) files, the field information window is renamed as 

the Operation Layer Info. The data displayed is representative of the choices 

made on the GreenStar Display during a specific task. 

180

181 


This tabbed screen is an overview of the data collected during a task, and is 

divided into three tabs: Resource, Weather, and Product. If your task did not 

include an operation relevant to one of these topics, the corresponding tab will 

be eliminated. 

• The Resource screen lists the machine, date/time of each file, 

operator, implement and elapsed time of the date/time file selected. 

• The Weather screen lists the machine, date/time of each file, weather 

description of the day, wind direction, wind speed, air and soil 

temperature, and humidity. 

• The Product screen lists the machine, name of each product applied, 

type of product, area covered, quantity applied, application method, 

and the average rate and depth at which the product was applied. 

Note: Scroll arrows are provided so you can view multiple entries. 

Each time you click on an arrow, the data on the screen will change 

to reflect the new choice. If there are not multiple entries, the scroll 

arrows will be grayed out.

JDOffice 1.2 

Using Point Selection Tools 

The Point Info, Rectangle Info, and Polygon Info tools are on the Point 

Selection toolbar, and are used to see data about specific locations within a 

field point map. This data differs from the Field Information data because 

individual boundary and yield sites are counted. 

These three tools are also used to select data points to be deleted. Refer to 

“Delete Unwanted Points” on page 184. 

A final function of the Info tools is to view data about filtered yield points. Refer 

to “Using Filters to Analyze a Field” on page 232. 

A point layer must be highlighted in the Layers chooser to activate these tools. 

Point Information 

The Point Info tool is used to see data about any point by simply 

clicking on it. When selected, the mouse pointer will convert to . 

The field information will appear in a Selection Info window, and will change 

each time you select a new point. To determine a precise location, the latitude 

and longitude of the point is listed in the window. If you have flagged a broken 

drain tile or some other condition in the field, you can drive a GPS-equipped 

vehicle to the exact spot and fix the problem. 

Note: In some cases, yield sites overlap one another, so the 

information displayed may not correspond to the yield site you 

think, but rather to one that is hidden underneath; this is controlled 

on the Maps Preferences tab. 

View information for a point: 


2. Select View for the desired point layer. 

• You may need to Zoom In to see the points. 

3. Select Point Info . 

4. Click the mouse on a data point. 


182

Rectangle Information 

183 


The Rectangle Info tool is used to see the average 

field statistics for a rectangular area. 


Each time you draw a new rectangle, the data in the 

Selection Info window will change. The number of acres 

shown is the number of acres operated in within the 

rectangle, as determined from the point data. To see data about the whole 

field, draw a rectangle that includes all the data sites. 

View information for a rectangular area: 



3. Select Rectangle Info . 

4. Hold down the left mouse button while dragging the mouse to form a 

rectangle. Release the mouse button when the rectangle is the size you 

want. 

5. Click Close on the Selection Info window when finished. 

Polygon Information 

The Polygon Info tool is used to see the field statistics for a manually 

drawn irregular-shaped polygon area. 

When selected, the mouse pointer will convert to . To see data within a 

computer-generated polygon shape, refer to the Polygon Cross-Section tool 

on page 173. 

Each time you draw a new polygon, the data in the Selection Info window will 

change. The number of acres shown is the number of acres operated in within 

the polygon as determined from the point data. 

View information for an irregular-shaped area: 



3. Select Polygon Info . 

4. Click the mouse to form an anchor point. 

5. Move the mouse to the next location and click again. A line will be drawn 

between the two points. Continue doing this until you have the shape you 

want.

JDOffice 1.2 

• If you make a mistake or want to cancel the shape you are creating, 

press the keyboard Esc key. 

6. To close the polygon, click the final point on top of the first point you made. 

7. Click Close on the Selection Info window when finished. 

Histograms 

At the bottom of the Selection Info window is a Show 

Histogram button. A histogram is a bar graph that represents 

specific frequencies of a value. In JDOffice, each bar 

represents the number of acres for each value in the legend. 

If you change legends, the histogram will change to reflect 

the new values. 

Histograms can be viewed on filtered or unfiltered maps. 

Histograms always print on soil type maps and they print on 

point maps and application plans according to the options 

selected on the Printer Preferences tab. 

View a histogram: 


2. Check View for any point layer (it must also be highlighted). 

• If necessary, click Up to make the field layer viewable. 

Note: Selection info shows the histogram for the layer selected in 

the Layer List; not on the layer shown in Farm or Field view. 

3. Select the Polygon Info or Rectangle Info tool. 

4. 

• Histograms can also be viewed while using the Polygon Cross-Section 

tool. 

Draw a rectangle or polygon around the area to be analyzed. 

5. Click Show Histogram in the Selection Info window. 

6. Click Hide Histogram to close the graph, or Close when finished. 

Delete Unwanted Points 

The Delete Points tool is used to delete point sites (which are currently 

selected by either the Point Info, Rectangle Info, or Polygon Info tools) 

from a point map. These points can also be deleted by using the 

184

185 


keyboard Delete key. 

One or more data points may be located incorrectly and lie outside of the 

boundary. These points are called outliers, and are usually deleted to maintain 

the appearance of the map. 

Some outliers simply extend past the boundary and are 

easy to recognize (see right). When deleting these 

types of points it is helpful to view the boundary at the 

same time. If points are accidentally deleted inside the 

boundary, your yield data will be altered. To help 

prevent you from deleting the incorrect points the 

boundary will act as a guide. 

Not all outliers are easily seen; some are very difficult to locate because they 

may only be a point or two, or they are not in close proximity to the field. If your 

field map displays small, and does not fill the field map screen, most likely you 

have an outlier. The field map will appear small because JDOffice 

compensates for the extra points. Once the points are deleted, the map will 

redraw to fill the screen. 

Outlier 

If you plan to delete points, do so before creating or editing the field boundary; 

crop boundaries are recalculated upon deletion of points. You cannot retrieve 

deleted field points except by unloading the data from the archive. 

You cannot make changes to the contour maps, but if you delete outliers or 

data from the point maps, they will also be deleted from the contour maps. 

Changes to the maps are automatically saved by JDOffice.

JDOffice 1.2 

Delete points from a point map: 


2. Select Edit for the point layer. 

3. Select the unwanted point(s) with the Point Info , Rectangle Info or 

Polygon Info tool. 

• A Selection Info window will open (if you close it, you cannot delete the 

points - they have to reselected). 

4. Click Delete Points ; a Caution message will appear. 

5. 

• Click Yes to delete the points; click No to cancel the command. 

Click Close on the Selection Info window when finished. 

186

Analyze Data with Legends 

187 


To see an explanatory list of the colors on the field map, alter the coloring of the 

field trends, or select solid or outlined contour maps, click Legend. 

The Legend Info window displays the legend which was applied to the data as 

it was unloaded from the PC Card. If there are multiple legends for a crop, the 

default will be the one selected on the Legend Preferences screen. 

There are two types of legends: discrete master 

legends and incremental legends. Discrete master 

legends are only used with layers of the field map that 

are created using field documentation and the 

GreenStar Display; Incremental legends are only 

used with layers of the field that had sensors record 

the field data. 

The Legend Info window changes to accommodate 

the selections available for a particular layer (the layer 

name is at the top of the window); these differences 

are seen in the examples to the right. 

Legends can be created for every field layer except 

Drain Tile and the boundaries, and you can have as 

many legends open at one time as you have layers in 

the field map. Note that prior to opening a layer’s 

legend, that layer must first be highlighted in the 

Layers chooser. Multiple legends will open on top of 

each other; hold down the top legend’s blue title bar 

and drag the window to one side to see the legend 

directly beneath it. 

In addition, you can create your own color schemes for legends on the Legend 

Schemes Preferences tab (page 35), and then assign those schemes to 

individual legends on the Legends Setup tab (page 88). 

It is important to remember that if you edit a legend, the changes will impact all 

maps that use it. Sometimes it is better to create a new legend specifically for 

a map rather than modify an existing legend. However, soil and field 

documentation maps use a master legend with discreet values for every field 

that uses the legend; you are not able to create new legends separate from the 

master. 

Seeing too many low yield points on the end rows may have to do with how the 

combine is being operated, not the legend settings. For more information, refer 

to “Processing Preferences” on page 38. 

Note: If a legend is set with large increments, it won’t display high 

contrasts of color, making it difficult to distinguish changes. Keep in

JDOffice 1.2 

mind that JDOffice will automatically narrow the increment range to 

accommodate the 11 color limit. 

View a field layer legend: 


2. Check View for the desired layer. 

• The layer must also be highlighted. 

3. Click Legend . 

Select a different legend: 


2. In Legend, select a different legend. 

Create a new legend from the Legend Info window: 


2. On the Legend Setup tab, click New. 

3. In Legend name, enter a unique name. 

4. Set the High, Low and Increment values. 

5. Click Apply. 

6. To assign a coloring scheme to your new legend, select one from the dropdown 

box below the legend example (refer to page 35). 


• The Legend window will close. To see the new legend, you must click 

Legend again. 

Select a different color scheme: 


2. Check View for the desired layer. 

• The layer must also be highlighted. 


4. Click Edit on the Legend Info screen. 

5. On the Legend Setup tab, select the new color scheme from the dropdown 

box under the legend sample (refer to page 35). 


188

189 



you must click Legend again. 

Edit the legend from the Legend Info window: 


• As a guide to help you determine the color(s) to edit, all master legends 

will have a check mark next to the legend values that are used in the 

active map. 

2. On the Legend Setup tab, make the changes to the existing legend. 

3. Click Apply to set your changes (if applicable). 



you must click Legend again. 

Delete a legend: 

A legend cannot be deleted from the Legend Info window. 

1. From the Setup menu, select Farm/Field. 


3. In Legend type, select the type of legend you want to delete. 

4. In Product, select the crop which corresponds to the legend. 

5. In Legends, select the legend you want to delete. 

6. Click Delete; a Caution message will appear. 

• Click Yes to delete it; click No to cancel the command. 

7. Click OK to close the Setup tab. 

Actual vs. Normalized Legends 

By default, all legends that are applied to a field map layer are based on actual 

data - what is recorded in the field is what is displayed in the legend. However, 

one day you may want to look at the bigger picture: “How is the land producing 

over the years?” Normalizing the legends, and then applying them to your 

harvest maps, can show you the story behind the data.

JDOffice 1.2 

Normalized legends are used to compare the productivity of a field from one 

year to another. In order to visually see this land comparison, two or more 

years worth of data for the same field is needed. Normalized maps are only 

used to compare land - they are not crop dependant. 

When a normalized legend is applied, (Normalized) will appear in the layer 

name in the Layers chooser. Unlike other maps, normalized maps cannot be 

added to the Layers chooser - they can only be viewed when a normalized 

legend is applied to an active yield or moisture point layer. 

Normalized data quickly shows the average distribution of a field’s yield data. 

A normal distribution of data means that most yield points will be close to the 

“average” bushels per acre (found by selecting the Field Information button), 

while a few yield sites will tend to fall above or below the average. 

When comparing printed normalized maps for multiple years (or different 

crops), you can quickly tell which areas of your fields are consistently 

producing above - and below - average. If your goal is to have your entire field 

average at least n bu/acre (per crop), and you have areas regularly producing 

less, you know something needs to be done to improve the land. In this case, 

your first step may be to consult with an agronomist or crop consultant for 

assistance. 

Because you are looking for not only the average, but also for the values that 

fall above and below the average, it may be easier to use legends that contain 

an odd number of increment colors. For example, if your legend uses five 

colors, you know that average will be the middle color, and that the two colors 

above the middle color in the legend will represent higher than average yield, 

and the two colors below it will represent below average yield. 

In addition to defining the number of color breaks, you also need to choose the 

measuring value: percentages or standard deviation (a statistical 

measurement). Either value will create the same results; use the one that you 

are comfortable with: 

• If you choose to use percentages, the average yield of a field is set to 

a value of a 100. Any yield data that is better than average is given a 

percentage value greater than 100, and any yield data that is below 

average is given a percentage value less than 100. 

• If you choose to use standard deviation (σ), the 

MEAN 

average yield of a field is set as the mean. JDOffice 

then disperses the data above and below the mean 

into deviations. In the bell shape curve below, the 

center line is the mean. Each color bar on either 

side of the mean represents one standard deviation from the mean; 

190

191 


those to the left are below the mean, those to the right are above the 

mean. If you have a normal dispersion of yield data in your field, 97% of 

all the yield points should fall ± 3 standard deviations from the mean. 

View a normalized harvest point map: 


2. Check View for a yield or moisture point layer. 

• The layer must be highlighted. 


4. In Data, select Normalized. 

5. In Legend, select a normalized legend. 

• Click Edit to create or edit a normalized legend. 

Example of normalized map data (using percentages): 

If you rotated your field between corn and beans, a normalized map would 

produce the following values for the two maps: 

YIELD VALUE: NORMALIZED VALUE: (%) 

Corn 

Average 135 bu/acre (average) 100 - (100%) 

Lowest yield 117 bu/acre 86.7 - (14% below average) 

Highest yield 156 bu/acre 115.6 - (15% above average) 

Soybeans 

Average 55 bu/acre (average) 100 - (100%) 

Lowest yield 48 bu/acre 87.3 - (13% below average) 

Highest yield 63 bu/acre 114.5 - (16% above average) 

Contour Legends: Solid or Outlined 

Contour maps are a reflection of a point map and cannot be edited All contour 

maps can be viewed and printed as solid or outlined. Solid contour maps are 

colored maps with solid areas of color; outlined contour maps are transparent 

layers of black lines that outline the edges of the solid contours. Outlined 

contour maps are used as overlays on top of solid layers.

JDOffice 1.2 

If you view a map as outlined, and then remove 

that layer from the Layers chooser without 

converting it back to solid first, it will appear as 

an outlined map the next time it is viewed as a 

field map. However, soil type maps will always 

be added to the Layers chooser as a solid map, 

regardless of the way they were viewed last. 

Select solid or outlined contours: 


2. Check View for a contour layer. 

• The layer must be highlighted. 


4. In Contours, select Solid or Outlined. 

192

Crop and Field Boundaries 

193 


The color of either boundary can be modified on the Maps Preferences screen. 

Changes to either type of boundary are automatically saved to the JDOffice 

database. 

Crop Boundary 

The bright blue line (default color) outlining the crop is the crop boundary, and 

it is considered an individual layer of the field map. If you harvest or use 

sensors, a crop boundary will automatically be created for your fields (some 

fields might have two crop boundaries - one created from .gsy data, and the 

other created from .gsd data). 

The crop boundary is used as an outline for your yield, moisture, and wet 

weight contour maps - yield outside the boundary is ignored if you do not adjust 

the boundary to include it. 

Crop boundaries can be used as the basis for creating field boundaries. 

Field Boundary 

The black line (default color) outlining the field is the field boundary. The 

boundary is considered an individual layer of the field map (the only layer that 

is not dependent on year), and is there to help you recognize the shapes of 

your fields. The field boundary is used as an outline for your application plans 

- polygons that extend past the field boundary are automatically severed at that 

line. In addition, field boundaries are used as the outline of soil type maps. 

If you do not have field data, you will not have field boundaries until you create 

them. There are two ways to do this: manually drive a boundary around the 

perimeter of the field using the GreenStar Field Documentation Tool and 

unload this information into JDOffice, or have JDOffice automatically create the 

field boundary from your field’s crop boundary (or any other layer). 

Adjusting a Boundary or Drain Tile 

JDOffice provides you with the tools to adjust your boundaries. Because 

boundaries impact more layers than just themselves, the more accurate they 

are, the more accurate your maps will be. 

The latitude and longitude of each boundary point will display in the message 

line at the bottom of JDOffice as you select or move the point. For greater 

accuracy, you may want to zoom in when adjusting boundary points.

JDOffice 1.2 

The Add, Delete and Move Points tools are only used for 

editing boundary points and drain tile lines. They are not active 

unless Edit is selected for the boundary layer in the Layers 

chooser. 

To see yield or moisture data, check the View box for a point 

layer. To see where the boundary is located in relation to the 

point data, move the boundary to the top of the Layers chooser. 

Move Boundary Points 

The Move Point tool is used to reposition a boundary point and adjust 

drain tile lines. The latitude and longitude of each anchor point will 

display at the bottom of JDOffice as you select or move the point. 


Move a boundary or drain tile point: 


2. Select Edit for the boundary or drain tile layer. 

3. Click Up to move the chosen layer to the top of the field map. 

4. Click Move Point . 

5. Place the mouse icon on the point and drag it to the new location. 

• The lines connected to the point will stretch as you move it. 

6. Release the mouse to anchor the point at the new location. 

Add Boundary Points 

The Add Point tool is used to insert an additional point to the boundary 

or drain tile line. If your current boundary has long line segments and 

does not fit the outline of the field well, you may want to add points to have 

more control adjusting it. 

The latitude and longitude of each anchor point will display at the bottom of 

JDOffice as you select or move the point. When selected, the mouse pointer 

will convert to . 

Add a boundary or drain tile point: 




194

4. Click Add Point . 

5. Place the mouse icon where you want to add a new point and click. 

• The line will be broken and a new point will be inserted. 

Delete Boundary Points 

195 


The Delete Point tool is used to remove unwanted points from a 

boundary or drain tile line. The latitude and longitude of each anchor 

point will display at the bottom of JDOffice as you select or move the point. 


Delete a boundary or drain tile point: 




4. Click Delete Point . 

5. Place the mouse icon on the point and click. 

• A line will be redrawn between the points that exist on either side of the 

deleted point. 

Create Field Boundaries 

Field boundaries are necessary to order soil type maps, create application 

plans, or view field documentation files as fields on the Farm Map. 

There are two ways to acquire field boundaries: manually drive a boundary 

around the perimeter of the field using the GreenStar Field Documentation 

Tool and unload this data (.gsb file) into JDOffice; or have JDOffice create the 

field boundary from your field’s crop boundary (the two boundaries will then be 

the same). 

If you select multiple layers to create it from, JDOffice will create a composite 

of the selected layers. If you do not have any yield data you must drive the 

boundary and then unload it into JDOffice. 

Taking the time to create master field boundaries of every field in your farm

JDOffice 1.2 

before you do any other work with JDOffice is your best choice. After doing so, 

select the last boundary option (Create crop boundary from existing field 

boundary) on the Boundary Preferences screen. Driving the boundaries will 

ensure the most precise representation. 

Create field boundaries: (one farm at a time) 

1. From the Data menu, select Create Field Boundaries. 

2. In Select a farm, choose the farm. 

3. Check the box next to each field that you want to create field boundaries 

for. 

4. Check the box(es) for the layer(s) within the selected field that you want 

to create the crop boundary from. 

• If multiple layers in different years are selected, JDOffice will average 

them together to produce one field boundary per field. 

• If there are multiple crops in a field, multiple layers for each crop in the 

same year will be selected; they will merge to form one field boundary. 

5. Click OK; a message will alert you if it was successful. 

Field Documentation Files and Field Boundaries 

When you unload field documentation files and view your farm maps for the 

first time, JDOffice will check to see if the fields have a boundary. 

If they do not, you will get a warning. You can either 

create a boundary, or leave it as is. Several options 

can be contained within one field documentation file, 

so be certain of the field boundary. 

You will not want to create a boundary if you documented a small area of the 

field because the boundary that JDOffice will create won’t match the actual 

field boundary. However, if you do not make a boundary, you will not be able to 

see the farm map - only the field map. This is a good example of why you would 

want to drive your field boundaries and use them each time to maintain 

consistency and accuracy. 

Export Field Boundaries 

You will need to export the field boundaries if you want to order soil type maps. 

Export field boundaries: 

1. From the File menu, select Export>Field Boundaries. 

196

2. In Farm(s), check the box for the farm(s) that 

the fields are a part of. 

• That farm's fields will appear on the right 

with all fields checked. 

3. In Field(s) for X, uncheck the box for the 

field(s) you do not want soil type maps for. 

4. Check This export is for requesting soil type 

map data. 

5. Click Export . 

6. 

• The default directory location is \GreenStar\JDOffice\export. 

• Click Browse to select a different directory location. 

Click OK. 

Note: Microsoft Windows has a limit of 77 files when writing to the 

floppy’s drive in the root directory (A:\). This means that you are 

only able to copy 77 files onto the floppy disk - although their size 

may be small enough to fit more. Because an exported field 

contains three files per field, you are limited to exporting 25 fields 

at a time. To get around this limit, create a subdirectory (a folder) 

on your floppy disk (A:\boundaries), and export the field boundary 

files to this folder. In the example in bold, “boundaries” is the name 

of the subdirectory (folder) on the floppy disk - you can name it 

anything you want. 

197 

Field Maps

JDOffice 1.2 

Harvest Log (Yield) Maps 

When harvest data is unloaded from the PC Card, seven maps will 

automatically be created from the same .gsy files: yield point, yield contour, 

moisture point, moisture contour, wet weight point, wet weight contour and a 

crop boundary. Elevation maps will also be created if the GreenStar yield files 

are version 3.0. 

Yield Map (Point/Contour) 

A yield point map displays the yield data in two-second intervals (it is collected 

in one-second intervals). A yield contour map averages the yield data in the 

corresponding point map, and displays the results as uniform, solid areas of 

color. The shape of the contour field is dependent on the crop boundary. 

If you delete data points from a harvest point map, the same points will be 

removed from each of the harvest maps created from that data. Use caution 

when doing so - deleted points cannot be retrieved except by unloading the 

data from archive. 

View a yield map: 


2. In the Layers chooser, click Add. 

3. In the desired year, open Harvest Log. 

4. Select the yield point or contour layer. 

5. Click OK. 

6. Verify that View is checked for that layer in the Layers chooser. 

7. Click Legend to see the color codes. 

198

Moisture Map (Point/Contour) 

199 


A moisture point map displays the moisture data in two-second intervals (it is 

collected in one-second intervals). A moisture contour map averages the 

moisture data in the corresponding point map, and displays the results as 

uniform, solid areas of color. The shape of the contour field is dependent on the 

crop boundary. 





View a moisture map: 




4. Select the moisture point or contour layer. 

5. Click OK. 



Composite Contour Map (Yield or Moisture) 

A yield or moisture (not wet weight) composite map averages the 

corresponding point data from multiple years and produces a single contour 

map averaging a field’s performance totals over the selected years. To create 

a composite contour map, you must have two or more years of data for the 

same field planted with the same crop. 

The shape of the contour field is dependent on the crop boundary. Composite 

maps cannot print histograms or notes, and editing the data is not possible. To 

view the legend, alter the coloring of the field trends, view normalized data, or 

select solid or outlined contours, click Legend. 

View a composite contour map: 



3. In Composite Layers, select the yield or moisture composite contour 

layer.

JDOffice 1.2 

4. Click OK. 

5. In the Composite Contour Map window, check the years to include in the 

map. 

6. Click OK. 



Wet Weight Map (Point/Contour) 

Wet weight is the actual crop weight calculated by the sensors before drying 

calculations were applied to it in JDOffice. 

A wet weight point map displays the data in two-second intervals (it is collected 

in one-second intervals). A wet weight contour map averages the data in the 

corresponding point map and displays the results as uniform, solid areas of 

color. The shape of the contour field is dependent on the crop boundary. 





Wet weight data cannot be used to create a composite contour map. 

View a wet weight map: 




4. Select the wet weight point or contour layer. 

5. Click OK. 



200

Elevation Contour Map 

201 


An elevation contour map shows the terrain of the field; the height is measured 

in distance above sea level. 

Elevation data is automatically gathered when a task (field documentation) is 

selected on the GreenStar Display. It will only be gathered in harvest files if 

they are version 3.0 - which requires version 5.5 on the silver mapping 

processor, or version 6.3 on the brown mobile processor. The elevation 

contour layer will be available after the PC Card is unload. 

The shape of the contour field is dependent on the crop boundary. Elevation 

maps can be printed with notes. Editing the data is not possible. 

View an elevation map: 



3. In the desired year, open the Elevation Contour folder. 

4. Select the Elevation Contour layer. 

5. Click OK. 


7. Click Legend to see the color codes.

JDOffice 1.2 

Soil Type Map 

Soil type maps are contour maps that provide a color description of the soil 

types within a field. 

Of all the field layers (maps) available, soil type maps are the only ones that 

have a cost associated with them because they need to be ordered. JDOffice 

provides the resources to obtain these maps - it is up to you if you choose to 

do so. 

A soil type map legend is automatically created. This is a master legend, and 

all soil type maps imported into JDOffice will use the same legend; it will 

expand each time new soil types are added. These legends cannot be deleted, 

and you cannot add additional soil types without importing new soil maps that 

contain those types. 

JDOffice will assign a unique legend color for each soil type. These colors are 

the only element that can be altered. However, if you edit a color in the soil type 

map legend, the change will impact all soil type maps in JDOffice. 

All soil type maps are automatically archived as they are imported into 

JDOffice. However, they cannot be re-imported by using the Unload from 

Archive command; they must be re-imported by selecting Import>Soil Type 

Maps. The shape of the soil type map is dependent on the field boundary. 

Editing the data is not possible. 

When you move any tool over a contour shape on the soil type map, that 

shape’s soil type will display in the message line at the bottom left corner of 

JDOffice (the soil layer must be highlighted in the Layers chooser). 

The soil type contour shapes - and their locations - can be copied and used on 

application plans. For more information, refer to “Copy Shape” on page 213. 

Soil type maps can be printed with histograms or notes. 

202

203 


View a soil type map: 



3. In Field Characteristics, select the soil type map layer (listed by year). 

4. Click OK. 



Soil Type to Rate Table 

Before creating your application plans (using the option to copy soil type 

shapes to the plan), use the Soil Type to Rate Table as a time-saving shortcut. 

Because different types of soil tend to produce crops at different rates, you can 

define the product application (pesticide, fertilizer or tank mix) or seeding rate 

for each soil type per the crop or product type. When the polygons are copied 

from the soil type map to the application plan, the rates will already be defined 

per soil type (the rate can be changed on the plan - per polygon). 

If you type in a default rate and click Apply, that same rate will populate all the 

boxes for the selected crop, variety (product), and unit of measure parameters; 

overrides can then be made to individual soil types. 

Each time soil maps are imported into JDOffice, the soil types are added to the 

Soil Type to Rate Table and will be assigned any default rates already set. This 

is a master table and it will expand each time new types are imported. The 

legend color next to each soil type is automatically assigned by JDOffice (it can 

be changed on the Legend Setup tab). 

The table can be printed for the active parameters (operation type, product 

type and default rate) per unit of measure, or for all units of measure that have 

been defined. 

All soil type maps can be printed in the ESRI Shape format. Refer to “ESRI 

Shape File .JDA Export Format” on page 316 for more information.

JDOffice 1.2 

Set up the Soil Type to Rate Table: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Soil Type to Rate Table. 

2. In Operation Type, select the operation that you want to define seeding/ 

application rates for (Crop, Fertilizer, Pesticide, Tank Mix). 

3. In Product Type, select the product that will be applied; this directly 

correlates to the operation selected. 

4. In Units, select the unit of measure. 

• Each time a new Operation type is selected, the available Units of 

measure will change. 

5. (Optional) In Default Rate, enter the default rate (per unit selected) of the 

product type which will be applied to each soil type (this works as a 

“starting point” - all of the boxes will initially be set with this default rate). 

Click Apply. 

6. Highlight and type over any rate you want to change for any of the soil 

types. 

7. Click OK. 

Print the Soil Type to Rate Table: 

1. From the Setup menu, select Soil Type to Rate Table. 

2. In Operation Type, select the operation that the rates are defined for. 

3. In Product Type, select the product that the rates are defined for. 


5. Click Print. 

6. Select Print this product for the current units to print the rates for the 

active operation, product, and unit of measure. Select Print all products 

for all units to print all rates that are defined for any operation, product, or 

unit of measure. 

7. Click OK. 

8. In the Windows Print window, make the necessary selections. Click OK. 

Ordering Soil Type Maps 

The details of the ordering procedure are outlined in the brochure which was 

shipped with JDOffice. The field boundaries of each field are used as the 

204

205 


geographic outline for the soil type maps; the latitude and longitude are used 

to extract the field shape from the exact location on the state soil type maps. 

For each field you export boundaries for, three files will be created: a database 

file (*.dbf); a shape file (*.shp); and a label file (*.shx). 

Import Soil Type Information 

When the mapping company is finished with your data, they will send you a 

disk with the soil type information. This data will then need to be imported into 

JDOffice. 

Import soil type information files: 

1. If you have a multi-client system, select the client. 

2. Place the disk from the mapping company into the appropriate disk drive. 

3. The soil type maps will be saved in the processing year that is active. If you 

want a year other than that, select it on the Dates Preferences tab, or from 

the year spinner on the bottom right side of the screen. 

4. From the File menu, select Import>Soil Type Maps. 

5. Click Browse. 

6. In Drives, select the letter of your disk drive. 

7. In the folders listed for that drive, click on the folder containing the data - 

you cannot select individual files. 

8. Click OK. The directory location will appear in the text box. 

9. Click OK. If there are multiple disks, you will be prompted to enter them. 

Soil Type Error Log 

The Soil Type Error Log reports all errors that occur when you import soil type 

maps. This is a master log file; each time you import additional soil types, the 

new log data is added to the bottom of the Error Log file. Each section will be 

labeled with the date the maps were imported. 

The error messages are divided between those 

that require the CCC’s assistance, and those that 

require the assistance of the mapping company. If 

you have errors that list both contact information, 

always contact the CCC prior to the mapping 

company.

JDOffice 1.2 

Soil master File 

As an added benefit, a master file called Soilmaster.dbf may be sent with your 

soil type data. This file is a complete statistical analysis of your soil types in all 

of your fields and can be opened in any spreadsheet program such as 

Microsoft Excel. This information cannot be accessed from within JDOffice. 

The availability of the soil master file varies from state to state, and the amount 

of information contained in it is contingent upon where you live. 

206

Drain Tile Map 

207 


A drain tile map consists of lines marking the location of drain tiles in the field. 

This information is not automatically gathered in the field; you must make a 

special trip to the field to mark where your drain tile is located. 

This map is to be used as a reference; it contains no data other than 

referencing the location of the drain tile. It is ideal for layering on top of a yield 

map to compare production in parts of the field where you laid drain tile verses 

where you did not. 

The Add, Delete and Move Points tools are used to adjust your drain tile line. 

These tools are not active unless Edit is selected for the drain tile layer in the 

Layers chooser. The latitude and longitude of each anchor point will display at 

the bottom of JDOffice as you select or move the point. Refer to “Adjusting a 

Boundary or Drain Tile” on page 193 for more information on using these tools. 

This map cannot be printed with a histogram or notes. 

View a drain tile map: 



3. In Field Characteristics; select the drain tile layer for the desired year. 

4. Click OK. 

5. Verify that View is checked for that layer in the Layers chooser.

JDOffice 1.2 

Application Plan Map 

An application plan is a graphic representation of how you want to apply a 

product (fertilizer, pesticide, or tank mixes), or plant seeds in a field, and the 

rate at which each are done. 

Unlike the other maps in JDOffice, the application plan is manually created by 

the user. Plans can be exported as shape files (refer to page 247), or deleted 

through the Delete Field Data command (refer to page 236). 

The plan saves the plan name, operation type, product type, product name, 

and the unit of measure. Once a plan is completed, you can create a 

prescription which will control the application on the planter or sprayer. 

Note: You can make more than one application plan per field, but 

only one prescription can be made per plan. 

View an application plan (if already created): 



3. In the desired year, open the Application Plan folder. 

4. Select the application plan layer. 

5. Click OK. 



The shape of the application plan is dependent on the field; therefore, you must 

have a field boundary in the same processing year (or prior) as that set when 

creating an application plan. Because the field boundary is used as an outline 

for your application plans, polygons that extend past the field boundary are 

208

209 


automatically severed at that line. If the entire polygon is moved outside the 

boundary, it will automatically be deleted. 

Polygons are placed inside the field boundary approximating the size and 

shape of different rates. These polygons can be drawn using the drawing tools, 

or they can be actual shapes copied from a soil type contour map. If you have 

polygons next to each other with the same rate, they will not merge. 

If you have areas of the field (waterways) where you will not apply product or 

plant seeds, a rate of zero can be assigned. 

When you draw (or copy) a polygon on the plan, JDOffice will place it in front of 

all the other polygons on the field map. Each placed polygon represents 

another layer within the application plan. Use the Select tool to position the 

polygon. You can control the layer order (overlap) by moving polygons in front 

of, or behind others with the Layer tools. What you see on the screen is what 

the plan will be - any part of a polygon hidden by another one does not exist to 

JDOffice - it is “knocked out.” 

A master legend is automatically created, and all application plans will use this 

legend. Each time a new rate is added to a plan, JDOffice will assign a unique 

legend color to it; the master legend will expand to include the new rate. These 

legends cannot be deleted, and you cannot add additional ones without adding 

a new rate to your plan. These colors are the only element that can be altered. 

If you edit a color in the application plan legend (this is done on the Legend 

Setup tab), the change will impact all application plans in JDOffice. 

When you move any tool over a shape on the application plan map, the rate 

assigned to that shape will be displayed in the message line at the bottom left 

corner of JDOffice (the application plan layer must be highlighted in the Layers 

chooser). 

Application plans support histograms and field notes; they will appear on your 

printed field map according to the choices you made on the Printer 

Preferences tab. However, unlike other maps in JDOffice, a field boundary will 

not print with an application map if you choose to print it as outlined. 

If you create a seeding application plan in a unit of measure other than the 

native unit of the implement, you will need to enter the conversion factors on 

the Variety Setup tab prior to creating the plan. JDOffice will then use these 

factors to convert between the measurements. You can now prescribe using 

the most comfortable unit of measure regardless of your implement’s 

capabilities. 

When you have finished creating the application plan, refer to the Seeding Plan 

Summary report to determine the number of bags of seed you will need to buy. 

These calculations are separated per variety, and are based on the number of 

Seeds per bag and Weight per bag values that were entered on the Variety 

Setup tab.

JDOffice 1.2 

Create a new application plan: 

1. If you do not have field boundaries for the current processing season (or 

prior), you must first create them (page 195). 

• Keep in mind that the current processing year, as set on the year 

spinner, determines the year in which application plans are saved. 



3. Select New Application Plan. 

• The field boundary will automatically be added to the Layers chooser 

when you select to add a new application plan. 

4. Click OK; the New Application Plan window will open. 

5. In Plan Name, enter a name that will identify the plan. 

6. In Operation Type, select Crop, Fertilizer, Pesticide or Tank Mix. 

7. In Product Type, select the product that correlates to the operation type 

selected. 

• Additional product types can be added via the Define Types Setup tab 

(page 93). 

• Tank Mixes do not have Product types. 

8. In Product Name, select chemical, variety, or tank mix that will used in the 

application plan. 


10. If you would like to copy all of the soil type polygons from a soil type map, 

check Create From Soil Map. 

• If you use this option, first complete the Soil Type to Rate Table under 

the Setup menu. If you do not, you will need to assign a rate to every 

polygon copied from the soil type map (the rate table will do it 

automatically). 

11. In Soil Layer, select the soil type map (listed per year) that you want to 

base the new application plan on. 

12. Click OK. 

210

211 


• As a precaution, JDOffice will check to see if you 

entered conversion factors on the Variety Setup 

tab for the variety used in the plan. If you did, you 

can proceed to create the plan; if not you will 

receive a message that says you must enter the 

values to continue. Click Yes to automatically jump 

to the Variety Setup tab. After you save the values in Setup, the plan 

will be saved. 

13. In the Layers chooser, select Edit for the application plan layer. 

14. Draw the polygons on the plan with the application plan shape tools (page 

211). 

15. Use the Select tool to position the polygons. 

Application Plan Shape Tools 

Rectangle 

The Rectangle tool is used to draw rectangular polygons on an 

application plan. When selected, the mouse pointer will convert to . 

Draw a rectangle: 


2. Select Edit for the application plan layer. 

3. Select the Rectangle tool . 

4. Hold down the left mouse button while dragging the mouse to form a 

rectangle. Release the mouse button when the rectangle is the size you 

want it. 

• If you did not draw a large enough shape, you will receive an error. 

5. In Other Rates, select a legend rate. 

• If the rate you want does not exist, enter it in Set Map Rate. A new 

color will automatically be assigned to it. 

6. Click OK. 

7. Use the Select tool to position the rectangle.

JDOffice 1.2 

Ellipse 

The Ellipse tool is used to draw oval-shaped polygons on an application 

plan. When selected, the mouse pointer will convert to . 

Draw an ellipse: 



3. Select the Ellipse tool . 

4. Hold down the left mouse button while dragging the mouse to form an oval. 

Release the mouse button when the ellipse is the size you want it. 




color will automatically be assigned to it. Click OK. 

6. Click OK. 

7. Use the Select tool to position the rectangle. 

Center Pivot 

The Center Pivot tool is used to draw center pivot irrigation systems on 

an application plan. While you draw the circle, the radius will appear in 

the message line in the lower left corner of JDOffice, while the longitude and 

latitude of the crosshairs will display in the lower right corner. When selected, 

the mouse pointer will convert to . 

Draw a center pivot circle: 



3. Select the Center Pivot tool . 

4. Hold down the left mouse button while dragging the mouse to form a circle. 

Release the mouse button when the center pivot is the size you want it. 





6. Click OK. 


212

Polygon 

213 


The Polygon tool is used to draw an irregular-shaped polygon on an 

application plan. When selected, the mouse pointer will convert to . 

Draw an irregular-shaped polygon: 



3. Select the Polygon tool . 

4. Click the mouse to form an anchor point. Move the mouse to the next 

location and click again. A line will be drawn between the two points. 

Continue doing this until you have the shape you want. 

• If you make a mistake or want to cancel the shape you are creating, 

press the keyboard Escape key. 

5. To close the polygon, click the final point on top of the first point you made. 




7. Click OK. 


Copy Shape 

The Copy Shape tool is used to copy a contour shape from a soil type 

map and use it on an application plan. When selected, the mouse 

pointer will convert to . 

Copy a polygon from a soil type map: 


2. Select Edit for the application plan layer; select View for the soil type layer. 

• In the Layers chooser, move the soil type map layer so it is above the 

application plan layer (you need to see it to copy from it). 

3. Click Copy Shape . 

4. Click on all the soil type map shapes you want to copy (they will be 

highlighted). 

5. Click End Copy Shape . 

6. In Other Rates, select a legend rate.

JDOffice 1.2 



• If you copy multiple polygons at once, they all must be set with the 

same rate. When you are done copying, you can change the individual 

rates. 

7. Click OK. The shapes automatically appear on your application plan in the 

exact location they appear on the soil type map. 

8. In the Layers chooser, uncheck View for the soil type map layer, or move 

it below the application plan layer (you need to hide it so you can see your 

plan). 

Note: If you want to create an application plan by copying the 

entire soil type map (page 210), enter the seeding rates in the Soil 

Type to Rate Table, create a new plan, and then check this option 

on the New Application Plan window. 

Ends Copy Shape 

The Ends Copy Shape tool is only used in conjunction with the Copy 

Shape tool. This tool ends the selection and copying of polygons from a 

soil type map to an application plan. Refer to Copy Shape for more 

information. 

Bisect 

The Bisect tool is used to divide a shape into two separate polygons. It 

is only used on an application plan. Once a polygon is split it cannot be 

rejoined, and there is no “undo” command. When selected, the mouse pointer 

will convert to . 

Bisect a polygon: 



3. Click Bisect . 

4. Click on the polygon you want to split; the shape will be highlighted. 

214

5. Click outside of the selected polygon to form an anchor point. 

215 


6. Click outside of the polygon on the opposite side to form a cut line. 

• A black line will appear indicating the polygon has been divided into 

two. 

7. Choose the Select tool and click outside of the field map to clear the 

points. 

Delete Polygons 

The Delete Shape tool is used to delete a polygon from the application 

plan. This command cannot be undone. To delete multiple shapes at 

once, hold down the keyboard Ctrl (Control) key while selecting polygons. 

These shapes can also be deleted by using the keyboard Delete key. 

Delete a polygon: 



3. Use the Select tool to select a polygon. 

4. Click Delete Shape . 

Change the Stacking Order of Polygons 

When you draw (or copy) a polygon on the application plan, JDOffice will place 

it in front of all the other polygons on the field map. Each placed polygon 

represents another layer added to the field. 

You can control the layer order (overlap) by moving polygons in front of, or 

behind others. What you see on the screen is what the plan will be - any hidden 

part of a polygon does not exist to JDOffice - it is “knocked out.” 

The Edit button for the application plan must be selected in the Layers chooser 

for these tools to be active.

JDOffice 1.2 

Layer to Top tool moves the selected polygon to the very top layer of 

the application plan (in front of all others). 

The Layer Up tool moves the selected polygon up one layer at a time in 

the application plan. 

The Layer to Bottom tool moves the selected polygon to the very last 

layer of the application plan (behind all others). 

The Layer Down tool moves the selected polygon down one layer of the 

application plan. 

Edit the Polygon Rate 

The Edit Rate tool is used to define the legend color, 

and the quantity of the selected operation to be 

assigned to a polygon on the application plan. 

Rates of application are initially set when a polygon is first 

drawn or copied to the application plan. This tool allows 

you to change these rates any time before a prescription is 

written. 

Change the rate of a polygon: 



3. Use the Select tool to select a polygon. 

4. Click Edit Rate . 


• If the rate you want does not exist, enter the new rate in Set Map Rate. 

A new color will automatically be assigned to it. 

6. Click OK. 

Copy an Application Plan 

You may want to copy the plan if you spent a great deal of time creating the 

polygons and want to use it as a “master plan” to create your other plans from. 

By doing this, you can make several plans with various crops, varieties, or 

216

seeding rates to be ready for any condition in the field. 

Note: When you copy a plan, the new copy will not automatically 

appear in the Layers chooser - you need to Add it in order to view 

or edit it. 

217 


Copy an application plan: 


2. Check View for the application plan layer you want to copy (it also has to 

be highlighted). 

3. From the Tools menu, select Field>Application 

Plan>Copy. 

4. Enter a name for the new plan. 

5. Only exact copies are allowed. If you want a plan 

that has different attributes, first copy the plan, 

then edit the attributes of the new plan 

(Field>Application Plan>Edit). 

6. Click OK. 

Edit Application Plan Attributes 

When you create a new application plan, you have to name it, and select the 

crop and variety to be used in it. If you change your mind about any of these 

choices, you need to edit them before you write the prescription. 

Edit the attributes: 



3. From the Tools menu, select Field>Application Plan>Edit Attributes. 

4. Change any of the attributes listed. 

5. Click OK.

JDOffice 1.2 

Write a Prescription 

A prescription is a written direction, based on an application plan, of how you 

are going to apply products to your field. These products include seeds, 

fertilizers, pesticides, or a tank mix. The prescription is then saved to the PC 

Card to be used by the implement. As a reminder, the application plan will have 

(Rx Created) next to it in the Layers chooser. 

All of the area within the field boundary must have a rate assigned to it (even if 

it is zero) on the application plan in order to write a prescription. If you are 

missing any rates, JDOffice will warn you when you try to write a prescription. 

If there are areas of your application plan that you do not want a rate assigned 

to, draw a rectangle around your entire field. Set the rate of this polygon to 

zero, and send it to the very bottom of the layers. If you continue to get this 

warning and you think all areas have an assigned rate, double check by 

unchecking View (Layers chooser) for all layers except the application plan 

and the field boundary. Most likely you will see the area you have overlooked. 

The Setup data for the client for whom this prescription is being written, must 

be saved to the PC Card prior to saving the prescription to the card. If it is not, 

you will be prompted to execute the Save to PC Card before you can continue. 

JDOffice will also verify that the clients match. 

The PC Card must be in the computer prior to saving. JDOffice will warn you if 

it isn’t there; it will also terminate the command. 

Write a prescription: 

1. Create an application plan (refer to page 210). 



4. Click Write Rx . 

5. The Prescription Name will default to the Plan 

Name. Enter a new name if this will not be clear to 

the operator. 

6. In Default Rate, enter the rate to be used if you 

lose GPS, or drive outside the prescribed 

boundary. 

7. Click OK. The prescription is automatically saved to the PC Card. 

Note: Once you write a prescription, neither the application plan on 

which it was based, or the prescription itself can be altered. 

However, you can make a copy of that plan and edit it. 

218

Operation Maps (Field Doc) 

219 


Variable-rate application of cropping inputs such as seeds, fertilizers, and 

pesticides is one management approach to addressing the variability which 

exists within a field. 

Operation log maps are operator-controlled field documentation maps that are 

created from the task choices made on the GreenStar Display. They are used 

to keep field and crop records of operations which were performed in the field. 

There are 22 possible log maps: 

• Seeding Points - Rate Seeding Contour - Rate 

• Seeding Points - Depth Seeding Contour - Depth 

• Fertilizer Points - Rate Fertilizer Contour - Rate 

• Fertilizer Points - Depth Fertilizer Contour - Depth 

• Pesticide Points - Rate Pesticide Contour - Rate 

• Pesticide Points - Depth Pesticide Contour - Depth 

• Tillage Points - Depth Tillage Contour - Depth 

• Other Points - Rate Other Contour - Rate 

• Other Points - Depth Other Contour - Depth 

• Tank Mix Points - Rate Tank Mix Contour - Rate 

• Tank Mix Points - Depth Tank Mix Contour - Depth 

There are 6 different operations that can be recorded in a field documentation 

file: Seeding, Tillage, Product Application (Fertilizer, Pesticide, and Tank 

Mixes), and Other - as defined in Operations Setup. Each of these (except 

tillage) can be defined by a rate or a depth. However, if you use variable rate 

drive, the defined seeding or product application rate will be overwritten with the 

rate determined by the sensor.

JDOffice 1.2 

A task can be defined as a guide (template) to a field activity. Operations will 

be associated with each task, and will define what work needs to be done. 

Because tasks are only a guide, overrides can be made in the field via the 

GreenStar Display. 

For each operation defined within a task, a corresponding field map layer will 

be created. 

Operation Task 

Once you have an operation log map, a legend will automatically be created. 

This is a master discrete legend, and all maps with the same criteria will share 

a legend (per operation); it will expand each time new increments are added. 

These legends cannot be deleted, and you cannot add additional ones without 

unloading more field documentation data. 

JDOffice will assign a unique color legend to each legend 

increment. These colors are the only element that can be 

altered, and any changes will impact all maps of the same 

operation. For example, if you edit a color in the seeding 

legend, the change will impact all seeding log maps (with 

the same criteria) in JDOffice. To view the legend, or edit the legend color, click 

the Legend button. 

In-depth Operation data about field documentation layers can be obtained 

instantly by clicking the Field Information button. The information displayed in 

this window can also be printed in summary reports. For more information 

about this, refer to “Field Documentation Layers” on page 180. 

Operation Log maps support histograms, and although notes can be written for 

the for these layers, they cannot be printed on the map. An operation log can 

be deleted by using the Delete Field Data command (refer to page 236). 

Operation log point maps can be exported as comma delimited Text, or ESRI 

Shape files. 

Whole Field Operation Layers 

If you performed an operation in the field and didn’t have GPS, but you want a 

documented record of the work, a new operation layer can be manually created 

within JDOffice. One operation will be defined per layer, and each will have one 

rate/depth assigned to it. If actual overrides were made in the field, these 

cannot be documented in the manually created layers. 

Each created layer will appear in the Add Map Layer window in the respective 

220

221 


operation folder; they will look different from the automatically generated layers 

as the words (Whole Field) will appear in the layer name. 

Manually created whole field layers are included in the Operation reports, and 

can be exported as report data. Whole field operation layers can be exported 

as ESRI shape files. 

View an operation layer (if already created): 



3. In the desired year, open the corresponding operation log folder. 

4. Select the operation plan layer. (Whole Field) will appear after the layer 

name. 

5. Click OK. 



Create a new operation layer: 

1. If you do not have field boundaries for the current processing season (or 

prior), you must first create them (page 195). 

• Keep in mind that the current processing year as set on the year 

spinner determines the year in which operation layers are saved. 



4. Select New Operation Layer. 

• The field boundary will automatically be added to the Layers chooser. 

5. Click OK; the Whole Field Operation window will open. 

6. In Task, select the name of the field visit. 

• If the task is not yet defined, click New. Create the new task on the Task 

Setup tab. After creating it, select it on this screen. 

7. In Operation type, select the type of operation.

JDOffice 1.2 

8. In Product type, select the product used or crop planted. Tillage and 

Other do not have product types. 

9. In Product name, select the name of the product you used. 

10. Check either Rate or Depth. If Rate was selected, enter the amount of 

product used, and select the corresponding Units of measure. If Depth 

was selected, enter the depth that was used (do not use negative 

numbers). 

11. Click OK. The layer will automatically be added to the Layers chooser. 

Pesticide Maps 

Each dot in a pesticide point map represents one-fifth ( 1 / 5) of a second of 

sprayer data. A pesticide point map is a rate or depth point map which displays 

the pesticide operation data as selected in the GreenStar Display. A pesticide 

contour map averages the data in the pesticide point map, and is automatically 

created. 

In the Add Map Layer window, a Pesticide Log folder will be created for the 

current year. All pesticide maps for the selected field will be contained within 

this folder, and can be differentiated from others by the task listed. However, if 

you used a pesticide with a carrier - and entered it as tank mix in Setup - this 

data will be referred to as a tank mix layer. For more information, refer to “Tank 

Mix Maps” on page 227. 

View a pesticide map: 



3. In the desired year, open Pesticide Log. 

4. Select the layer you want to view. 

5. Click OK. 


Pesticide Application Log Maps 

If you are using variable drive, you will get pesticide application log maps in 

222

addition to the pesticide field documentation maps. 

223 


An application log is a graphic representation of how the product was actually 

applied to the field. When a task is selected on the GreenStar Display, an 

application log map is automatically created from data feedback from the 

sensors on the sprayer. Each dot in a pesticide point map represents one-fifth 

( 1 / 5) of a second of sprayer data. 

The log will be identical to the application plan if you don’t deviate from the 

prescription. If overrides are used while applying product, the plan and the log 

can be used as a comparison. If GPS is lost, the log will deviate from the plan 

because the implement will use the default rate. 

A pesticide measured point map is the actual reading of the spray rate as 

indicated by the sensors. A pesticide measured contour map averages the 

data in the pesticide measured point map and is automatically created. 

A pesticide target point map shows all the rates selected by the operator and 

sent to the spray rate controller on the sprayer. A pesticide target contour map 

averages the data in the pesticide target point map, and is automatically 

created. 

There are default pesticide application log legends defined in Setup - you can 

edit these or create your own. To view the legend, alter the coloring of the 

spray rates, view normalized data, or select solid or outlined contours, click the 

Legend button. 

Application log point maps can be exported as Text (comma delimited) or ESRI 

Shape file. To see the export format, refer to the Appendix. 

View a pesticide log map: 



3. In the desired year, open Pesticide Log. 


5. Click OK. 



JDOffice 1.2 

Fertilizer Map 

Each dot in a fertilizer point map represents one-fifth ( 1 / 5) of a second of 

sprayer data. A fertilizer point map is a rate or depth point map which displays 

the fertilizer operation data as selected in the GreenStar Display. A fertilizer 

contour map averages the data in the fertilizer point map, and is automatically 

created. 

In the Add Map Layer window, a Fertilizer Log folder will be created for the 

current year. All fertilizer maps for the selected field will be contained within this 

folder, and can be differentiated from others by the task listed. 

However, if you used a fertilizer with another product application operation - 

and entered it as tank mix in Setup - this data will be referred to as a tank mix 

layer. For more information, refer to “Tank Mix Maps” on page 227. 

View a fertilizer map: 



3. In the desired year, open Fertilizer Log. 


5. Click OK. 



Fertilizer Application Log Maps 

If you are using variable drive, you will get fertilizer application log maps in 

addition to the fertilizer field documentation maps. 




sensors on the sprayer. Each dot in a fertilizer point map represents one-fifth 





224 

Application log 

Field Doc

225 



A fertilizer measured point map is the actual reading of the spray rate as 

indicated by the sensors. A fertilizer measured contour map averages the data 

in the fertilizer measured point map and is automatically created. 

A fertilizer target point map shows all the rates selected by the operator and 

sent to the spray rate controller on the sprayer. A fertilizer target contour map 

averages the data in the fertilizer target point map, and is automatically 

created. 

There are default fertilizer application log legends defined in Setup - you can 






View a fertilizer log map: 



3. In the desired year, open Fertilizer Log. 


5. Click OK. 



Seeding Maps 

A seeding point map is a rate or depth point map which displays the seeding 

operation data as selected in the GreenStar Display. A seeding contour map 

averages the data in the seeding point map, and is automatically created. 

In the Add Map Layer window, a Seeding Log folder will be created for the 

current year. All seeding maps for the selected field will be contained within this 


Seeding Application Log Maps 

If you are using SeedStar variable drive, you will get seeding application log 

maps in addition to the seeding field documentation maps. An application log 

is a graphic representation of how the seeds were actually planted in the field.

JDOffice 1.2 

When a task is selected on the GreenStar Display, an application log map is 

automatically created from the mathematical calculations made by the 

controllers on the planter. 


prescription. If overrides are used while planting, the plan and the log can be 

used as a comparison. If GPS is lost, the log will deviate from the plan because 

the planter will use the default seeding rate. 

Note: If you use a prescription to plant, a Seed Prescription and a 

Seed Target map will be created; if you do not use a prescription, 

but use the “pick 6” on the GreenStar Display, only a Seed Target 

map will be created. 

A seed prescription point map is a measurement of the rate of the planter as 

it is replicating what the prescription requires. Because of this, the map should 

look almost identical to the prescription. A seed prescription contour map 

averages the data in the seed prescription point map, and is automatically 

created. 

A seed target point map shows the rates sent from the cab to the variable-rate 

controller on the implement - it is always created when you plant a field. If a 

prescription was used, the map will reflect it and include any rate multipliers or 

cab overrides; if none were used the map will reflect the “pick 6” choices. 

Because Target maps reflect any changes, the Prescription and Target maps 

can be used to make comparisons. A seed target contour map averages the 

data in the seed target point map, and is automatically created. 

If a prescription is used to plant - and no overrides are selected - the 

Prescription and Target maps will look exactly the same. If overrides are 

selected, they will be reflected in the Target map - but not in the Prescription 

map. 

There are default seeding application log legends defined in Setup; you can 


seeding rates, view normalized data, or select solid or outlined contours, click 

the Legend button. 



View a seeding log map: 


226 


Field Doc


3. In the desired year, open Seeding Log. 


5. Click OK. 



Tank Mix Maps 

227 


A tank mix point map is a rate or depth point map which displays the tank mix 

product application data as selected in the GreenStar Display. A tank mix 

contour map averages the data in the tank mix point map, and is automatically 

created. Individual components of the tank mix cannot be viewed as separate 

field maps. 

Tank Mix operations do not have product types associated with them. 

In the Add Map Layer window, a Tank Mix Log folder will be created for the 

current year. All tank mix maps for the selected field will be contained within 

this folder, and can be differentiated from others by the task listed. However, if 

you used a pesticide without a carrier or a single element fertilizer application 

individually, this data will display on a pesticide and fertilizer map, respectively. 

Tank mix Application Log Maps 

If you are using variable drive, you will get tank mix application log maps in 

addition to the tank mix field documentation maps. 


Field Doc 




sensors on the sprayer. Each dot in a tank mix point map represents one-fifth 






A tank mix measured point map is the actual reading of the spray rate as

JDOffice 1.2 

indicated by the sensors. A tank mix measured contour map averages the data 

in the tank mix measured point map and is automatically created. 

A tank mix target point map shows all the rates selected by the operator and 

sent to the spray rate controller on the sprayer. A tank mix target contour map 

averages the data in the tank mix target point map, and is automatically 

created. 

There are default tank mix application log legends defined in Setup; you can 






View a tank mix log map: 



3. In the desired year, open Tank Mix Log. 


5. Click OK. 



Tillage Maps 

A tillage point map is a depth point map which displays the tillage operation 

data as selected in the GreenStar Display. A tillage contour map averages the 

data in the tillage point map, and is automatically created. 

Tillage operations do not have product types associated with them. 

In the Add Map Layer window, a Tillage Log folder will be created for the 

current year. All tillage maps for the selected field will be contained within this 


View a tillage map: 



3. In the desired year, open Tillage Log. 


228

5. Click OK. 



Other Operations Maps 

229 


An other operations point map is a rate or depth point map which displays the 

other operation data as selected in the GreenStar Display. An other operations 

contour map averages the data in the other operations point map, and is 

automatically created. 

In the Add Map Layer window, an Other Operations Log folder will be created 

for the current year. All other operation maps for the selected field will be 

contained within this folder, and can be differentiated from others by the task 

listed. 

View an other operations map: 



3. In the desired year, open Other Operations Log. 


5. Click OK. 



JDOffice 1.2 

Field Layer Notes 

Field Layer Notes are up-to-date text information about specific layers of a field 

within JDOffice. Notes are attached to the layer that is highlighted in the Layers 

chooser - this layer may be different from the layer that the user is viewing on 

the field map. Once written, they can be revised or deleted at any time. They 

can also be printed as a summary report per field. Refer to “Field Layer Notes” 

on page 230. 

To assist you with record-keeping, the current date will automatically appear in 

the Layer Notes window when you begin to type. If you do not want it to appear 

on a specific note, highlight it and type over it. If you do not want the date to 

ever appear on your notes, uncheck Automatically add today's date on 

Field Notes on the Dates Preferences tab. Any notes written prior to 

unchecking this option will still have the date in them. 

Because notes are created layer-specific, they will only print on their 

corresponding layer’s map according to the options set on the Printer 

Preferences tab. The exception to this rule is that notes can be written for soil 

type maps, but not print on the soil type field map. If you are printing two or 

more layers at one time, a list of the layers which comprise the map will print 

instead of the histogram or notes. 

Notes can also be written on the Field History Observation screen. 

Note: The Field Layer Notes report will list all notes (per chosen 

year) written for any field layer within a farm. If you ever have a 

problem locating a note that you remember writing for a field, the 

Notes report will assist you in locating the correct layer that the 

note was attached to. 

Add notes to a field layer: 


2. Select View for the layer you want to add a note to. 

• The layer also must be highlighted. 

3. Click Layer Notes . 

4. Type the note in the text box. 

230

5. Click OK. 

231 


Delete notes from a field layer: 


2. Select View for the layer you want to delete a note from. 

• The layer also must be highlighted. 

3. Click Layer Notes . 

4. Highlight the text in the Field Layer Notes window, and delete it with the 

keyboard Delete or Backspace key. 

5. Click OK.

JDOffice 1.2 

Using Filters to Analyze a Field 

Filters give you the ability to analyze your point data by separating specified 

data from the field as a whole. The filter must be in the data to appear in the list 

(you can’t use the Flag filter if flags were not recorded in the data). 

Possible filters: 

Date/Time Filename Flag Point Flag None 

Implement Load Number Lot Machine Operator 

Other Product Tillage Variety 

Filters color specific data within the active field point layer; therefore the filtered 

points are representative of the active layer’s legend. For example, if you are 

viewing a yield point map and select a date/time filter, the select color points on 

the filtered map will correspond to the bushels per acre legend for the yield 

point layer. 

This rule is modified only when the flag, point flag, variety, or load number 

filters are selected. With these filters, you have the option to Show only this xxx 

(with colors representative of the active layer), or Show all xxx in this field. 

When the latter option is selected, the colors will only represent the flag/variety/ 

load number itself. If you click the Legend button, the corresponding legend 

will open - this is a discreet master legend that is independent of the active 

layer. The flag and variety legend colors can be changed on the Legend Setup 

screen. 

Regardless of the filter selected, the unfiltered points (the remainder of the 

field) will turn gray. Although this color can be changed, it is recommended that 

you set the filter color as gray or black to provide a contrast next to the colored 

points. 

If you click Print while the filtered map is displayed, you will get a color map 

that is the same as the one you are viewing on the screen. 

You can use the Point Info, Rectangle Info, or Polygon Info tool to obtain the 

232

233 


average yield statistics for only the filtered area. To do this, have the filtered 

map active on the screen. Select a tool and then either select a point, or draw 

a rectangle or polygon on the field. If you select to view a histogram, it will only 

be for the selected filtered data. To see the statistics for all the filtered points, 

draw a box around the entire field - accuracy is not important as long as all of 

the filtered yield sites are selected. 

Some filtered points, such as a flagged rock, may be very small and difficult to 

see. To help located them, you may want to use the Zoom In tool to enlarge 

the map. 

To see a non-filtered map while leaving the Filters window open, apply the 

None filter. Filtered maps cannot be saved as an individual layer of the field. 

Note: Due to the way that flags are used in the field, it is possible 

to have two or more flags in the exact spot. If this happens you will 

see red points when Show all flags in this field is selected. To see 

which flags are there, select to filter each one individually. The 

multi-flag color can be changed on the Maps Preferences tab 

(page 36). 

View filtered data: 


2. Check View for the point layer (it must also be highlighted). 

3. Click Filters . 

4. In Filter Type, select the item you want to separate from the rest of the 

field. 

5. In Show only this XXX, select which one to view. 

• If you selected a Flag, Variety, or Load number filter, select Show all 

xxx in this field, to see color points which represent the flag/variety 

legend color (only used as an identifier); select Show only this xxx to 

see color points which represent the legend of the (highlighted) active 

point layer. 

6. Click Apply. 

7. Click Close when finished.

JDOffice 1.2 

Multiple Crops in One Field 

JDOffice supports multiple crops in one field. When two or more crops are 

present in a given field, the field will look like multiple fields (from the farm map) 

because it will be divided with crop boundaries. 

If you move the cursor over them, the field name and crop planted will appear 

in the message line at the bottom of the screen. When you double click on a 

crop (or click Go to Field) on the farm map, the entire field map will open (with 

all crops). 

On the map above, North Field is planted with corn on the left and soybeans on 

the right. Because there are multiple crops in the same field, the Add Map 

Layers window has duplicate Harvest Log layers - one for each crop. 

Within the Layers chooser, the field layers will be divided between the two 

crops. JDOffice will treat the crops as separate fields although both crops and 

their corresponding layers will appear on the screen together. 

If you have multiple crops in a field, you are still able to create an application 

plan - although there can only be one plan per crop. For example, let’s assume 

the field has both corn and soybeans. First, create a new plan for corn (use the 

Layers chooser to view the crop boundary). Wherever soybeans are planted in 

the field, set the rate to zero. Copy the plan, then reverse the rates of seeding 

between the two crops in the polygons that have already been established. It 

is important to divide the field correctly between the two crops, otherwise the 

number of bags of seed (per variety) on the Seeding Plan Summary report may 

234

235 


be inflated. 

The procedures for layers, legends, filters, and printing are the same as if you 

only had one crop in the field. 

Multiple Crops in the Same Growing Season 

In addition to multiple crops in a field at one time, some crops are planted on 

the same land in different seasons of the same calendar year (i.e. winter wheat 

and soybeans). If you have a crop that is planted in one year and harvested in 

another, you can change the seasonal year date to keep the planting and 

harvesting within the same year in JDOffice. This option is selected on the 

Dates Preferences tab. 

JDOffice can handle this situation and store all the data with that field. You will 

have to select the crop layer you wish to work with in the field maps. JDOffice 

will store the two different crops automatically when the data is unloaded from 

the PC Card.

JDOffice 1.2 

Delete Field Data 

You can delete any field data that is available in JDOffice. The Delete Field 

Data window will list all of the layers of information (for all years), per farm and 

field, that is saved in your system. Most entries contain just one layer of data 

(i.e. Drain Tile), but there are others that contain several layers of data within 

one entry. 

For example, Harvest Points- Soybeans - 2000 includes all yield and 

moisture (point and contour) data, and the crop boundary for the soybeans 

harvested in 2000. If you delete this entry, all yield and moisture point and 

contour layers, composites and crop boundaries associated with those yield 

points will be deleted. 

There are two entries for field documentation log points: contour refers to 

Whole Field layers (New Operation layers) that were made manually in 

JDOffice; point refers to a Task, and contains all of the operation data that was 

gathered by the GreenStar Display. Both entries will be sorted by the name of 

the task associated with it. 

Within each entry, the type of operation will be indicated in parenthesis: (Ffertilizer, 

S-seeding, T-tillage, P-pesticide, O-other, TM-tank mix). Contour 

documentation log entries will always have just one operation; point doc log 

entries may have 1-6 operations. You cannot choose specific operations to 

delete from a documentation log point entry - if you delete the entry, ALL data 

associated with that task will be deleted. 

Before deleting layers, think about the correlation between them. For example, 

if you delete a field boundary you will not be able to view your soil type maps, 

and because field boundaries are required for application plans, JDOffice will 

automatically delete the application plans for that field. 

Note: The PC Card must be in the drive to be able to delete an 

application plan or a field boundary. 

Delete field layers: 

1. From the Data menu, select Delete Field Data. 

2. In Farm, select the farm which contains the field you want to delete data 

236

237 


3. 

from. 

In Field, select the field you want to delete data from. 

4. Check the box for each layer you want to delete. 

5. Click Delete; a Caution message will appear. 

• Click Yes to delete the field data; click No to cancel the command. 

6. If you want to delete additional data from another farm/field, repeat steps 

2-5. 

7. Click Close when finished.

JDOffice 1.2 

Combine Calibration 

Crop yield is a calculated value; calibration is performed to ensure that the 

sensor data and the operator input are properly used by a monitor to produce 

a final output in units of bushels per acre (or kilograms per hectare). 

Calibrating your combine ensures accurate data for your mapping system. 

However, if you calibrate midway through a field, your maps will show yield 

variations due to a revised calibration factor rather than a trend in the field. You 

can fix this variation using the combine calibration feature within JDOffice. 

Harvest data collected after calibrating will reflect the new calibration factors; 

data that was collected prior to the calibration will need to be post-calibrated. 

Note: If you have the silver mapping processor that resides behind 

the operator’s seat in the combine, verify that you are running yield 

mapping firmware version 5.6 or higher. 

Note: If you have the brown mobile processor that resides behind 

the GreenStar Display in the combine, verify that you are running 

yield mapping firmware version 6.33 or higher. 

Calibrate by Harvest Date 

If you calibrate by harvest dates, the Calibration window will list the data files 

that were recorded in the combine for that field. The files will be divided by 

machine and serial number, and the date and time that the crop was harvested 

will be listed next to each file. 

The weight calibration can be done in one of two possible ways (by the 

calibration factor or by the percentage); the moisture can be calibrated at the 

same time. Complete both areas prior to selecting the OK button. 

If you are harvesting during the time when your area of the country changes 

between standard and daylight savings time, you will have to reset the time on 

your GreenStar Display in the combine. 

Calibrate by harvest date: 

1. From the field map that needs to be calibrated, click Layers . 

2. Select Edit for the yield or moisture point layer. 

3. From the Tools menu, select Field>Combine Calibration>by harvest 

date. 

4. In the Calibration window, check the boxes for those files that have a time 

238

stamp prior to when you did the calibration. 

239 


• If you are unsure about the time stamps, but you know where the 

calibration was done in the field, check one file and click Preview. The 

data file location will be the colored yield sites on the field map. 

5. Click Calibrate; a Calibration window will open. 

6. To calibrate yield, select By Calibration Factor in the Yield Calibration 

box. The Old calibration number (as used and recorded in the file) will be 

listed. Enter the New calibration factor. 

• The formula for determining the New Cal factor is: 

Weight of grain shown on display 

Displayed Cal Factor X ----------------------------------------------------- = New Cal Factor 

Net Weight of grain from scale ticket 

7. To calibrate moisture, enter the % Increase or Decrease in the Moisture 

Calibration box. 

8. Click OK. 

Calibrate by Field Totals 

The total weight and average moisture (of your field) values are found on your 

elevator weigh tickets. 

Calibrate by field totals: 

1. From the field map that needs to be calibrated, click Layers . 

2. Select Edit for the yield or moisture point layer. 

• If it is not in the chooser, Add it.

JDOffice 1.2 

3. From the Tools menu, select Field>Combine Calibration>by field 

totals. 

JDOffice will display the current total wet weight and the average moisture of 

the field at the top of the Calibration window. 

4. In the Calibration window, enter: 

• The total weight of the field in Target total wet weight to calibrate the 

yield. 

• The average field moisture percentage in Target average moisture to 

calibrate the moisture. 

5. Click Calibrate. 

240

Printing Field Maps 

241 


Field maps can be printed as individual or composite multi-layer maps. To be 

able to print a layer, its corresponding layer must have View checked in the 

Layers chooser. 

Note: Crop boundaries cannot be printed as a separate map. 

If you have View checked for only one layer in the Layers chooser, a standard 

Windows Print window will open. To adjust the paper size, paper orientation 

(landscape or portrait), or the number of copies, click Properties. If you 

change any of the properties, your selection(s) will stay in effect until you 

change it again. 

If you have View checked for more than one layer in the Layers chooser, a 

Print Field Map dialog window will open when you click Print. From this window 

you can select to print all the selected layers as one map (it will look identical 

to the screen), or you can select individual layers to print as separate maps. 

The last layer in the chooser (bottom of the list) that has View checked will be 

the title of the printed map. This will appear in bold letters in the upper left 

corner of the printout. The legend printed on the map will be that which 

corresponds with the title. 

Print a composite multi-layer field map: 


2. Check View for each layer you want to print. 

3. Arrange the layer order to see the best results.

JDOffice 1.2 

4. Click Print . 

5. Select Map layers as shown on screen. 

6. Click OK. 

7. In the Windows Print window, make the necessary selections. 

8. Click OK. 

Print separate maps from multiple layers: 


2. Check View for each layer you want to print. 

3. Click Print . 

4. Select Selected separate layer print-outs. 

5. Check the box for each layer you want to print. 

6. Click OK. 

7. In the Windows Print window, make the necessary selections. 

8. Click OK. 

Note: Print solid layers of color separately on transparencies to 

easily interchange with other layers. 

Histograms and notes will only print on single layers and according to what you 

selected on the Maps Preferences tab. If you are printing two or more layers 

at one time (composite map), a list of the layers which comprise the map will 

print instead of a histogram or notes. 

242

Printing Troubleshooting 

243 


In order for your maps to print centered on the page, the printer margins should 

always equal 1.5 inches (38.2 mm) collectively vertically or horizontally. For 

example, if you reduce the top margin by .25”, add .25” to the bottom. The 

same is true for left and right. These page margins can be changed on the 

Printer Preferences tab. 

If you experience a failure to print, refer to “Save Windows Printer Settings on 

Exit” on page 41.

JDOffice 1.2 

Export Field Data (Text or AEA Shape) 

If you want to share your GreenStar field data with others, or wish to use it in 

other software or mapping programs, JDOffice can export the yield and 

operation data. Application plans and whole field operation layers cannot be 

exported. 

The exported yield data contains both the raw yield and moisture data which 

was gathered by the processor in the combine. If you edited the data while 

unloading it from the PC Card, the edited data (not the raw) will be used. If you 

want to export post-calibrated data, select this option on the Export 

Preferences tab. 

Field data can be exported as Text (comma delimited), or the industry 

standard AEA Shape File format. The Text format produces an ASCII comma 

delimited file, while an AEA format creates a directory that contain seven 

separate files. The total size of these seven files is smaller in size than the one 

exported file created in the Text format. The format must be selected before 

you export field data. 

All layers that contain the same point data (yield, moisture and wet weight) will 

be exported to the same .shp/.shx file. Contours, application plans, drain tiles, 

soil maps and boundaries will be exported to their own files. 

Note: For a definition of an AEA export, refer to the Ag Electronic 

Association website at http://www.agelectronicsassn.org. 

By default, JDOffice will save all exported data to ..\GreenStar\JDOffice\export. 

Samples of exported Text and AEA data can be found in the Appendix. 

Export Text (comma delimited) data: 


2. Select the Export tab. 

3. Select Text (Comma delimited). Click OK to close the Preferences. 

4. Click Layers . (You must be in Field view.) 

5. Highlight an operation log layer point, or a yield/moisture point layer. 

6. Click Export Layer . 

7. In File Name, enter a unique name for the file. (By default, JDOffice will 

244

name each exported file as “fldexp.txt”). 

245 


• If you want to save the data to another location (external disk), type in 

the directory location or click Browse to locate it. After selecting the 

correct drive letter, locate the appropriate folder by double-clicking on it. 

Click OK when done. 

8. Click Save. 

Export AEA Shape File data: 


2. Select the Export tab. 

3. Select AEA Shape File Transfer. Click OK to close the Preferences. 

4. Click Layers . (You must be in Field view.) 

5. Highlight a yield or moisture point layer (either will export the same data). 

6. Click Export Layer . By default, JDOffice will save the exported file to 

7. 

the export folder (..\GreenStar\JDOffice\export). 

• If you want to save the data to another location (external disk), click 

Browse to locate it. After selecting the correct drive letter, locate the 

appropriate folder by double-clicking on it. Click OK when done. 

• If you manually enter a name for a new folder, 

you will be notified that this directory does not 

exist; you will also be asked if you want to 

create it. Click Yes. 

Click OK to create and select the new directory. 

Be aware that the exported file may not fit on a floppy diskette. Therefore, you 

may need to compress it before saving it to the floppy (remember to 

uncompress the file before you import it). You should first copy it to your hard 

drive as a safety precaution. If there is an error while compressing, you will still 

have a usable file. If the compression program works fine, delete the copied file 

from your hard drive.

JDOffice 1.2 

Note: In the path 

..\GreenStar\JDOffice\export, 

“export” is the name of a folder. 

Since the AEA Shape format 

produces 7 separate files, all of 

them will be saved into this folder. If 

you export another layer as AEA, the default location will point 

back to the exact same export folder. If you chose to save there 

again, you will overwrite your previously exported data. To 

eliminate this problem, type in the name of a folder (that identifies 

the data) to be saved within the export folder each time you export 

a different layer in the AEA Shape format. For example, the new 

path may look like: ..\GreenStar\JDOffice\export\East Field. “East 

Field” is the name of a new folder that will be saved in the export 

folder. The exported files for the active layer will be saved in this 

folder. 

246

247 


Export Layer Data as ESRI Shape Files 

Select layers of data can be exported in the ESRI (Environmental Systems 

Research Institute, Inc.) shape file format. This format differs from the AEA 

shape file format (refer to page 245), which can only export yield data. 

ESRI Shape files are a great choice, for example, if you are wanting to 

exchange information with a cooperator who does not have JDOffice, but 

whose software requires shape files. By exporting your data as an ESRI shape 

file, you can make it possible for others to view your field maps and the values 

associated with each point of data. 

There will be three files for every layer exported: the *.dbf contains the field 

values and can be opened in a spreadsheet application (such as Microsoft 

Excel); the *.shx is an internal index; and the *.shp can be opened in any 

application that supports the ESRI shape file format. All three files must be kept 

together. 

There is an fourth additional file - the *.jda. This file serves as a legend (unit of 

measure) for all the numerical values that are found in the .dbf file. For each 

column of figures in the .dbf, there will be a corresponding attribute column 

name line in the .jda. 

The exported layers will be saved in a folder that 

is named after the farm and field: 

FMnnnnnFLmmmmm. FM indicates farm, 

followed by the 5 digit farm number; FL indicates 

field, followed by the 5 digit field number. The 

individual layers will automatically be named 

after the field name in the Layers Chooser. 

For a sample of the exported .jda format, refer to 

“ESRI Shape File .JDA Export Format” on page 316 in the Appendix. 

If you are in need of software that will view shape files, ArcExplorer is ESRI’s 

free application that can be downloaded from the internet (http://www.esri.com/ 

software/arcexplorer/). 

Export ESRI Shape Files: 

1. From a field map, click Layers . 

2. Click View for each layer that you want to export as an ESRI Shape file.

JDOffice 1.2 

• It does not matter if the layer is highlighted or not; if a layer is 

highlighted, but View is not checked, the data will not be exported. 

3. From the File menu, select Export>Layers as Shape Files. 

4. In the Browse for Folder window, navigate to the folder/disk drive that you 

want to save the data to. 

• Click on the + sign in front of a folder to open it. When you have found 

the location you want, click on it (it will be highlighted). 

5. Click OK. 

Be aware that the exported files may not fit on a floppy diskette. Therefore, you 

may need to compress it before saving it to the floppy (remember to 

uncompress the file before you import it). You should first copy it to your hard 

drive as a safety precaution. If there is an error while compressing, you will still 

have a usable file. If the compression program works fine, delete the copied file 

from your hard drive. 

248

Summary Reports 

All of the data collected during field operations can be viewed in at least one of the 

summary reports. The reports are in a spreadsheet format and are designed to have 

summaries which answer the most frequently asked questions about an operation. 

There are 28 different reports divided between the following eight categories: Yield, 

Prescriptions, Operations, Resources, Setup, CropTracer, and Record Keeping. A 

description of each report can be found in this chapter. 

To View a Summary Report: 

1. From the Startup screen, click on the Reports icon. 

• Or select one from the Reports menu. 

2. Click on the type of report you want to view. 

3. Select the individual report you want to open. It can be customized once it is open. 

The current processing year, as set on the Dates Preferences tab, determines the year of 

data that opens in the report. If you do not have data for the set year, the report will be 

blank. Once you have the report open, you can click the Customize button to select a 

different year of data. 

More than one report can be opened at a time; to do so, continue selecting reports from 

the Reports menu. Each new report will open on top of the last; hold down the top report’s 

blue title bar and drag the window to one side to see the report underneath it. 

249

JDOffice 1.2 

Note: Some reports have more data than is visible when it first opens. To 

make the report window larger, place the mouse cursor on any edge of the 

report; the cursor will convert to a two-headed arrow signaling that the window 

size can be altered. Simply click and hold down the edge while dragging it to 

make it larger. Release the mouse when it is the size you want. 

If you find you have too many reports open at once, you can get some out of the way 

without closing them by clicking the minimize button at the top of the report. The title 

bar will collapse to the bottom of your screen. When you want to see the report again, click 

the restore button . 

All reports can be printed by selecting Print at the bottom of each report screen. Click 

Export to save the data as a file for use in other software products (not all reports can be 

exported). For more information on either of these options, refer to “Export Report Data” 

on page 282 and “Export Report Data” on page 282. 

Customizing a Report 

All reports - except the Setup reports - have a Customize button at the bottom of the 

screen. The look of each Customize Report window is contingent on the information that 

is available, and how many choices you are able to make. 

On the Customize Report screen you are able to choose what information to view in the 

report, and the sort method for the data. Read the specifics about each report in the 

following pages to learn the customize options you have for each. Click Show to see your 

report with the selected options; click Cancel to ignore the changes and return to the 

report. 

Favorite Reports 

To save the customized settings in a separate report for viewing later, select the Favorites 

button located at the bottom of each report. You can save a report exactly as seen on the 

screen, or you can choose to have JDOffice automatically update a customized report with 

new data as it is unloaded from the PC Card. 

Each of these customized favorite reports will be listed in the 

Reports menu under Favorites. Once saved, these reports can be 

deleted or edited (name or contents). If Edit Favorites is grayedout, 

it means that you have not saved any favorite reports. 

You are limited to saving 25 favorite reports. 

Create a Favorite Report: 

1. From the active report screen, click Customize to select the data to include in the 

250

251 


report. Click Show to view the customized report. 

2. From the active report screen, click Favorites. 

3. In Name, enter a unique name for the customized favorite report. 

4. In This favorite should use Farms/Fields: 

4a. Farms/Fields on report: select if you only want to include 

the farms/fields that are in the active report. 

4b. All farms/fields with data: select if you want to include any 

farm/field that has this data. 

5. In This favorite should use Years: 

4a. Years on report: select if you only want to include the year(s) that are in the 

active report. 

4b. Current processing year: select if you want JDOffice to automatically display the 

customized data for the current processing year. 

4c. All years with data: select if you want JDOffice to automatically include all of the 

data for all years - including future processing years. 

6. Click OK. 

Note: If you do not select any of the above options, the report will save with 

the customize settings - and will not automatically update to include new data. 

Edit a Favorite Report: 

1. From the Reports menu, select Favorites>Edit Favorites. 

2. In the Current Favorite Reports list, select the report to edit. 

3. Click Rename. 

4. On the Rename Favorite screen, highlight the current name and type over it with the 

new name. 

• The options in This favorite should use will not be active. Only the name can be 

changed. If you want to select a different save option, you will need to create a

JDOffice 1.2 

5. 

different favorite report. 

Click OK. 

6. Click OK on the Edit Favorites screen. 

Delete a Favorite Report: 

1. From the Reports menu, select Favorites>Edit Favorites. 

2. In the Current Favorite Reports list, select the report to delete. 

3. Click Delete. 

4. Click OK on the Edit Favorites screen. 

252

Yield Reports 

253 


There are six different yield reports, and each one is generated from the same harvest 

data. 

Yield Summary 

Yield Summary reports display all the year-to-date harvest yield results for the selected 

farm(s) and seasonal year(s). This is the only report that you can choose one or all of your 

farms, and one or all of the available seasonal years. 

This report lists the farm, crop, field, and variety planted. For each variety, the moisture 

percentage, area harvested, the wet weight, dry volume, and average yield will be listed. 

Within each farm, one line will print for each variety used. Subtotals are available by field 

and crop. 

There is a total line at the end which is a summary of a specific crop across all requested 

farms. As you continue harvesting, this summary will grow to show all year-to-date 

information for the currently selected year. 

Click Print to get a hard copy of the data. Click Favorites to save a customized report for 

later viewing. Click Export to export the report data. 

View and customize the report: 

1. From the Reports menu, select Yield Reports>Yield Summary. 

2. From the report screen, click Customize. 

3. In Farms, select the farm(s) to include. 

4. In Years, select the year(s) to include. 

5. In Sort By, select the order in which you want to view the data. 

6. Click Show to view the report.

JDOffice 1.2 

Yield Field Summary 

The Yield Field Summary report summarizes the harvest results for the selected farm, 

field(s) and seasonal year. 

One line will print for each variety that was selected in the GreenStar Display during 

harvest. At the end of all varieties, there is a field summary line that prints totals for the 

entire field. 

Only one farm and one seasonal year can be selected at a time. JDOffice will show the 

first field in a farm by default. The order of the fields is determined by the order in which 

they were entered in Setup. 




1. From the Reports menu, select Yield Reports>Yield Field Summary. 


3. In Farms, select the farm to include. 

4. In Fields, select the field(s) to include. 

5. In Years, select the year to include. 

6. Click Show to view the report. 

Yield Date Summary 

The Yield Date Summary report summarizes all of the year-to-date yield results for a 

254

selected farm and seasonal year. 

255 


The key elements that make this type of report different from the others is that it not only 

includes the date of the harvest and the number of hours that it took to complete, but it also 

calculates the work productivity in each field by dividing the number of harvested acres by 

the number of log hours. 

Comparing the log hours and dates to a calendar with weather information could help you 

analyze the impact of weather. Or, you can evaluate your harvesting efficiency within a 

given time period. 







1. From the Reports menu, select Yield Reports>Yield Date Summary. 






Yield Flag Summary 

The Yield Flag Summary report summarizes the flags that were used for a selected farm, 

crop, and seasonal year. 

Two lines will print for each flag. The first line of the report will list the flag, status, acres, 

moisture percentage, and yield for that portion of the field where the flag was turned on.

JDOffice 1.2 

The second line will list the same summary information for the portion of the field where 

the flag was off. 

The value of this report is to analyze the difference in flagged and non-flagged areas to 

see if there is enough lost yield to justify making changes in the field. These changes may 

include adding drain tile, or changing the product application rates. 







1. From the Reports menu, select Yield Reports>Yield Flag Summary. 






Field Layer Notes 

The Field Layer Notes report summarizes all notes by layer within each field for the 

selected farm and seasonal year. 

These reports will list the crop, layer type, and the attached note(s). The date the note was 

written is also listed if this option is selected on the Dates Preferences tab. 

Only one farm and one seasonal year can be selected at a time in the Field Layer Notes 

report. JDOffice will show the first field in a farm by default. The order of the fields is 

256

determined by the order in which they were entered in Setup. 

257 





1. From the Reports menu, select Yield Reports>Field Layer Notes. 






Field Calibration 

The Field Calibration report summarizes any calibrations that were done for a selected 

farm and seasonal year. The report will not only list the crop and the field that were 

calibrated, but also the yield and/or moisture calibration factor you entered. 


first field in a farm by default. The order of the fields is determined by the order in which

JDOffice 1.2 





1. From the Reports menu, select Yield Reports>Field Calibration. 






258

Prescription Reports 

259 


Although you are able to create application plans and prescriptions for product application 

operations (fertilizers, pesticides, tank mixes) as well as seeding, JDOffice currently only 

supports a Seeding Plan Summary report. 

Seeding Plan Summary 

The Seeding Plan Summary report is a summarization of the seeding application plan(s) 

for the selected farm(s) and seasonal year. 

This report will list the fields, the crop, and the variety for each selected farm. Next to each 

variety will be a column that lists the number of acres that the variety will be planted in. 

Because application plans can be created using seeds per acre or weight per acre, there 

are columns representing each. If you created the plan using seeds per acre, the Seeding 

Rate per acre will be listed next to the Area. The Total Seeds will be calculated using the 

seed rate and number of acres. If you created the plan using weight per acre, the report 

will list the Weight Rate and Total Weight instead of the seeding totals. 

The final column will help with your ordering by calculating the number of bags required to 

plant at the rates you have planned for your fields. This is figured using the Seeds per bag 

and Weight per bag factors on the Variety Setup tab (Seeding button). 




1. From the Reports menu, select Prescription Reports>Seeding Plan Summary. 






JDOffice 1.2 

Operation Reports 

Manually created whole field layers are included in the Operation reports, and can be 

exported as report data. 

Task Detail Report 

The Task Detail report is a summarization of all the field documentation which was 

recorded for all tasks within the selected farm, field and seasonal year. 

A separate page will be printed for each task; there will be multiple pages of the same task 

if more than one operation was included in it. 

In addition to the field operations information, the resources and weather as entered in the 

GreenStar Display are included. If you have a field boundary in the selected year, its 

outline will appear on each report page. 

The crop year and the field documentation layer selected in the Layers chooser will be the 

default task for the report; click Customize to view different data. 


later viewing. This report cannot be exported. 


1. From the Reports menu, select Operation Reports>Task Detail Report. 



4. In Fields, select the field to include. 



260

Field History 

261 


The Field History report summarizes every type of data that the field contains for the 

selected farm(s) and seasonal year (all fields for a selected farm are automatically 

included). 

The date you gathered the data in the field, created the application plan, or wrote a 

prescription will be listed next to the appropriate field. 




1. From the Reports menu, select Operation Reports>Field History. 






Seeding Operation Summary 

The Seeding Operation Summary report is a summarization of the seeding operations 

(planting) for the selected farm(s) and seasonal year. 

This report will list each variety used per task. The farm and field which corresponds to the 

task will also be listed. 

Next to each task will be the number of acres that were planted with that variety. 

The last column will calculate the total number of seeds you planted for the total number 

of acres listed. The units of measure is that which you selected in the GreenStar Display.

JDOffice 1.2 

Subtotals will be listed per field, per farm, and per variety. 




1. From the Reports menu, select Operation Reports>Seeding Operation Summary. 





Fertilizer Operation Summary 

The Fertilizer Operation Summary report is a summarization of the fertilizers used for the 

selected farm(s) and seasonal year. 

The fertilizer data will also be listed in the Sprayer Specific Summary report. 

This report will list the fertilizer used per task. The farm and field which corresponds to the 


Next to each task will be the amount of acres that were treated with that fertilizer. 

262

263 


The last column will calculate the total quantity applied to the acres listed for each task. 

The units of measure is that which you selected in the GreenStar Display. 

Subtotals will be listed per field, per farm, and per fertilizer. 




1. From the Reports menu, select Operation Reports>Fertilizer Operation 

Summary. 





Pesticide Operation Summary 

The Pesticide Operation Summary report is a summarization of the pesticides used for the 


The pesticide data will also be listed in the Sprayer Specific Summary report. 

This report will list the pesticide used per task. The farm and field which corresponds to the 


Next to each task will be the amount of acres that were treated with that pesticide. 

The last column will calculate the total quantity applied to the acres listed for each task. 

The units of measure is that which you selected in the GreenStar Display. 

Subtotals will be listed per field, per farm, and per pesticide. 


later viewing. Click Export to export the report data.

JDOffice 1.2 


1. From the Reports menu, select Operation Reports>Pesticide Operation 

Summary. 





Tillage Operation Summary 

The Tillage Operations Summary report is a summarization of the tillage used for the 


This report will list the tillage type used per task. The farm and field which corresponds to 

the task will also be listed. 

Next to each task will be the number of acres that were tilled. The last column will list the 

depth of the tillage per task. 

Subtotals will be listed per field, per farm, and per tillage type. 




1. From the Reports menu, select Operation Reports>Tillage Operation Summary. 





264

Other Operation Summary 

265 


The Other Operation Summary report is a summarization of any additional data you want 

to track for the selected farm(s) and seasonal year. 

This report will list the other operation used per task. The farm and field which corresponds 

to the task will also be listed. 

Next to each task will be the amount of acres that applies to the other operation. 

If any quantities (per task for the listed amount of acres) apply to the operation, they will 

be listed in the last column. The units of measure is that which you selected in the 

GreenStar Display. 

Subtotals will be listed per field, per farm, and per pesticide. 




1. From the Reports menu, select Operation Reports>Other Operation Summary. 





Sprayer Specific Summary 

The Sprayer Specific Operation Summary report is a summarization of the product 

applications (chemicals) operations used for the selected farm, field, seasonal year, and 

task. 

This data comes from the .gsd variable rate spraying data, and data from the sensors on

JDOffice 1.2 

the sprayer; it is the same log data that you find in the Field History (Record Keeping). 

The top of the report will list the operation details as entered on the Task Setup tab. 

The Sprayer Specific Information section will list the Base and Actual rate and field total. 

The base rate is what was entered on the Tank Mix Setup tab and sent to the controller on 

the sprayer; the actual rate is the recorded reading of the spray rate as indicated by the 

sensors. 

If you had selected multiple growth stages in the field, only the first one entered will display 

on this report. 

If you select Environmental Conditions on the Customize screen, the weather data will be 

listed at the bottom of the screen. 


later viewing. 


1. From the Reports menu, select Operation Reports>Sprayer Specific Summary. 





6. In Tasks, select the task to include. 

7. Check Environmental Conditions if you would like the weather information (as 

entered on the GreenStar Display) to be visible on the report. 


266

267 


Plug-In Available: If you live in South Dakota you are required by law to 

submit a sprayer submission report to the government which will 

document all applications that were applied to your field(s). There is now 

a plug-in (additional software that is added to the release version of 

JDOffice) available which will allow you to electronically submit this report 

from the Sprayer Specific Summary Report screen. This plug-in does 

have a cost associated with it, and may be purchased by contacting your 

John Deere dealer.

JDOffice 1.2 

Resource Reports 

The Operator, Machine and Implement reports only reflect field documentation data; 

harvest data is not included. 

Operator Summary 

The Operator Summary report is a summarization of the operator(s) who worked in the 


This report will list the operator who ran the machinery per task. The farm and field which 

corresponds to the task will also be listed. 

Next to each task will be a column for the amount of acres that was covered by the 

operator. The final column will list the number of log hours spent per task. Subtotals will be 

listed per field, and per farm. 




1. From the Reports menu, select Resource Reports>Operator Summary. 





Machine Summary 

The Machine Summary report is a summarization of each machine used in the selected 

268

farm(s) and seasonal year. 

269 


This report will list the machine used per task. The farm and field which corresponds to the 



machine. The final column will list the number of log hours spent per task. Subtotals will be 

listed per field, and per farm. 




1. From the Reports menu, select Resource Reports>Machine Summary. 





Implement Summary 

The Implement Summary report is a summarization of all implements that have been used 

in the selected farm(s) and seasonal year. 

This report will list the implement and then each task that it was used in. The farm and field 

which corresponds to the task will also be listed. 


implement. The final column will list the number of log hours spent per task. Subtotals will

JDOffice 1.2 

be listed per field, and per farm. 




1. From the Reports menu, select Resource Reports>Implement Summary. 





270

Setup Reports 

Each Setup report summarizes the information on its corresponding Setup tab. 

Farm/Field Setup 

271 


The Farm/Field Setup report summarizes all of the farms and fields as listed in the Farm/ 

Field Setup section. 

In addition, it lists the tag number of each farm and field, and the area of the fields as 

entered on the Field Setup tab. 

JDOffice will show the first farm by default. The order of the farms is determined by the 

order in which they were entered in Setup. The Customize button will not be active. 

Click Print to get a hard copy of the data. Click Favorites to save a report for later viewing. 

This report cannot be exported. 

View the report: 

1. From the Reports menu, select Setup Reports>Farm/Field Setup. 

Flag Setup 

The Flag Setup report summarizes all of the flags as listed in the Farm/Field Setup

JDOffice 1.2 

section. You have the choice to include inactive flags in this report. 

The order of the flags is determined by the order in which they are entered in Setup. 




1. From the Reports menu, select Setup Reports>Flag Setup. 


3. Check Include inactive items if you want to see both active and inactive flags in the 

report. 


Operations Setup 

The Operations Setup report is a summarization of all the operations and tasks you have 

entered on the various Setup tabs. All data that you entered for each category in this Setup 

section will be listed. 

Up to seven different operations can be included in this report: Seeding and Harvest, 

Tasks, Pesticides, Carriers, Fertilizers, Tillages, and Other Operations. You can select 

one or all of these to include in your report. 

272

273 




Customize the report: 

1. From the Reports menu, select Setup Reports>Operations Setup. 


3. In Operations to Show, check the operation(s) to include. 

4. Check Include inactive items if you want to see both active and inactive items in the 

report. 


Resources Setup 

The Resources Setup report is a summarization of all the data you entered in the 

Resources Setup section. 

Up to three different resources can be included in this report: Operators, Machines, and 

Implements. You can select one or all of these to include in your report. 

For each machine and implement, all types and models will be listed. The serial number 

will also be listed if that piece of machinery recorded data in the field. 


later viewing. This report cannot be exported.

JDOffice 1.2 


1. From the Reports menu, select Setup Reports>Resources Setup. 


3. In Resources to Show, check the resource(s) to include. 

4. Check Include inactive items if you want to see both active and inactive items in the 

report. 


274

CropTracer Reports 

275 


Identity Preservation is based on the current Field Documentation system; enhancements 

were added to include grain identification as an additional part of the program. 

Once the data has been unloaded into JDOffice, three detailed reports can be printed from 

the geo-referenced data; these reports are instrumental in documenting the variety that 

was planted in each field. 

Contract Summary 

The Contract Summary report is a summarization of the contract(s) entered on the 

Contract Setup tab for the selected seasonal year. 

This report will list the company who issued the contract, and the identifying contract 

number. If the IP crop has any specialty traits, these will also be listed. In addition, the 

negotiated number of deliverable bushels and the farm(s) and field(s) which corresponds 

to the contract will be listed. 




1. From the Reports menu, select CropTracer Reports>Contract Summary. 




Seeding Load Detail Summary 

The Seeding Load Detail Summary report is a summarization of all the seeding field

JDOffice 1.2 

documentation CropTracer data (per load) that has been unloaded for the selected farm(s) 

and seasonal year. 

This report lists the farm, field, and task selected. The second column will list the crop, 

brand and variety of crop planted in that field. The Load Number, as entered in the 

GreenStar Display, will be listed next. (When new seeds are added to the planter, a new 

load number needs to be created by the GreenStar Display.) The date/time stamp of the 

load number - when it was created - will be listed in the fourth column. 

Each Lot number that was entered for that load number will be listed next; the seed size 

and whether the seed is treated or not, will also be listed with the lot number. The final 

column will list the number of bags of seeds that were loaded into the planter for that lot. 




1. From the Reports menu, select CropTracer Reports>Seeding Load Detail 

Summary. 





Harvest Load Detail Summary 

The Harvest Load Detail Summary report is a summarization of all the harvest CropTracer 

276

data that has been unloaded for the selected farm(s) seasonal year. 

277 


All reports are sorted by the Contract number and the corresponding Contractor; one line 

per contract. All data contained in the contract, and that recorded in the harvest file will 

populate the remaining text fields in that row. 

In the middle of the report is a sub-report of the contracted bushels for the selected year. 

It will list the amount contracted (populated from the Contract Setup tab), the amount 

delivered (populated from the total Yield at the top of the report), and list any differences 

in the quantities as a deficit or surplus. 

The bottom of the report is a breakdown of the contracted varieties for the year. 




1. From the Reports menu, select CropTracer Reports>Harvest Load Report 

Summary. 





JDOffice 1.2 

Record Keeping Reports 

The information contained in these reports come from the Record Keeping section of 

JDOffice. 

Simple Field Budget Summary Report 

A Simple Field Budget Summary Report screen is the exact screen you see when you 

select Record Keeping>Field Budget; because the screen is identical, it does not matter 

how you navigate to it (either through the Reports or Record Keeping menu). 

The costs must be entered into the Field Budget screen and calculated before a report can 

be viewed (refer to “Field Budget” on page 151 for information). Prior to any field work, the 

Field Budget is used to calculate the costs associated with a specific field to determine the 

break-even price and yield; it will also estimate any potential profits or losses. This 

information can then be used to plan ahead and decrease costs or inputs in certain areas 

to increase overall profit and yield. 

The values on the report are specific to the Farm name, Field name, State, Crop and 

Season. If a choice in any of the categories is changed, then the report becomes a new 

one specific to the new criteria. 

Begin by entering the cost per acre for the field inputs and equipment. The drying, storage 

and transportation cost are enter as a per bushel average. If there is a loan associated 

with the selected criteria, enter it in Loan Information. Finally, enter any payments you 

will receive from the government, the total acres planted, the expected yield, and the price 

per bushel. 

Clicking Calculate will multiply the costs by the number of acres, and then will subtract 

that number from the expected revenue. After all the costs are entered, the report will 

278

figure the Revenue, Cost, and the Net Income per field, and per acre. 

279 


Next to the Expected yield and Expected price, JDOffice will list the Break-even yield (per 

bushel), and the Break-even price (per acre). These are the figures that need to be met in 

order not to lose any money - according to the costs entered on the Field Budget screen. 

At a glance, you may see that you need to plan the year differently if you find that you need 

to reduce your costs (or inputs) to net a larger income - or just to break-even. Each time 

you change a value on the Field Budget screen, you can click Calculate to have JDOffice 

refigure the estimated values. 

Click Report to see the entered data as a JDOffice report. To obtain a hard copy of the 

data, click Print. Click Export to export the report data. 

Profitability Plan Report 

The price per area is calculated by taking the price per unit target seeding rate. For 

example, if the unit is in pounds and the rate is in seeds, the formula will have to retrieve 

the seeds per pound from the Variety Setup to perform the calculation. This information 

must be entered prior to creating a Profitability Plan Report or you will be prompted to 

enter the information. You must select “Yes” and enter the appropriate information or the 

report will display “Not Available“ for the Profitability Plan Report. 

Note: No conversions from mass to volume or volume to mass will be made. 

If this conversion is required for the report, “Not Available” will be placed 

where “Cost per area” would otherwise appear. 

Data contained in the Field Plans will populate the Record Keeping Profitability Plan 

report. If any overrides were selected on the GreenStar Display, they will be reflected in

JDOffice 1.2 

the report data. 

If you have entries that have zero (0) as the cost, it means that you have not entered a 

dollar figure for this item on the Field Plan. Once you do, this report will update to reflect 

the new cost. 

The Profitability report is used to project the your Net Income (total and per acre) and your 

Return on Investment (ROI). The ROI is determined by dividing the net income by the total 

expense. 




1. From the Reports menu, select Record Keeping Reports>Profitability Plan. 





6. The field plans that the data is derived from will list in Field 

Plans. Select the plan to create a report from. 


CRK Task Detail Report 

The CRK Task Detail report summarizes the manually entered history data from the 

Record Keeping operation detail screens. In JDOffice 1.0 this data was visible by selecting 

a Summary button. This report will not include information that was put of the unloaded 

280

log data. 

281 


The report’s acreage column will either list the FSA Area or Field Area, as determined by 

the selection made on the Maps (Print) Processing tab. If Machine Area was selected, 

the report will display the Field Area. 




1. From the Reports menu, select Record Keeping Reports>CRK Task Detail 

Report. 






JDOffice 1.2 

Export Report Data 

At some time, you may want to use the data from the summary reports in another 

computer program such as Microsoft Excel. Instead of retyping all of the data from the 

printed reports, you can export the data and then import that file into another spreadsheet 

program. 

The content of each exported data file is determined by the report screen that is active. All 

exported files are saved as .txt files. 

By default, JDOffice will save all exported data to the \GreenStar\JDOffice\export 

directory. 

Export summary report data: 

1. From the report you are viewing, click Export. 

2. In File name, enter a name for the exported file. 

• JDOffice will automatically generate a name that identifies the data in the file. You 

can change it if you would like a different one, but the .txt extension must follow the 

name. 

3. In Save as type, select Text files (.txt). 

4. Click Save. 

Note: Exported report data changes formats to match the locale you are in. 

(For example, Europeans do not use comma-delimited data). 

282

Management Zones 

283 


A management zone classifies an area of ground. All other areas of land with the same 

classification will receive the same management 

Management zone maps provide a color description of the management zone within a 

field. These maps support histograms, but unlike other contour maps, they cannot be 

printed with filters. Although notes can be written for the management zone layer, they 

cannot be printed with a field map. 

A management zone map legend is automatically created. All management zone maps 

imported into JDOffice will use the legend you create, or you may create your own legend. 

These legends cannot be deleted, and you cannot add additional management zones 

without importing new management zones that contain these types. 

The management zone contour shapes - and their locations - can be copied and used on 

application plans. 

Shapefiles 

Shapefiles refer ESRI open spatial data format. Shapefiles are not one single file, but 

rather a collection of files. In order for a Shapefile to be considered valid in JDOffice, .shp, 

.dbf, .shp, and .shx files must be present. 

Currently, only polygon data in Lat/Lon with a datum of WGS84 is supported by JDOffice. 

Select Field to Import Management Zones. 

Select Fields to Import Management Zones 

To select your fields to import: 

1. File > Import > Management Zones > Shapefile. 

2. Select the Shapefile you will import and click OK.

JDOffice 1.2 

3. Select the field(s) to import and click Next. 

Select Attributes for Management Zones 

The attribute you select will be used to assign a classification value to a management 

zone. 

To set attributes: 

1. Select the attribute and click Set. 

Note: If the attribute you select contains a large number of unique values, a 

warning message will appear. Imports which result in a large number of 

unique values in management zones may cause performance problems in 

JDOffice. Verify your data. 


284

Select Classification Name for Import 

285 


The classification name refers to the grouping of values that have meaning with regards to 

each other (EXAMPLE: Soil types identifiers, nitrogen levels, or spad meter readings, 

etc...). 

Set Classification Name: 

1. Select the classification name and click Next. 

To Create a New Classification Name: 

1. Click New and type the name that will appear in the Classification Name list. 

2. Click OK. Notice the new name now shows in the classification name list. 

Select Management Zone to Rate Table 

1. Setup > Management Zone to Rate Table. 

2. In Operation Type, select the operation for which you will define seeding/application 

rates (Crop, Fertilizer, Pesticide, Tank Mix). 

3. In Product Type, select the product that will be applied; this directly correlates to the 

operation selected. 

4. In Units, select the unit of measure. Each time a new Operation Type is selected, the 

available units of measure will change. 

5. (Optional) In Default Rate, enter the default rate (per unit selected) of the product type 

which will be applied to each management zone (this works a “starting point”- all of the 

boxes will initially be set with this default rate). Click Apply.

JDOffice 1.2 

Management Zone to Rate Table 

Before creating your application plans (using the option to copy management zone shapes 

to the plan), use the Management Zone to Rate Table as a time saving shortcut. 

You can define the product application (pesticide fertilizer, or tank mix) or seeding rate for 

each management zone per the crop or product type. When the polygons are copied from 

the management zone map to the application plan, the rates will already be defined per 

management zone (the rate can be changed on the plan - per polygon). 

If you type in a default rate and click OK, the same rate will populate all the boxes for the 

selected crop, variety (product), and unit of measure parameters; overrides can then be 

made to individual management zones. 

Each time Shapefiles are imported into JDOffice, they are added to the Management 

Zone to Rate Table and will be assigned any default rates to already set. This is a master 

table and it will expand each time new types are imported. The legend color next to each 

management zone is automatically assigned by JDOffice (it can be changed on the 

Legend Setup tab). 

Print the Management Zone to Rate Table 

1. Setup > Management Zone to Rate Table. 

2. In Operation Type, select the operation that the rates are defined for. 

3. In Product Type, select the product that the rates are defined for. In Units, select the 

unit of measure. Fill in the appropriate Default Rate and click Apply. The rate fields 

will populate with the default rate you indicated. 

4. Click Print. 

5. Select Print this product for the current units (print rates for the active operation, 

product and unit of measure) or Print all products for all units (print all rates that are 

defined for any operation, product, or unit of measure). 

6. Click OK. 

7. In the Windows Print window, make the necessary selection. Click OK. 

286

Management Zone Summary Report 

287 


Management Zone Reports allow you to view each Farm Management Zone and their 

descriptions. 

1. Reports > Management Zone Reports.

JDOffice 1.2 

288

Appendix 

I: Error Messages 

1 JDOffice is unable to access the PC Card. Check that the card has been 

inserted properly, or check the PC Card drive Preference and try again. 

Remove the PC Card from the card reader and re-insert, making sure the card is pushed 

all the way into the reader. Then select File>Preferences>General tab; check that the 

letter for your drive designation is correct. 

If the PC Card is new it will not have a needed folder named pfdata (it is automatically put 

on the card when it is in the processor and the equipment is powered on). JDOffice looks 

for this folder on the drive that it is being pointed to. You can manually create this folder on 

the PC Card drive; however verify that it is all in lowercase. 

2 Either no data files were found for unloading on the PC Card, or the files that 

are there are not exclusively for the currently selected client. Check the PC 

Card drive preference, the client restriction preference, and the current client 

before trying again. 

If you are sure there is field data to be unloaded, check the following items: 

• On the File>Preferences>General tab be sure the drive letter for your PC Card is 

set correctly. 

• On the File>Preferences>Processing tab uncheck the option to Show files 

exclusively for current client. 

• On the Unload PC Card screen, verify that the correct Client is selected at the top 

left of the screen. 

3 JDOffice was unable to save your settings to the PC Card. Check the card and 

try again. 

Remove and reinsert your PC Card. Make sure the card is inserted all the way into the 

reader drive. 

4 The System Verification Failed. 

Call the Customer Care Center. 

289

JDOffice 1.2 

6 JDOffice has successfully saved your settings to the PC Card. 

No action required. 

7 JDOffice was unable to load the Preferences module. 

Click OK and attempt to retry your actions. If it doesn’t work, and you continue to get this 

message, place the JDOffice CD-ROM in the drive and perform a Refresh Installation. 

8 JDOffice was unable to load the Setup module. 

Click OK and attempt to retry your actions. If you continue to get this message place the 

JDOffice CD-ROM in the drive and perform a Refresh Installation. 

9 The client information on the PC Card does not match the current client. Do 

you wish to replace the client information on the PC Card with the current 

client? 

Yes will replace all of the Setup information on the PC Card, including the client 

information. No will cancel the command. 

10 Changes have been made to the JDOffice Setup. Would you like to save your 

changes to the PC Card? 

Yes - Insert your PC Card into the card reader. All revised data will be saved to the card 

to be available in the GreenStar Display. No - Exit JDOffice without saving to the card. 

11 Canceling the Setup screen will lose all Setup changes on all pages. Are you 

sure you want to cancel? 

Yes will close the Setup screens; all data that you entered will be lost. No will cancel the 

command. 

14 Are you sure you want to delete this field data? 

Yes will delete the selected field. No will cancel the command. 

17 An error occurred while trying to print. Check your printer connection and/or 

restart your computer and try again. 

Click OK and try printing again. 

18 The selected contour layer has nothing to print. 

Click OK. Your contour legends may not be set at the correct increments to represent the 

data. Adjust your legends and try printing again. 

290

291 

Appendix 

19 You must select valid flags. 

Click OK. Select a named flag from the list. If the flag used in the field is not yet created, 

click Edit to create a new one. 

20 You are unloading data for a farm that has not yet been created. Either create 

a new farm or select an existing farm. 

Click OK. Unknown farms must be fixed in the Edit Data Files window. Either select an 

existing farm from the drop-down text box, or click New to create a new farm in Setup. 

21 You are unloading data for a field that has not yet been created. Either create 

a new field or select an existing field. 

Click OK. Unknown fields must be fixed in the Edit Data Files window. Select an existing 

field, or click New to create a new field in Setup. 

22 You must enter a crop moisture greater than zero. 

Click OK. Enter the standard payable moisture according to your local elevator - zero is 

not an allowed value. 

23 You must select valid varieties. 

Click OK. Select a named variety from the list. If the variety used in the field is not yet 

created, click Edit to create a new one. 

24 You must enter a crop weight greater than zero and less than or equal to 722.3 

pounds. 

Click OK. Enter the standard crop weight according to your local elevator - zero is not an 

allowed value. 

25 Are you sure you want to delete the selected points from the map? 

Yes will delete the points to improve the visual appearance of your map and will 

recalculate summary totals or averages. No will cancel the command. 

26 You must enter a name description. 

Before you can go on, a unique name must be entered for the new item. 

27 This action will delete a farm and all of its associated fields. Are you sure you 

want to delete them? This will delete all data for all processing years! 

Yes will delete the farm and ALL the corresponding data - for all years. No will cancel the 

command.

JDOffice 1.2 

28 Are you sure that you want to delete the selected data files from the card, and 

make backup copies to another location? 

Yes will continue the cleanup process and backup the data files. No will cancel the 

command. 

29 In order to view a detailed field map, you must select a field. 

Using the Select tool, either double-click on a field on the farm map, or select the field and 

click Go to Field. 

30 The selected farm has no fields. 

Click OK. There is no data available. Try another farm. 

31 Are you sure you want to delete this legend? 

Yes will delete the legend. It is best to create a new legend for this field rather than delete 

one. No will cancel the command. 

32 JDOffice has determined that you have less than 30 hours of harvesting time 

left on your PC Card. It is advisable to run the Card Cleanup procedure to free 

space on the card. 

Select File>Cleanup PC Card. Follow the procedure to free up space. 

33 You must type a unique name in the box. 

Before you can go on, a name must be entered for the new item. 

34 Are you sure you want to delete this item? 

Yes will delete the named item. No will cancel the command. 

36 The field you are unloading is for a crop which is not defined in Setup. 

JDOffice cannot process this field. 

Use the Edit Data Files window and select one from the existing crop list. 

37 You must enter a name for the new color scheme. 

Before you can go on, a unique name must be entered for the new color scheme. 

38 You must type a unique name for the new color scheme. 

Before you can go on, a unique name must be entered for the new color scheme. 

292

293 

Appendix 

39 No data was found for displaying on this field. 

The field has been defined in Setup, but no data has been unloaded from the PC Card for 

it. 

40 No field data was found for displaying on this farm. Data has only been 

unloaded for other processing years. 

You have unloaded data for this farm, but not for the processing year that is selected. 

Scroll through the years with the spin box on the bottom right side of JDOffice; farm data 

will appear when you find the correct year. 

41 No field data was found for displaying on this farm. 

The farm has been defined in Setup, but no data has been unloaded from the PC Card for 

it. 

43 This operation will merge the following selected fields: _____ . They will be 

merged into one field called _____ . Are you sure you want to do this? 

Yes will merge the fields. No will cancel the command. 

44 No data files were found for unloading in the archive. Import data from the PC 

Card before unloading from the archive. 

There is no data in the archive. Once you have unloaded data from the PC Card, then 

Unload from Archive will find data for reprocessing. 

45 No data files for the current client were found for unloading on the PC Card. 

To include files for all clients, uncheck the box on the Processing page of 

Preferences and try again. 

The Show Current Client files in Unload Chooser option protects you from unloading 

the wrong data from one client’s PC Card into another’s farm by only showing the files that 

match JDOffice’s client number. To see all files on the card, regardless of the client 

number, uncheck this option on the Preferences tab. 

46 More field documentation data exists than shown. 

Although the farm map may show some fields, there is at least one more field with 

documentation data that does not show up because it does not have a field boundary for 

the current processing season or prior. Either unload a boundary for it, change the current 

processing year, or manually create a boundary from an existing field layer. 

47 Field documentation data has been collected for this farm, but not all of the 

field boundaries have been created. Would you like to create them now? 

Although the farm map may show some fields, there is at least one more field with

JDOffice 1.2 

documentation data that does not show up because it does not have a field boundary for 

the current processing season or prior. 

Yes will open the Create Field Boundaries screen so you can create a field boundary from 

the layer of your choice. No will close the window; the fields that do not have field 

boundaries will not display in the farm map. 

48 Field documentation data has been collected for this farm, but no field 

boundaries have been created. Would you like to create them now? 

Although there is data associated with the fields in this farm, they will not display on the 

farm map unless field boundaries are created for the current processing season or prior. 

Yes will open the Create Field Boundaries screen so you can create field boundaries from 

the layer(s) of your choice. No will close the window; the fields will not display in the farm 

map. 

49 You must enter a display name. 

Click OK. Type in a name that will be visible on the GreenStar Display. 

50 An error occurred during card cleanup. Reboot your computer and try again. 

JDOffice encountered a serious system error. Reboot your computer and try again. If it 

fails, call the Customer Care Center. 

51 There is not enough disk space on the hard drive to backup the selected data 

files. 

Delete unneeded files to make more space, or select a different drive letter to write to. 

52 An error occurred while removing a data file. Reboot your computer and try 

again. 



53 Insufficient space was found on the target disk. Insert another disk in the 

drive. 

If the target disk is your hard drive, delete unneeded files to make more space; if it is a 

removable disk, insert a new disk. 

54 Card cleanup was terminated by user Cancel. 


294

295 

Appendix 

60 JDOffice encountered an error while opening a data file. 



61 Insufficient space was found on the target disk. Insert another disk in the 

drive. 

Insert an empty floppy disk into the drive and click OK. 

62 Insufficient space was found on the target disk. 

Unnecessary files need to be deleted from your hard drive to free up some needed space. 

63 Too many files are on the target drive. 

Click OK. If you continue to get error message #61, click No. Windows has a limit of 77 

files that can be saved to a disk, so you need to circumvent this limit (refer to page 197 for 

an explanation). From the Explorer window, delete the files on the target disk. You will 

need to start the export process over. On the export destination window, type in 

a:\subdirectory\. 

64 The target directory does not exist. Do you want to create it? 

Yes will create the required folder on the requested drive. No will cancel the command. 

65 The target directory does not exist. 

You have attempted to export to a directory that hasn’t been created. Create the directory 

and try exporting again. 

66 The client already exists. Do you want to replace it? 

JDOffice has detected matching client ID numbers. Yes will completely erase your current 

Setup information and replace it with the new information in the exchange file. No will 

cancel the command. 

67 JDOffice has reached the maximum number of clients allowed. No additional 

clients can be imported. 

You have already created 50 clients in Client Setup - which is the maximum number 

allowed. You can either delete one to make room for a new one, or call the Customer Care 

Center to secure additional clients. 

68 You must enter a volume between 1 and 1134610. 

The text box cannot be blank; enter a volume number to continue.

JDOffice 1.2 

69 You must enter a volume between 1 and 4294967. 

The text box cannot be blank; enter a volume number to continue. 

70 You must enter a weight between 0 and 429496. 

A weight per bag value needs to entered here; the text box cannot be blank. 

71 You must enter a weight between 0 and 946878. 

A weight per bag value needs to entered here; the text box cannot be blank. 

72 You must type a unique display name in the box. 

This name has already been used; enter a unique name. 

73 You must enter a seed count between 0 and 9999999. 

A seed per bag value needs to entered here; the box cannot be blank. 

75 You must select valid products. 

You must select an existing product. 

76 The product type is invalid. Before you can continue, you must edit the 

operation and select an existing product type. (To edit the operation, select 

Operations under Date to Edit, choose the operation, and click Edit.) 

Before you can proceed, you must select a valid product type for the selected operation. 

These product types are predetermined by JDOffice and cannot be added or deleted. 

81 Import of soil type maps was partially complete. 

Click OK. Call your supplier of soil type data. 

82 Import of soil type maps was successful. 


83 Invalid source directory for importing soil type maps. 

Click OK. Click Browse to navigate to the appropriate folder for the soil type data. 

84 JDOffice encountered an error while updating the master information for soil 

type maps. 


296

297 

Appendix 

85 The client information from the DBF file does not match the current client. 

Click OK. Select Data>Setup Clients to select the correct client. Try the procedure again. 

86 The default rate was not set. The table for the selected crop will not be saved 

unless you set a default rate. (To do so, enter a rate and click Apply.) Do you 

want to continue without saving the table? 

In order to save any rates to this table, you must first apply a default seeding rate. If you 

have already entered rates prior to doing this, you will need to re-enter them after you 

apply the default; simply highlight the default rate and type over it with the new rate for the 

specific soil type. 

90 JDOffice was unable to access the PC Card. 

Verify the correct drive letter is selected on the General Preferences tab. Remove and 

reinsert your PC Card; verify that it is inserted all the way in. 

91 JDOffice was unable to write to the PC Card. 

Verify the correct drive letter is selected on the General Preferences tab. Remove and 

reinsert your PC Card. Make sure the card is inserted all the way into the reader. 

92 JDOffice was unable to access _____. 


93 JDOffice was unable to write to _____. 


94 The .rt2 file was not found in the current folder, so the TIGER data cannot be 

imported. To import the data, put the .rt1 and .rt2 files in the same folder. 

Using Windows Exploring, locate the .rt1 and the .rt2 files and move them into the folder. 

When done, try importing the TIGER map again. 

124 The harvested year in this file does not match the current processing year. Do 

you wish to proceed and place the data in the current processing year? 

Yes will load the selected data file into the current processing year. No will cancel the 

command. On the Dates Preferences tab, change the processing year and then try 

unloading the file again. 

125 Partial yield data for this field has already been unloaded to JDOffice. Do you 

want to merge the new with the already existing data for this field? 

Yes will initiate the merge process and treat multiple files from a PC Card as a single farm

JDOffice 1.2 

field. No will cancel the command. 

133 No Mobile Processor serial number was provided in the ASCII data coming 

from the PC Card. JDOffice cannot process this field. 


134 No date was provided in the ASCII data coming from the PC Card. JDOffice 

cannot process this field. 


137 Yield data for the selected field has already been processed. Do you want to 

reprocess it? 

Yes will reprocess and replace the yield information for the field’s selected year and crop 

in JDOffice. No will cancel the command. 

138 The yield data you are attempting to load is a merge of multiple data files. One 

of the files required for the merge is missing. JDOffice cannot continue to 

process this field. 


139 This field is too large to process. 


145 The yield data has unknown flags and varieties. Do you want to continue the 

unload? 

Yes will continue the unload; you will have unknown values in your field data. No will 

cancel the command. Reselect the data and assign defined values to replace the 

unknowns. 

146 The yield data has unknown flags. Do you want to continue the unload? 



unknowns. 

147 The yield data has unknown varieties. Do you want to continue the unload? 



unknowns. 

298

201 You must drag a larger area to create a shape on the application plan. 

Click OK. Redraw a larger polygon. 

299 

Appendix 

204 Editing the application plan invalidates its prescription, so the prescription 

will be deleted. An alternative is to copy the application plan and edit the copy. 

Do you want to copy the application plan? 

Yes will make a copy of the application plan so it can be edited. The original prescription 

will be saved. No will cancel the command. 

206 JDOffice has successfully written your prescription to the PC Card. 


208 An application plan with that name already exists. 

Click OK. Enter a unique Plan Name. 

209 You must enter a name and a non-zero rate to write the prescription. 

Click OK. You must enter a prescription name and default seeding rate that is greater than 

zero. Refer to page 218 for an explanation of the default seed rate. 

210 There must be a rate assigned to all areas within the field boundary; rates of 

zero are acceptable, but you must assign them. 

Click OK. There is a polygon within the plan that has a rate of zero assigned to it; you may 

have to zoom in to find it. If you are unable to locate it, draw a large square around the 

entire field, assign a default rate to it, and send it to the bottom layer of the field. 

211 The prescription name you have entered has already been used in this field. 

Enter a unique name for the prescription. 

Click OK. Enter a new unique name. 

212 The client information on the PC Card does not match the current client. Save 

your settings to the PC Card before writing a prescription. 

Click OK. Insert the correct PC Card for the appropriate client and prescription. Save your 

plan. 

213 If you delete this application plan, you will also delete the associated 

prescription. Do you want to continue? 

Yes will delete the selected application plan and prescription. No will cancel the 

command.

JDOffice 1.2 

215 Are you sure you want to delete the prescription(s)? 

Yes will delete the selected prescription. No will cancel the command. 

216 The PC Card is not in the PC Card drive or the prescription(s) were not found 

on the PC Card. Insert the PC Card into the PC Card drive and try again. 

Click OK. Make sure the appropriate PC Card is in the drive and try again. 

217 All of the prescriptions to delete must exist on the same PC Card. All of them 

were not found, so they cannot be deleted (you may, however, be able to 

delete them one at a time if you make single selections). 

Click OK. Verify that the correct PC Card is in the drive and try again. If it is unsuccessful, 

select Data>Delete Field Data to delete them one at a time. 

218 Either the PC Card is not present in its drive or it is empty. 

Check that the PC Card is present and the settings are saved to it before writing your 

prescription. 

219 A prescription has already been written to the PC Card for this layer. It will be 

overwritten. Do you wish to continue? 

Yes will save the current prescription to the PC Card, replacing the one that is there. No 

will cancel the command. 

220 The units selected for the application plan must match the units selected for 

the tank mix solution rate in Setup 

Pick the same units you selected in Setup for the tank mix solution rate. 

224 The year logged in this file ( __ ) does not match the current processing year ( 

__ ). Do you wish to proceed and place the data in the current processing 

year? 


command. You can go to the Dates Preferences tab, change the processing year and then 

try unloading the file again. 

225 Partial documentation log data for this field has already been unloaded into 

JDOffice. Do you want to merge the new with the already existing data for this 

field? 

Yes will initiate the merge process and treat multiple files from a PC Card as a single farm 

field. No will cancel the command. 

300

301 

Appendix 







237 Documentation log data for the selected field has already been processed. Do 

you want to reprocess it? 

Yes will reprocess and replace the documentation log information for the field’s selected 

year and crop in JDOffice. No will cancel the command. 

238 The documentation log you are attempting to load is a merge of multiple data 

files. One of the files required for the merge is missing. JDOffice cannot 

continue to process this field. 

Data is missing from the archive folder. Re-unload the original field data from the PC Card. 



240 The file you are attempting to unload contains no points and cannot be 

unloaded. You must unload a file containing points either 1) along with this 

file or 2) before attempting to unload this file. 

This is a “no points” files and cannot be unloaded until another file (which contains points) 

is unloaded first for the same farm and field. 

250 In order to add an application plan, you must first add a field boundary (for the 

current year or prior) to the map. 

Click OK. Click Add on the Layers chooser and add the field boundary. Try adding the 

application plan again. If a field boundary does not exist, create it. 

251 In order to add an application plan, you must first add a field boundary to the 

map. Would you like to add it now? 

Yes will add the required field boundary to make an application plan. No will cancel the 

command. 

252 In order to add an application plan, you must first add a field boundary to the 

map. JDOffice has found a recent field boundary. Would you like to add it

JDOffice 1.2 

now? 

Yes will add the required field boundary to make an application plan. No will cancel the 

command. 

253 In order to add an Operation Layer, you must first add a field boundary for the 

current year or earlier. 

Click OK. Click Add on the Layers chooser and add the field boundary for the current year 

(as set on the year spinner) or prior. Try adding the operation layer again. If a field 

boundary does not exist, create it. 

254 The Plan Name cannot be blank. 

Click OK. Enter a unique name. 

255 In order to remove this field boundary from the map, you must first remove all 

the application plans which depend upon it. 

Click OK. First, select the application plan layer from the Layers chooser and remove it. 

Then remove the field boundary. 

256 For the selected variety, the weight per 1000 seeds is zero. Before you can 

create an application plan, you must enter a non-zero weight. Do you want to 

enter the weight per 1000 seeds now? 

To ensure that the units of measure defined in the plan (for the selected variety) and the 

units that the implement uses can work together, conversion factors need to be entered on 

the Seeding screen. 

Yes will open the Variety Setup tab so you can enter these factors. No will the clear the 

message and return you to the New Application Plan window. 

260 DBF files with this name already exist at the target location. Do you want to 

overwrite them? 

Yes will continue the export; the new files will overwrite the old data. No will cancel the 

command. 

285 No field boundaries were found for the processing season currently selected 

in the spin box to import management zone data. 

Create field boundaries for the selected season or change the current processing season. 

286 The management zone data you are trying to import does not match any 

existing field boundary for the current processing season, as shown in the 

302

303 

Appendix 

spin box. 

Verify the current processing season is correct and field boundaries exist for this season. 

288 The application plan 2390-1 has 1261 shapes to process to create its report. 

Plans with more than 150 shapes can take considerable time to process. 

Please refer the help documentation for more information about how long it 

could take. 

If you click No, the application plan will not be included in the report. JDOffice will continue 

processing the report with the remaining applications. 

If you click Yes, the application plan will be included in the report. The approximate time 

to process the plan can be determined by using the chart below: 

Shapes Time to Process* 

10 1 second 

100 2 seconds 

150 15-30 seconds 

200 30-60 seconds 

400 2-5 minutes 

800 10-15 minutes 

1200 20-30 minutes 

*All times listed are approximate and will vary 

depending on individual computer memory and function speed. 

305 Field boundaries were not found for _____ field(s). 

Click OK. The number of specified fields do not have boundaries exported for soil type 

maps. Go to the field map and create the field boundaries; export them again. 

306 JDOffice encountered an error while exporting the selected field boundaries. 


310 JDOffice encountered an error while creating the field boundaries. 


314 If you delete this field boundary, you will also delete the associated 

application plans and their prescriptions. Do you want to continue? 

Yes will delete the field boundary and any application plans or prescriptions that are 

associated with it. No will cancel the command.

JDOffice 1.2 

320 JDOffice was unable to create the field boundaries. 


324 The year logged in this file ( __ ) does not match the current processing year ( 

__ ). Do you wish to proceed and place the data in the current processing 

year? 


command. You can go to the Dates Preferences tab, change the processing year and 

then try unloading the file again. 

325 Partial boundary log data for this field has already been unloaded into 

JDOffice. Do you want to merge the new with the already existing boundary 

data for this field? 

Yes will merge the boundary files. No will cancel the command. 







337 Boundary log data for the selected field has already been processed. Do you 

want to reprocess it? 

Yes will recreate the boundary, replacing the old. No will cancel the command. 

338 The boundary log you are attempting to load is a merge of multiple data files. 

One of the files required for the merge is missing. JDOffice cannot continue to 

process this field. 




380 No boundaries were exported. 

Click OK. You have not exported boundaries so you can’t import soil type maps. Go back 

to the field, export the boundaries, and try importing the soil type maps again. 

304

381 Not all selected field boundaries were exported. 


400 An authorization error has occurred in function ___ with error code ___ 

Contact the Customer Care Center. 


305 

Appendix 

401 There are no remaining unloads/imports for this trial license. 

You have used the four trial unloads/imports for the application. To continue with full 

functionality, you must call the Customer Care Center to activate JDOffice’s license. 

402 The authorization file could not be created, so this application cannot run. 

Make sure you have adequate disk space and full permissions for the 

application directory. 


403 The trial license has expired. You may no longer unload/import. 

To continue with full functionality, you must call the Customer Care Center to activate 

JDOffice’s license. 

404 The site key entered belongs to an old site code. Enter a site key for the 

current site code. 

Retype the site key that was given to you and click OK. If you continue to get this error, 

call the Customer Care Center. 

405 The site key entered is invalid. It may have been mistyped. 

Retype the site key that was given to you and click OK. If you continue to get this error, 

call the Customer Care Center. 

406 The authorization file could not be written. Make sure you have adequate disk 

space and full permissions for the application directory. 


407 The authorization library has been replaced with an invalid one, so this 

application cannot run. 

Call the Customer Care Center.

JDOffice 1.2 

408 You must enter a customer name. 

Enter the name of the person to whom JDOffice is registered to. You cannot continue until 

this name is typed in. 

409 The customer name is too long. You must enter a customer name 31 

characters or less in length. 

There is a limit of 31 characters (spaces included) for the customer name. You need to 

shorten the name to fit the space constraints. 

450 You can’t delete any more points since a boundary must have at least 3 

points. 

A boundary consists of 3 or more anchor points. If it has less than that, it would not be a 

boundary - just a line. Click OK; no more points can be deleted. 

451 A favorite with this name already exists. This favorite is not replaceable 

because it is global to all clients. 

Click OK, and save the active report again, but enter a unique name. If you intended for 

this favorite report to replace the one with the same name, delete the original one first, 

then save the current one to the name of your choice. 

452 A favorite with this name already exists. Would you like to replace it? 

Yes will save the active favorite report over the top of the favorite report with the same 

name. No will cancel the command. 

501 The PC Card in drive ____ is a GreenStar Key Card. JDOffice will not read from 

or write to this card. Please remove this card and replace it with a data card. 

The PMCIA card that is in the drive cannot read to, or save JDOffice data. Remove the 

card and insert a different data PC Card. 

600 Are you sure you want to replace all your JDOffice data with the data in this 

file? This operation has the potential to destroy important data. 

Restoring the data through JDOffice will replace all data that is in your system currently. If 

the data on your computer is newer than the data in the file, it will be lost, as all data on 

the computer is erased when it is replaced with the backed up data file. 

700 Unable to read bitmap. 

The bitmap of the logo you are trying to load cannot be read by JDOffice. Try another 

bitmap. 

306

701 Unable to load web page. 

The web page you are trying to load cannot be read by JDOffice. 

702 There is already a field history for this crop and season. 

Only one field history can be created per field, per crop, and per season. 

307 

Appendix 

705 The data files you are attempting to access were created by a previous version 

of JDOffice/JDmap and must be converted to the current release format. This 

process will not impact the accuracy of your JDOffice data. If you choose to 

cancel this operation, JDOffice will not start. 

JDOffice needs to “recode” the data so it can be read by this newer version of the 

software; you will not see any difference in the data. If you click Cancel, JDOffice will shut 

down; you must select OK to continue working with the application. 

706 The data you are attempting to access was created by a newer version of 

JDOffice (130) and cannot be viewed by this installation version (123). To view 

the data, you must update JDOffice to version 123. 

The data was created in a release that is newer than that which is installed on this 

machine. You must install the newest version to read this data. 

707 An unknown error occurred while performing the data update. Your original 

data has been restored. 


850 Unable to transfer Field Doc into Field History. 

The information from the file was not able to be saved into Field History. However, the data 

is unloaded and you are able to view the corresponding maps. 

860 You must select the fields that apply to this contract. 

All contracts are written for a specific farm and field(s). Before you can exit from Setup, 

you must click Make Selections and place a check next to each field in the contract. 

861 You must pick a contractor. 

Contract Setup information cannot be saved unless a Contractor has been selected. 

Select the contractor and click OK. 

864 Before a Contract can be entered, the contractor must be added to the 

Contractors tab in Resources Setup. 

Click OK. Add a new contractor to the Contractor Setup tab and return to the Operations

JDOffice 1.2 

Setup tab, re-enter 

the contract 

information and 

select the 

308 

contractor that you 

just added.

II: Crops Supported by JDOffice 

309 

Appendix 

JDOffice supports all existing JDmap 4.2 crops; in addition, it now supports traditional 

crops, vegetable crops, bulb crops, and tree fruit crops. The following is a complete list: 

Alfalfa 

Almonds 

Apples 

Apricots 

Asparagus 

Balm 

Barley 

Barley (Euro 6) 

Barley (Euro Spr) 

Barley (Euro Wtr) 

Beets 

Belgian Endive 

Broad Beans 

Broccoli 

Brussels Sprouts 

Buckwheat 

Cabbage-lettuce 

Canola 

Caraway Seed 

Carrots 

Castor Beans 

Cauliflower 

Celery 

Chervil 

Chickpeas 

Chicory 

Chinese Cabbage 

Clover 

Corn 

Corn (Euro) 

Corn Salad 

Corn Silage 

Corncob Mix 

Cotton 

Crambe 

Crocus 

Cucumber 

Dahlia 

Digitalis Innate 

Dill 

Edible Beans 

Elephant grass 

Endive 

English Rye Grass 

Evening Primrose 

Field Meadow grass 

Flax 

Fodder beet 

French Beans 

Gherkin 

Ginseng 

Gladiolus 

Grain Maize 

Grass Forage 

Grass Seeds 

Grassland 

Green Cabbage 

Green Peas 

Hard Fescue Grass 

Haricot Beans 

Headed Cabbage 

Hemp 

Hops 

Hypericum 

Hyacinth 

Iceberg Salad 

Iris 

Italian ryegrass 

Jerusalem Artichoke 

Kale 

Leek 

Lemons 

Lentils 

Lettuce 

Lily 

Lucerne 

Lupines 

Lupins 

Marowfat Peas 

Melon 

Melons Tree 

Millet 

Mushrooms 

Mustard 

Narcissus 

Navy Beans 

Oats 

Oats (Euro) 

Olives 

Onions 

Oranges 

Oregano 

Parsley 

Peaches 

Peanuts 

Pears 

Peas (Black-Eyed) 

Peas (Euro) 

Peas (Field) 

Picklers 

Popcorn (Euro) 

Popcorn (White) 

Popcorn (Yellow) 

Poppy Seeds 

Potatoes for chips 

Potatoes for retail 

Potatoes for starch 

Potatoes Sweet 

Pumpkins 

Raddice 

Radicchio 

Rape Seed 

Rape Seed (E Ind) 

Rape Seed (Euro Oil) 

Red Beet 

Red Cabbage 

Red Fescue Grass 

Red Kidney Beans 

Rettich 

Rice (long) 

Rice (Medium) 

Rye 

Rye (Euro) 

Safflower 

Salad 

Savoy Cabbage

JDOffice 1.2 

Scorzonera 

Seed Potatoes 

Sesame 

Shallots 

Silver Onions 

Sorghum 

Soybeans 

Spear Grass 

Spinach 

Strawberries 

Stubble Tuber 

Sugar beets 

Sugarcane 

Sugar Corn 

Sunflower (E Ind) 

Sunflower (E Oil) 

Sunflower (Oil) 

Sunflower (Stripe) 

Tankard Turnip 

Tick bean 

Tobacco 

Tomatoes 

Triticale (Euro) 

Tuber Fennel 

Tulip 

Turnip Cabbage 

Turnip-rooted Celery 

Vetch 

Vines 

Wheat (Durum) 

Wheat (Euro Feed) 

Wheat (Euro Wtr) 

Wheat (Hrd Rd Spr) 

Wheat (Hrd Rd Wtr) 

Wheat (Sft Rd Wtr) 

Wheat (White) 

White Beans 

White Cabbage 

Wood Carrot 

310

III: Growth Stages 

311 

Appendix 

Growth stages are defined for the following crops only. For all other crops, the GreenStar 

Display will list “No growth stages defined” as a selection. 

Canola 

Pre-emergence 

Seedling 

Rosette 

Bud 

Flower 

Ripening 

Corn (leaf collar method) 

V1 

V2 

V3 

V4 

V5 

V6 

V7 

V8 

V9 

V10 

V11 

V12 

V13 

V14 

V15 

V16 

V17 

V18 

VT 

R1 

R2 

R3 

R4 

R5 

R6 

Cotton 

Emergence 

4th true leaf 

1st square (pinhead) 

1st bloom 

cutout 

defoliation 

harvest 

Soybeans 

VE 

VC 

V1 

V2 

V3 

V4 

V5 

V6 

R1 

R2 

R3 

R4 

R5 

R6.0 

R6.5 

R6.75 

R6.8 

R7.0 

R8.0

JDOffice 1.2 

Sugar beets 

Cotyledons 

2 true leaves 

4 true leaves 

6 true leaves 

30 days 

6 weeks 

2.5 months 

6 months 

Wheat (includes all varieties) 

Tillering 

Stem Extension 

Heading 

Flowering 

Ripening 

312

Yield Data 

Longitude Latitude Flow Time Cycles Distance Swath Moisture % Pass 

Status 

313 

Pass # Serial # Field ID 

Load 

ID 

Appendix 

Grain Variety Elevation Flag # 

86.619843 40.504062 15.74 937216996 1 22.00 240.00 0.00 1 1 7249 F1: West Field L1: Corn 36P66 0.00 Flag 2 

86.619849 40.504059 15.54 937216997 1 25.00 240.00 0.00 1 1 7249 F1: West Field L1: Corn 36P66 0.00 Flag 2 

86.619854 40.504056 15.84 937216998 1 29.00 240.00 0.00 1 1 7249 F1: West Field L1: Corn 36R10 0.00 Flag 2 

86.619862 40.504056 16.74 937216999 1 23.00 240.00 0.00 1 1 7249 F1: West Field L1: Corn 36R10 0.00 Flag 2 

86.619874 40.504054 15.34 937217000 1 27.00 240.00 0.00 1 1 7249 F1: West Field L1: Corn 36R10 0.00 



Operation Data (example = Seeding) 

Longitude Latitude Elevation Rate Time Cycles Distance Swath Depth/ 

Height 

Status Pass 

# 

-86.610282 40.504625 707.02 30007.56 11180854 1 1030.31 7196.85 0.00 1 1 7249 

-86.610282 40.504603 707.02 30007.56 11180855 1 1034.25 7196.85 0.00 1 2 7249 

-86.610282 40.504578 707.02 30007.56 11180856 1 1034.25 7196.85 0.00 1 3 7249 

-86.610282 40.504556 706.69 30007.56 11180857 1 1018.50 7196.85 0.00 1 4 7249 

-86.610282 40.504531 706.69 30007.56 11180858 1 1030.31 7196.85 0.00 1 5 7249 

-86.610282 40.504506 706.36 30007.56 11180859 1 1128.74 7196.85 0.00 1 6 7249 

-86.610282 40.504483 706.36 30007.56 11180860 1 1187.80 7196.85 0.00 1 7 7249 

Flow - lbs/sec; dekagrams/sec 

Time - GPS time, seconds 

Distance - inches; millimeters 

Swath - inches; millimeters 

Pass Status - 0 = Header up; 1 = Header down 

Serial Number - Yield monitor serial number 

Serial 

# 

Field 

ID 

F1: Center 

Field 

F1: Center 

Field 

F1: Center 

Field 

F1: Center 

Field 

F1: Center 

Field 

F1: Center 

Field 

F1: Center 

Field 

Task 

Name 

Spring 

Planting 

Spring 

Planting 

Spring 

Planting 

Spring 

Planting 

Spring 

Planting 

Spring 

Planting 

Spring 

Planting 

Operation Product 

Type 

Product 

Name 

Seeding Corn 33P66 

Seeding Corn 33P66 

Flag 

# 

Seeding Corn 33P66 Flag 6 





Elevation - feet; meters 

Flag - optional value 

Rate - varying units; listed in header 

Depth/Height - inches, millimeters (negative/depth; 

positive/height)

JDOffice 1.2 

IV: Metric System 

Length 

kilometer km 1,000. 

hectometer hm 100. 

dekameter dam 10. 

meter m 1. 

decimeter dm 0.1 

centimeter cm 0.01 

millimeter mm 0.001 

Area 

square kilometer sq km or km 2 1,000,000. 

hectare ha 10,000. 

are a 100. 

square centimeter sq cm or cm2 .0001 

Mass & Weight 

metric ton t 1,000,000. 

kilogram kg 1,000. 

hectogram hg 100. 

dekagram dag 10. 

gram g 1. 

decigram dg 0.10 

centigram cg 0.01 

milligram mg 0.001 

Volume 

kiloliter kl 1,000. 

hectoliter hl 100. 

dekaliter dkl 10. 

liter m 1. 

deciliter dl 0.10 

centiliter cl 0.01 

milliliter ml 0.001 

314

V: Conversion Factors 

VOLUME & CAPACITY 

1 bushel = 0.3524 hectoliter 

1 bushel = 35.24 liters 

1 cubic centimeter = 0.06 cubic inch 

1 cubic inch = 16.4 cubic centimeters 

1 cubic foot = 0.0283 cubic meter 

1 cubic meter = 1.3 cubic yards 

1 cubic yard = 0.765 cubic meters 

1 dekaliter = 0.28 bushel 

1 fluid ounce = 29.6 millimeters 

1 gallon = 0.134 cubic foot 

1 gallon = 3.7853 liters 

1 gallon = 8 pints 

1 gallon = 4 quarts 

1 hectoliter = 2.8378 bushels 

1 liter = 0.2642 gallon 

1 liter = 33.814 ounces 

1 liter = 2.1134 pints 

1 liter = 1.06 quarts 

1 liter = 0.908 quart (dry) 

1 millimeter = 0.034 fluid ounce 

1 ounce = 0.0296 liter 

1 ounce = 29.57 milliliters 

1 ounce = 0.063 pints 

1 pint = 0.473 liter 

1 pint = 0.5 quart 

1 pint (dry) = .5 quart (dry) 

1 quart (dry) = 1.101 liters 

1 quart (liquid) = 0.946 liter 

MASS & WEIGHT 

1 gram = 0.03527 ounce 

1 kilogram = 2.2046 pounds 

1 metric ton = 2,204.622 pounds 

1 ounce = 28.3495 grams 

1 ounce = 0.0625 pound 

1 pound = 453.5924 grams 

1 pound = 0.4536 kilogram 

315 

Appendix

JDOffice 1.2 

LENGTH 

1 centimeter = 0.39 inch 

1 dekameter = 32.808 feet 

1 dekameter = 10.936 yards 

1 inch = 2.54 centimeters 

1 foot = 30.48 centimeters 

1 foot = 0.305 meter 

1 kilometer = 0.6214 mile 

1 meter = 39.37 inches 

1 meter = 3.28 feet 

1 meter = 1.094 yards 

1 mile = 1.609 kilometers 

1 mile = 1760 yards 

1 yard = 3 feet 

1 yard = 0.914 meter 

AREA 

1 acre = 0.4047 hectare 

1 acre = 43,560 sq. feet 

1 acre = 0.00404 sq. kilometer 

1 acre = 4046.87 sq. meters 

1 acre = .001562 sq. mile 

1 are = 100 sq. meters 

1 are = 119.599 sq. yards 

1 hectare = 2.47 acres 

1 sq. kilometer = 247.105 acres 

1 sq. kilometer = 0.3861 sq. mile 

1 sq. meter = 1.196 sq. yards 

1 sq. mile = 640 acres 

1 sq. mile = 259 hectares 

1 sq. mile = 2.59 sq. kilometers 

1 sq. yard = .836 sq. meters 

1 section = 640 acres 

1 section = 1 sq. mile 

1 section = 2.590 sq. kilometers 

1 ton = 2,204.623 pounds 

1 pound = 16 ounces 

VI: Delimited Text Export Formats 

316

FAQ’s 

General Questions 

I installed JDmap on a Windows NT or 2000 computer, and I continue to get error 

Message 400: “An authorization error has occurred in function 8 with error code - 

102. Contact the Customer Care Center.” 

Before calling StellarSupport, close JDmap and restart the computer. Then, run 

setupex.exe. To do so, find setupex.exe in the same directory as JDmap42.exe and 

double-click on it (there will be no confirmation message). JDmap should now run when 

you open it again. 

Why do I need to keep activating JDOffice? 

This usually occurs if you are running Norton Speed Disk. You will need to do the following 

steps to fix the issue: 

1. Open Speed Disk and choose File>Options>Customize>Unmovable Files. 

2. Specify that *.41s, *.ent, *.rst, *.key, and *.jdk files should not be moved. 

3. Choose File>Options>Optimization>Save. 

What should I do before I start harvesting? 

You need to enter your farming information into the Setup section; this includes defining 

all varieties, fertilizers, etc. that you will use. When you are finished, save this data to the 

PC Card to transfer it to the GreenStar Display. 

What is meant by active and inactive? 

Making a Setup item inactive is equivalent to “hiding it.” While inactive, it does not appear 

on the Setup screens or the GreenStar Display. This option is commonly used with your 

crop list. If there are only a few crops you plant, you can make all the others inactive to 

shorten your pick lists in the field. At any time you can make inactive items active again. 

What should I do if I have started the installation and do not have the PC Card 

available? 

You may continue with the installation. However, the designated drive letter must be 

changed on the General Preferences tab before JDOffice will properly work with the card. 

Use the drop-down box of drive letters to select the appropriate letter. 

317

JDOffice 1.2 

How do I unload my data from the PC Card? 

Place the PC Card in the appropriate drive and select File>Unload PC Card to manually 

unload the card, or File>Auto Unload PC Card to completely unload the card in one step. 

Refer to Chapter 6 for a complete explanation of both options. 

What is the difference between farms and fields? 

Within JDOffice, a farm is a group of fields which are located near each other; it can 

consist of one field or dozens. A field is an area of land which is physically delineated by 

roads, creeks, railroad tracks, etc. 

How do I organize my farms and fields? 

You first need to consider the layout and size of your farming operation. If it is large, you 

might want to enter information by areas. If the fields are located far apart, it is better to 

define them as separate farms. Breaking up the land into manageable farms produces 

better displays on the farm map, and provides shorter pick lists for the operator. 

What are unknown farms/fields? 

Unknown farms and fields are choices made in the GreenStar Display because the correct 

farms/fields were not created in the Setup section of JDOffice. To avoid getting them, be 

sure to define your farms and fields in JDOffice (Setup) prior to going to the field, or utilize 

the Custom Name feature in the GreenStar Display. 

When I select Unload PC Card, I get a message that says I have less than 30 hours 

left. What does this mean? 

It is an early warning to let you know your PC Card is getting full. To delete some of the 

data on the card, insert it into the PC Card drive and select File>Cleanup PC Card. The 

files listed will have already been processed. Select a field and click Cleanup. Before 

deleting the data, JDOffice will archive the data. 

I am trying to unload data onto my second computer, although it says there is no 

data on the PC Card. However, I used Windows Explorer to verify that there is data 

in the pfdata folder. Why am I getting this message? 

Your problem is not the lack of data, but the fact that the client number of the first 

installation does not match the client number of the second JDOffice installation. JDOffice 

will need to be reinstalled on the second system using the first installation’s client number 

(Help>About JDOffice). Call the CCC and tell them that this is another system and give 

the site code from the second installation, and the client number from the first installation. 

They will give you a site key that will generate the same client ID number on the second 

system. 

318

When I click Unload PC Card, none of my data shows up. What do I do? 

In Unload for Farm, verify that the correct farm’s data is displayed. 

319 

FAQ’s 

Why do I get an error message when I take my PC Card out? 

This is a Windows error that displays if the PC Card is removed before the drive is stopped 

(can result in loss of data). To safely remove your PC Card, click once on the PC Card icon 

next to the clock at the bottom right side of the monitor. A gray message will open that says 

Stop [name of your PC Card drive]. Click on this message to stop the PC Card drive. 

You can now safely remove your card. 

I get an error that says I cannot save to the PC Card. This happens when the card is 

put in the processor or when I try to unload it in JDOffice. 

If this is consistently happening, you should run Scan Disk (a Windows systems tool) 

because you may have a corrupted PC Card. To do so, open Windows Explorer and right 

click on the PC Card drive letter. Select Properties. On the Properties window, select the 

Tools tab. The top box will be entitled Error-Checking. Click Check Now. Depending on 

your version of Windows, you may have options prior to running the system tool; check the 

options to allow the computer to automatically fix the errors, and attempt recovery of bad 

sectors. Click Start to run the program. If the errors could not be fixed, you will need to 

reformat the card (cleanup the PC Card [page 147] before doing so, as this will erase all 

data on the card). After the card is reformatted, save the Setup data back to the card and 

try using it again. If it does not work, you should replace the PC Card. 

How do I make a soil type map? 

Export the field boundaries of the fields you want soil type maps for and send it to a soil 

mapping company. In a few weeks they will send you a disk with your soil information. 

Select File>Import>Soil Type Maps to bring the data into JDOffice. From the Layers 

chooser, Add the soil type map layer; click View to see the map. 

How do I adjust my acreage? 

The only way to adjust your acreage is by adjusting the start and end of pass delays, and 

the zero grain flow. Follow the directions in “Unload Yield Options” on page 38. 

How do I adjust my yield values? 

While viewing the yield map, highlight the yield layer in the Layers chooser. Click Legend. 

In the Legend Info window, click Edit. The Legend Setup screen will open. Make your 

adjustments and click OK to save your Setup changes. 

How do I overlay a soil type over a yield map? 

Add the soil type layer and the yield point layer to the Layers chooser. Select the soil layer 

and click Up to move it above the yield layer. To make the soil type map outlined, highlight

JDOffice 1.2 

the soil type map layer and click Legend. In the Legend Info window select Outlined. 

How do I view my flags on a map? 

Highlight an active point layer in the Layers chooser, and then click Filters. In Filter type, 

select Flags; select the flag to view. Click Apply. 

I can’t see my fields on the farm map although I know I unloaded them last year - 

and they were there then. 

The current processing season is incorrect. If you unloaded data last fall, the year (as set 

on the Dates Preferences tab) would have been set to 2001. This year, you changed the 

date to 2002 to get ready to unload data for the current year. The farm map from last year 

will not show up because the date of the data is 2001. Only the data that was unloaded in 

the year that the current processing season is set to, will be visible on the farm map. To 

see it, you need to change your current processing year to last year’s date. 

What is the filter color used for? 

The filter color is used to designate the points which represent the filter chosen while 

viewing a field point map. 

How do I view a yield map? 

From the Startup screen, select View>Field Map. Select the correct farm from Current 

Farm; select the field from Current Field. Click Layers and select View for the yield point 

layer. If it is not there, choose to Add it. 

I want to calibrate my field through the program, but it is grayed out. Why? 

You must select Edit for the Yield or Moisture Point layer in the Layers chooser. 

How do I view a moisture map? 

From the Startup screen, select View>Field map. Select the correct farm from Current 

Farm; select the field from Current Field. Click Layers and select View for the moisture 

point layer. If it is not there, choose to Add it. 

How can I change the scale of my printed map? 

Unless you have outliers that you need to delete (which will enlarge the map), you cannot 

change the scale of a printed map. However, you can enlarge the map on the screen and 

use your keyboard (Alt + PrtScn) to “capture” the image. Open Word then paste (Ctr + V) 

the image in a new document. You can then print the Word document with the larger map. 

Maps printed this way will not have a legend unless an opened legend was captured when 

you initially copied the map. 

320

321 

FAQ’s 

Why would I draw points in reverse? Why would I choose not to? 

Points are drawn on the field map in the order in which the equipment collects data. If you 

drive over a part of field that has already been harvested, these points will display on top 

of the points which were collected first. Because you have already harvested this area, 

these new points will have zero yield and will be represented by yellow points. The correct 

yield results will be “underneath” these points. You would want to reverse the display order 

to show the points that were collected first - those that contain data. 

I have a map that prints out really small. Why? 

Most likely you have an outlier - point(s) that extend outside the boundary. Use the 

Selection Info tools to select a rectangular area in the white space surrounding your field. 

When point information displays in the window (NOT your field info) use the Delete Points 

tool to eliminate them. If you found them all, your map will enlarge to fill the page. Refer to 

“Delete Unwanted Points” on page 184 for detailed directions. 

Why would I need to make a legend, and what is the default legend used for? 

You need a legend to interpret the field data. All data falls within some value range, and a 

legend will not only define it, but show you how that data relates to the rest of the field. A 

default legend is applied so you have a reference to start with. You can create your own 

legends, or edit the default. 

What, when, and how should I back up? 

Use JDOffice’s automatic backup feature (JDBackup) which is located in the GreenStar 

directory. For more information, refer to “Backup/Restore the Data” on page 16. 

How do I adjust my moisture legend values? 

While viewing the moisture map, highlight the moisture layer in the Layers chooser. Click 

Legend. In the Legend Info window, click Edit. The Legend Setup screen will open. Make 

your adjustments and click OK to save your Setup changes. 

Can I change my reports? I want to add/remove something... 

Reports are a direct reflection of the data in JDOffice, therefore they cannot be changed 

unless the data is changed. 

Can I view any flag information in a summary report? 

Yes. From the Reports menu, select Yield Reports>Yield Flag Summary. The report 

that opens is for the active field. To choose a different farm or field click Customize. 

How do I view a summary report? 

All of the available reports can be opened from Reports on the menu bar. Once a specific

JDOffice 1.2 

report is open, you can select Customize to pick the farm, field, year, or task to include. 

Can I print a list of my fields and the tag numbers? 

Yes. Select Reports>Setup Reports>Farm/Field Setup. The report lists every farm and 

its corresponding fields. It also lists the tag number for both. 

When I try to export my yield data to a floppy disk, I get an error message. What am 

I doing wrong? 

Your floppy does not have enough storage for the data. Export the data to your hard drive. 

Either use a compression program to reduce the size - and then save it to the floppy, or 

save to a storage disk large enough to hold it - such as a Zip drive. How do I export my 

yield data? 

First, you need to select AEA Shape file Transfer or the Text format on the Export 

Preferences tab. Then, highlight the point layer you want to export in the Layers chooser. 

Click Export Layer. Enter the name of the exported field and click Save. 

Can I export into Ag Leader, or any other program? 

You cannot export and create an Ag Leader file; however, you can export the data into a 

Text (comma delimited) file, which is a format that Ag Leader can then read. Select 

File>Preferences; on the Export tab, select the Text (comma delimited) format. From 

the field map, select Edit for the yield or moisture point layer in the Layers chooser. Click 

the Export Layer button. 

What are dockable tool bars, and how do I use/restore them? 

Dockable toolbars are movable by selecting the handle (left side) and dragging it. To move 

a floating toolbar, click and hold down the title bar while dragging it. To open or close a 

toolbar, (un)check it under Tools>Toolbars. To restore the toolbars to their original 

location, select Tools>Toolbars>Restore Defaults. 

I made a copy of my data folder from my old machine and copied it on top of the 

data folder on my new machine. It won’t work now. Why? 

You cannot paste the data folder onto another. To get a good copy of the data folder, you 

must first delete the data folder on the new machine, and then paste the old data folder in 

its place. This will only work if the client numbers match. 

Why would I choose to show points that have zero grain flow? 

Zero grain flow is used to match the number of acres between the GreenStar Display and 

JDOffice. Follow the directions in “Unload Yield Options” on page 38. 

Why don’t my harvested acres in the program match my harvested acres readout in 

322

323 

FAQ’s 

the combine? 

This is due to how JDOffice counts acres according to the options set on the Processing 

Preferences tab, and/or your driving practices. To get your acreage numbers to match, 

follow the directions in “Unload Yield Options” on page 38. 

What is the difference between the two types of boundaries? 

Crop boundaries outline the crop and field boundaries outline the entire field. Both are 

considered a field layer, but only field boundaries can print on farm maps. Crop 

boundaries are used as outlines for yield and moisture contour maps; field boundaries are 

used as outlines for application plans and soil type maps. 

I accidentally pressed the wrong field name in the combine display. Can I move that 

field- or parts of it - into a different field? 

Yes. In the Unload PC Card window, uncheck the option to Unload all data files for the 

selected field and type. Unload one data file at a time and rename the field in the Edit 

Data Files window. Use the Preview button to verify you are selecting the right data files 

to reassign to the correct field. Review Chapter 6 for details. 

I unloaded field data into the wrong farm. How can I move it to another farm? 

Under Data>Delete Field Data delete the field from the wrong farm. Then re-unload the 

data and put it in the correct farm. 

When I try to print I receive an Illegal Operation Error and have to close JDOffice. 

Why and how can I fix this? 

There is an option in Preferences that forces some printers to reset each time you exit the 

program. If you are experiencing errors, select File>Preferences and click the Printer 

tab. Uncheck Save Windows printer setting on exit. 

I am done with the field, but the bushels per acre are off from what my scale tickets 

show. What can I do? 

You can calibrate the data in the entire field. In the Layers chooser, select Edit for the yield 

point layer. Select Tools>Field>Combine Calibration>by field totals. In the Calibration 

window, enter the weight that appears on your scale ticket. JDOffice will adjust the bushels 

per acre to match. 

How do I change the crop in my field? 

The crop needs to be changed as the PC Card is unloaded. In the Data to Edit list, select 

Crop. The screen below will change to list the crop selected on the GreenStar Display. 

Select the correct crop from the Crop drop-down box. Because the variety listed in the 

Data to Edit box corresponds to the original crop, you will now have invalid entries - you 

need to select the correct variety for the new crop.

JDOffice 1.2 

How Do I... Questions 

How do I create a prescription and see the results in JDOffice? 

Note: Within JDOffice, an application plan is a map that designates which 

products will be applied at what rate, to which areas of the field. An application 

plan becomes a prescription when it is saved in a format that the GreenStar 

mobile processor can read. Application plans can be edited; prescriptions 

cannot without first making a copy of itself to preserve the original version. 

Application plans can be created for seeding or for a product application, which includes 

fertilizers, pesticides, and tank mixes. Before you can begin designing an application plan 

for your field(s), you first need to enter the data in the Setup section. This data includes not 

only the farm and field names, but the specifics about each product you will be putting in 

or on the field. 

• If you are creating a seeding application plan, it is important that you enter the 

conversion rates and the Entry Method for each variety that will be used in an 

application plan. The Variety Setup section on page 54 has detailed information 

on defining varieties. For information on the conversion rates, refer to “Seeding” on 

page 56, and “Entry Method for Application Plans” on page 56. 

When you have finished creating the application plan, refer to the Seeding Plan 

Summary report to determine the number of bags of seed you will need to buy. 

These calculations are separated per variety, and are based on the number of 

Seeds per bag and Weight per bag values that were entered on the Variety 

Setup tab. 

• If you are creating a product application plan, it is required in Setup that you 

enter all of the components of a tank mix, and the solution rate. You will also need 

to enter a carrier. 

Once all of the Setup items are completely defined, you are ready to begin creating the 

application plan. You can make more than one application plan per field, but only one 

prescription can be made per plan. 

The shape of the application plan is dependent on the field; therefore, you must have a 

field boundary in the same processing year (or prior) as that set when creating an 

application plan. If you do not have a field boundary, one will need to be created. Refer to 

“Create Field Boundaries” on page 195 for specific instructions for doing so. 

After creating the field boundary, click the Layers button (Field Map view). In the Layers 

chooser, click Add. Select New Application Plan and click OK. The field boundary will 

automatically be added to the Layers chooser when you select to add a new application 

plan. If New Application Plan is not listed as an option at the bottom, it means you do not 

yet have a field boundary that meets the criteria for creating a plan. 

324

Note: In the New Application Plan window, you need to define the type of plan 

you are creating. Refer to “Create a new application plan:” on page 210 for 

instructions. It is important to note that it is on this screen that you decide if you 

want to copy all the shapes from a soil type map or not. By doing so, you are 

pre-populating your new application plan with the same shapes - and their 

exact positions - from a selected soil type map. In addition, each shape will 

have a rate assigned to it that has already been predetermined from the Soil 

Type to Rate Table. Refer to page 203 for instructions on using this table. You 

do not need to copy shapes from a soil type map if do not want to (it is simply 

a shortcut). You have the option to create each shape on your application plan 

manually, or you can also create some of them manually and copy some 

others. 

325 

FAQ’s 

You are now ready to design your application plan. With the Layers chooser visible, select 

View for the field boundary and application plan layer; in addition, select Edit for the 

application plan layer. The application plan tool bar is now active (this tool bar is only used 

for application plans). 

If you are manually creating shapes for the plan, you will use the Rectangle, Ellipse, 

Center Pivot and Polygon tools. If you are copying shapes from a soil type map, you will 

use the Copy Shape and End Copy Shape tools. The Bisect and Delete Shape tools 

can be used for either method, and the Layer tools are used to position any shape on an 

application plan map. For an overview of all the tools on this bar, refer to page 211. 

Some notes to keep in mind while creating a plan: 

• Because the field boundary is used as an outline for your application plans, 

polygons that extend past the field boundary are automatically severed at that line. 

If the entire polygon is moved outside the boundary, it will be deleted. 

• Polygons are placed inside the field boundary approximating the size and shape of 

different rates. These polygons can be drawn using the drawing tools, or they can 

be actual shapes copied from a soil type map. 

• If you have areas of the field (waterways) where you will not apply product or plant 

seeds, a rate of zero can be assigned. 

• When you draw (or copy) a polygon on the plan, JDOffice will place it in front of all 

the other polygons on the field map. Each placed polygon represents another layer 

within the application plan. Use the Select tool to position the polygon. You can 

control the layer order (overlap) by moving polygons in front of, or behind others 

with the Layer tools. What you see on the screen is what the plan will be - any part 

of a polygon hidden by another one does not exist to JDOffice. 

• A master legend is automatically created, and all application plans will use this 

legend. Each time a new rate is added to a plan, JDOffice will assign a unique 

legend color to it; the master legend will expand to include the new rate. These 

legends cannot be deleted, and you cannot add additional ones without adding a

JDOffice 1.2 

new rate to your plan. These colors are the only element that can be altered. If you 

edit a color in the application plan legend (this is done on the Legend Setup tab), 

the change will impact all application plans in JDOffice. 

• When you move any tool over a shape on the application plan, the rate assigned to 

that shape will be displayed in the message line at the bottom left corner of 

JDOffice (the application plan layer must be highlighted in the Layers chooser). 

You may want to copy the plan if you spent a great deal of time creating the polygons and 

want to use it as a “master plan” to create your other plans from. By doing this, you can 

make several plans with various variables to be ready for any condition in the field. 

When you copy a plan, the new copy will not automatically appear in the Layers chooser 

- you need to Add it in order to view or edit it. Refer to page 216 for details. 

Only exact copies are allowed. If you want a plan that has different attributes, first copy the 

plan, then edit the attributes of the new plan (Field>Application Plan>Edit). 

Write a Prescription 

A prescription is a written direction, based on an application plan, of how you are going to 

apply products to your field. These products include seeds, fertilizers, pesticides, or a tank 

mix. The prescription is then saved to the PC Card to be used by the implement. As a 

reminder, the application plan will have (Rx Created) next to it in the Layers chooser. 

All of the area within the field boundary must have a rate assigned to it (even if it is zero) 

on the application plan in order to write a prescription. If you are missing any rates, 

JDOffice will warn you when you try to write a prescription. 

The Setup data for the client for whom this prescription is being written, must be saved to 

the PC Card prior to saving the prescription to the card. If it is not, you will be prompted to 

execute the Save to PC Card before you can continue. JDOffice will also verify that the 

clients match. 

The PC Card must be in the computer prior to saving. JDOffice will warn you if it isn’t there; 

it will also terminate the command. 

For instructions on writing a prescription, refer to page 218. Once you write a prescription, 

neither the application plan on which it was based, or the prescription itself can be altered. 

However, you can make a copy of that plan and edit it. 

View the Application Log Map 

After using the prescription, you will need to return to JDOffice to unload the field data. 

Refer to “Manually Unload the PC Card” on page 110 for instructions. Once unloaded, you 

are able to view the application log map for the selected product. 

Application log maps will be created in addition to the corresponding field documentation 

maps. 

An application log is a graphic representation of how the product was actually applied to 

the field. When a task is selected on the GreenStar Display, an application log map is 

326

327 

FAQ’s 

automatically created from data feedback from the sensors on the sprayer, or from the 

mathematical calculations made by the controllers on the planter. The log will be identical 

to the application plan if you don’t deviate from the prescription. If overrides are used while 

applying product, the plan and the log can be used as a comparison. If GPS is lost, the log 

will deviate from the plan because the implement will use the default rate. 

Application log maps are saved by year in a log folder that corresponds to the product 

used. Use the layers chooser to add this layer to the field map. 

There are default application log legends defined in Setup - you can edit these or create 

your own. To view the legend, alter the coloring of the spray rates, view normalized data, 

or select solid or outlined contours, click the Legend button. 

If you used a product application prescription (pesticide, fertilizer, or tank mix), you will get 

a Measured and a Target field map layer. A Measured point map is the actual reading of 

the spray rate as indicated by the sensors. A Target point map shows all the rates 

selected by the operator and sent to the spray rate controller on the sprayer. 

If you used a seeding prescription, you will get a Prescription and a Target field map layer. 

A Seed Prescription point map is a measurement of the rate of the planter as it is 

replicating what the prescription requires. A Seeding Target point map shows the rates 

sent from the cab to the variable-rate controller on the implement - it is always created 

when you plant a field. If a prescription was used, the map will reflect it and include any 

rate multipliers or cab overrides; if none were used the map will reflect the “pick 6” choices. 

Because Target maps reflect any changes, the Prescription and Target maps can be used 

to make comparisons. 

Note: Application log point maps can be exported as Text (comma delimited) 

or as an ESRI Shape file. To see the export format, refer to page 316.

JDOffice 1.2 

How do I create a Profitability Plan? 

Note: A Profitability Plan is an estimate of your profit or losses for an entire 

year of work in one field. 

Profitability Plan reports are based on the information that you entered in the Record 

Keeping Field Plan Details screen. Field Plans are templates that can be used as a basis 

for planning field work. These templates are field dependent, and are simply a general 

guideline of the tasks (steps) needed to produce yield in a given year. Because the 

ultimate goal of any planting season is to produce a crop, all Field Plans should have a 

Harvest operation. This operation is required to produce a Profitability Plan report because 

the report uses the Projected yield and Projected price of the crop to calculate a potential 

profit or loss for the year. 

Each task and 

operation within the 

Field Plan will have 

different monetary 

values that need to 

entered. 

In the Tasks/ 

Operations list, 

select the first item 

and enter the 

corresponding 

values in the Details 

section on the right 

side of the screen. 

Do this for each item 

in the list. 

In addition, the report will use the Field area as entered on the Field Setup tab. 

Note: If you edit the task data on the Field Plan screen, it will not affect the 

Setup information. Conversely, if you edit a task (or operation) in the Setup 

tabs after you have assigned the task to a crop program or a field plan, those 

changes will not update within the program or plan. You need to delete the 

changed element from the program or plan, and add it back to get the updates. 

If you select a task in the list, the data on the right will display the Operator, Machine, and 

Implement (Resources), as selected in the Wizard/Builder on the Task Setup screen. If 

one of these three items was not selected, that column will be grayed out. 

If you select an operation, the data on the right will display the data as entered on the 

corresponding Setup tab; however, the Setup Rate per hour and Rate per acre values will 

not populate the Field Plan - these items must be entered manually on the Field Plan. 

328

329 

FAQ’s 

When finished, click OK on the Edit Field Plan Details screen. If overrides were selected 

on the GreenStar Display, they will be reflected in the Profitability Plan report data. 

The Profitability Plan Report 

The Profitability Plan report is used to project the your Net Income (total and per acre) and 

your Return on Investment (ROI). The ROI is determined by dividing the net income by 

the total expense. 

If you have entries that have zero (0) as the cost, it means that you have not entered a 

dollar figure for this item on the Field Plan. Once you do, this report will update to reflect 

the new cost. 

A 

E 

B C 

G 

F 

H 

D 

A 

The Projected Yield 

from the Harvest 

Operation in the 

Field Plan. 

B 

The Harvested Price 

from the Harvest 

Operation in the 

Field Plan. 

C 

Calculated by 

JDOffice. Yield goal 

(bu/acre) multiplied 

by the Projected 

price (price/bu). 

D 

Calculated by 

JDOffice. The 

Income Per Acre 

multiplied by the 

total number of 

acres. 

E 

Values from the Field 

Plan Operation 

Details. Each crop 

can have a different 

area, so Partial 

based only on area 

that an operation 

covered. 

F 

Calculated by 

JDOffice. Allocated 

values are the 

average of the entire 

field based on the 

Partial data. 

Numbers on a per 

acre cost for the 

entire field. The % 

value is the for entire 

field. 

G 

Area of land as 

entered on the Field 

Setup screen. 

H 

Net Income and the 

ROI.

JDOffice 1.2 

How do I download TIGER data from the internet so it shows on my 

farm maps? 

Note: This section will only cover how to download the data from the internet. 

Before you can see this data in JDOffice, you will need to set the TIGER Info 

Preferences. For information on this, refer to “TIGER® Data” on page 102. 

Now that JDOffice is ready to display the data, you need to download it from the U.S. 

Census Bureau’s web site. After opening the internet, enter the following URL: 

http://www.census.gov/geo/www/tiger/index.html. 

The U. S. Census Bureaus’ TIGER web site will open. Near the top, you will need to click 

on the link UA Census 2000 TIGER/Line® Files (Most recent version.) This page is an 

overview of TIGER files and how they are categorized. 

Each state is given a 2-digit FIPS (Federal Information Processing Standards) code; each 

county is given a 3-digit FIPS code. The files names consist of the letters TGR + the state 

code + the county code. 

TIGER maps are downloaded by county, so you will need to know the 3-digit county FIPS 

code for each county you want to download. To learn this, scroll down the page to the 

330

Documentation section. 

331 

FAQ’s 

There is a link that will open the Appendix A of the TIGER/Line Technical 

Documentation PDF; this documents lists all the counties, by state, and the codes for 

each. The PDF will open in the browser window. Scroll through the document until you find 

the codes for your county and state. 

Make a note of each county’s 5-digit number - this includes the state code. When finished, 

click the Back button on the browser to get out of the PDF document. (If you close the 

PDF, you will close the Internet.) 

You will be back on the same page that had the Documentation section mentioned earlier. 

Scroll down that site until you get to the section at the bottom that lists all the states. You 

are now ready to download the data. 

Begin by clicking on the state that the farm resides in. A list of all the counties will open. 

Using the numbers you found in the State and County Codes and Names PDF, locate 

the county you want to download. If your farm is part of multiple counties, you will need to 

repeat this process for each county; each one as they will form a composite TIGER data 

layer on the farm map. 

For this example, we are downloading Illinois’ Rock Island county. We know 

from the state and county code names that Illinois is 17 and Rock Island 

county is 161. So we need to scroll through this list until we reach 

TGR17161.ZIP. 

Click on the appropriate file. You will be asked if you would like to open the file, or save it

JDOffice 1.2 

to your hard drive. Click Save. 

In the Save As window, select a location to save this file to; this may be the hard drive of 

your computer (C:), or within the GreenStar folder, for example. After picking a location, 

click Save. The file has now been saved to your computer. 

Because each of these files are 

compressed (.ZIP is a software file 

extension that indicates the file has been 

compressed to save space), you will first 

need to “unzip” them before continuing. 

To do this, locate the TIGER file on your 

hard drive and double-click on it. The file 

will open in Win Zip. Click the Extract 

button. 

In the Extract window, you need to 

designate where these files will be saved 

to; this may be a new folder, within the 

GreenStar directory, or simply on your 

hard drive. For our purposes, we have 

elected to create a sub-folder within the 

GreenStar directory named TIGER. To do this, simple make sure your path looks like ours. 

Click Extract. The individual TIGER files are now saved in the designated location. It’s 

time to import the data into JDOffice. Refer to “Import TIGER data into JDOffice:” on page 

103 for directions. 

332

Glossary 

A 

Active Sensing Systems. Remote sensing systems that generate a signal, bounce it off an object, and measure the 

reflected signal. 

Actuator. A device used in a variable-rate application that physically moves in response to controller signals to regulate the 

amount of material applied to a field. 

AEA Shape Format. Export format which creates a directory that contains seven separate files. The total of these seven 

files is smaller in size than the one exported file created in the Text format. Currently, AEA Shape File is the industry 

standard, and is the default choice of JDFarm Office. 

Aerial Photography. Remote sensing technique in which a photograph of a portion of the Earth’s surface is taken from an 

aircraft or satellite in flight. 

Algorithm. A formula that relates sensor input to actuator output. 

Altitude. Elevation. 

American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII). The predominant code used by present-day computers 

for identifying characters such as numbers and letters. 

Array. A collection of sensors located on a particular spacing that collect data simultaneously. 

Attribute. A characteristic description of an item. 

B 

Band. A discrete interval of the electromagnetic spectrum between two wavelength values. 

Base Map. A map containing field boundaries and data used for location reference. 

Batch-Type Yield Monitor. A yield monitor that weighs the amount of harvested grain as it sits in the combine grain tank 

or as it is being unloaded. Yield must be calculated using an estimate of the area harvested. 

Boundary. The solid outline of a piece of land (field). 

C 

Calibrated Vegetation Map. A map produced to represent the vegetation in a field in terms of colors within the Green 

Vegetation Index. Calibration of the maps allows two different maps to be compared to one another since the resulting 

scales will be the same on both maps. 

Calibration. The adjustment of the sensor readings for mass flow to more accurately reflect scale weights for a field. 

Eliminates false trends in the field map. In JDFarm Office, in each field and each crop where a calibration was done would 

have to be calibrated separately. 

Capacitance-Type Moisture Sensor. A moisture sensor that measures the dielectric properties of grain as it passes 

between metal plates. 

Carrier. The base radio frequency on which signal information is encoded and then transmitted. 

Carrier-Phase Tracking. Accurate and sophisticated method of determining position requiring two special receivers that 

measure small differences in radio signals. 

Carrier Tracking Loop. Module in a GPS receiver that extracts the satellite message by aligning the receiver’s internally 

generated signal with the phase of the received GPS signal. Used to provide a carrier-phase observation. 

Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC). Represents the total quantity of negative charge available in the soil to attract positively 

charged ions in the soil solution. 

Channel. Circuitry necessary for a GPS receiver to receive the signal from a single GPS satellite. 

Circular Error Probable (CEP). A measure of the positional accuracy provided by a GPS receiver. CEP is the radius of the 

circle inside which the measured position has a 50 percent probability of being located. 

333

JDOffice 1.2 

Client. Highest level in storage hierarchy. Refers to someone who needs to document operations on one or more Farms. 

Client names are created by the user in the desktop software. 

Clipboard. A temporary, invisible storage area for cut or copied text or graphics. You can paste the contents of the clipboard 

into another screen. The clipboard holds the information until you cut or copy another selection. 

Coarse Acquisition (C/A) Code. A unique code for each GPS satellite. The standard code used by civilian receivers. 

CG Beacon Correction Signal. Differential correction signal used by the United States Coast Guard for navigation. The 

signal is transmitted from a network of towers lining major U.S. water routes. One of three common types of differential 

correction. 

Collect-and-Weigh. A method for determining crop yield, typically on a whole field basis. Each truckload or wagonload of 

grain is weighed as it leaves the field and the moisture content is determined by sampling the load. 

Combine. When we say combine, we are referring to a John Deere combine harvesting your crop. 

Combine Dynamics. Parameters that can be adjusted to reflect the delay incurred in delivering grain from the feeder house 

to the top of the clean grain elevator. There are also parameters for adjusting how much data is retained during the transition 

from Run to Hold, and Hold to Run. 

Contour. A method of interpolation originally used to display elevation changes on a topographic map. Contour lines are 

lines connecting points of equal elevation of yield. 

Contour Line. A line, or set of points, representing the same value of an attribute. Commonly used for illustrating lines of 

the same elevation on a topographic map. 

Contour Map. A color map which averages the raw field data and displays the results as a solid area, showing trends in 

yield or moisture variation within the field in varying colors. The coloring of the field trends is done by using the usercontrolled 

legends. The shape of the contour field is dependent on the field boundary. 

Control Segment. The portion of GPS consisting of a network of monitoring stations used to update satellite navigation 

signals. 

Controller. An electronic device used to change product application rates on-the-go. 

Crop Scouting. Visual assessment of crop condition including growth stage/maturity, plant vigor, presence of disease, 

weed infestation, and insect infestation. 

Crop Weight. The standard dry measure for the selected crop. Used in conjunction with standard payable moisture, these 

numbers are used to calculate the average dry yields and total dry yields. Crop weight is independent of variety type. 

Cut. Removing selected text or graphics from the file and placing it on the clipboard for future use. 

D 

Database. A collection of files managed as a unit. A GIS database includes data about the position and the attributes of 

geographic features. 

Data Standardization. The process of achieving agreement on the recognition of common data definitions, representation, 

and structure. 

Dead Reckoning. A method for calculating field position based on vehicle velocity, equipment width, travel time, and 

number of passes through a field. Errors in position can be caused by speed changes, wheel slippage, nonparallel or 

overlapping passes, and starting and stopping at the ends of the field. 

Department of Defense (DOD). The organization responsible for the creation and operation of the Global Positioning 

System. 

Desktop Software. A computer program typically used on a personal computer. 

Dielectric. A material that can sustain an electric field but does not conduct electric current. 

Differential Correction. Correction of a GPS signal to improve its accuracy. The correction is performed using a second 

stationary GPS receiver positioned at a known location. This receiver computes the error in the signal by comparing the true 

distance from the satellites to the GPS measured distance. Three common types of differential correction are Coast Guard 

Beacon Correction Signal, FM Tower Correction Signal, and Satellite Solution. 

Differential Global Positioning System. A method of using GPS that improves the position accuracy through differential 

correction. 

E 

Electro-Optical Sensor. Light-sensitive, electronic detector that create an electrical signal proportional to the amount of 

electromagnetic energy that hits it. 

334

335 

Glossary 

Electromagnetic Energy. Energy that is reflected or emitted from objects in the form of electrical and magnetic waves that 

can travel through space. 

Electromagnetic Spectrum. All wavelengths of electromagnetic energy including x-rays, ultraviolet rays, invisible light, 

infrared light, microwaves, and radio waves. 

Elevation. The terrain of the land measured in feet above sea level. 

End-of-Pass Delay. A delay that allows any grain that passes by a yield monitor flow sensor after the combine header has 

been raised to be included in calculations. 

Enhanced Thematic Mapper (ETM). A device that senses multi spectral bands at a spatial resolution of 98 feet (30 m), a 

shortwave thermal band at a resolution of 394 feet (120 m), multi spectral thermal bands at a resolution of 197 feet (60 m), 

and a panchromatic band at a resolution of 49 feet (15 m). The ETM is scheduled to be used on LANDSAT-7. 

Enhanced Vegetation Map. A map produced to accentuate the small variations in the color of the crop canopy. Two 

enhanced vegetation maps cannot be compared since the scales on each map will be different. 

Export Data. The process of saving data from one program (such as JDFarm Office) into a format that another program can 

use. This process can create a text or graphic file. 

Equipment. When we say equipment, we are referring to a John Deere combine or tractor, depending on the context of the 

subject (planting or harvest). 

F 

Farm. In JDFarm Office, a farm is a group of fields which are located near each other. A farm may consist of one field or 

multiple fields. You can have many farms defined. 

Farm. Second level in storage hierarchy. Refers to a logical grouping of Fields. Data for a Client is stored indexed by Farm. 

Farm names are created by the user in the desktop software. 

Farm Service Agency (FSA). An agency of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. The FSA uses aerial photography for the 

administration of government farm programs. 

Federal Communications Commission (FCC). The government agency that is responsible for enforcing communication 

standards and frequency band usage. 

Field. A field is an area of land which is physically delineated by roads, creeks, railroad tracks, etc. These field names are 

defined in the Setup section of JDFarm Office. 

Field. Third level in the storage hierarchy. A Field represents a physical plot of land. Data for a Farm is stored indexed by 

Field. Field names are created by the user in the desktop software. 

Field Area. The Area is the number of acres that are legally listed on the government land registration documents. This area 

will usually be larger than the area which will print on the maps and reports because it is the area of the entire plot of land - 

not just the tillable portion. 

Field Operations. Within JDFarm Office it is an all-inclusive term referring to either planting or harvesting. 

File Folder. Options at the top of some of the input windows appear as file folder tabs. 

Firmware. A computer program that drives the functionality of some electronic component. 

Flag. A marker used to track and analyze conditions or variables within fields. Flags are viewed on point maps and are used 

to compare yield in a flagged area to yield in the rest of the field where that condition does not exist. 

Flow Sensor. A sensor that measures the amount of material traveling through a plane per unit of time. 

FM Tower Correction Signal. Differential correction signal transmitted from a local tower of known location with a range of 

30-40 miles. One of three common types of differential correction. 

Frequency Modulation (FM). A method of transmitting information on radio waves by encoding the information as a change 

in frequency or number of cycles per second. 

Frequency of Coverage. A measure of how often a sensing system, such as a satellite, can be available to collect data 

form a particular site on the ground. 

G 

.gsb. This is the file extension for (G)reen(S)tar (B)oundary files. This file stores a polygon (corner points) of either a closed 

boundary line or a set of drain tile lines, depending on shape type and feature type. 

.gsd. This is the file extension for (G)reen(S)tar (D)ocumentation data log files. 

.gsy. This is the file extension for (G)reen(S)tar (Y)ield mapping data log files. GSY is generated by combines only. With

JDOffice 1.2 

Field Doc Harvest (not yet defined) this data will be stored in GSD files. 

Geographic Data. Data that contains not only the attribute being monitored, but also the spatial location of the attribute. 

Also known as spatial data. 

Geographic Information System (GIS). A system, usually computer-based, for the input, storage, retrieval, analysis, and 

display of geographic data. The GIS database is usually composed of map-like spatial representations called layers. Theses 

layers contain information on several attributes including land elevation, land use, land ownership, crop yield, input 

application rates, and soil-nutrient levels. 

Geometric Correction. Correction to align measured ground control points in a remotely sensed image with the ground 

control points on an established map of the area. 

Geometric Dilution of Precision (GDOP). Term qualifying the effect of satellite geometry (relative positions of several 

satellites) on the magnitude of error in a GPS position measurement. 

Georeferenced Data. Spatial data that pertains to specific locations on the Earth’s surface. 

Georeferencing. The process of associating data points with specific locations on the Earth’s surface. 

Geo-Stationary Satellite. Space vehicles in an orbit that keeps them over the same location on the Earth at all times. 

Global Positioning System (GPS). A network of satellites controlled by the Department of Defense that are designed to 

help determine a radio receiver’s position in latitude, longitude and altitude. GPS is not a synonym for Precision Farming. 

GPS is only one technology that is used in Precision Farming. 

GLONASS (GLObal’naya NAvigatsionnaya Sputnikovaya Sistema). The Russian global navigation satellite system. 

Green Vegetation Index (GVI). An absolute color scale used to account for the effects of humidity, dust, and sun angle on 

remotely sensed images. 

Grid. A data structure that divides an area such as a field into rectangular units. These units are then arranged into rows 

and columns. 

Grid Cell Method. Soil sampling method in which samples are taken randomly from within grid cells and are then combined 

to provide an average sample for the entire grid. 

Grid Center Method. Soil sampling method in which samples are taken from the center of a grid cell. Also known as grid 

point sampling or point sampling. 

Grid Mapping. A mapping technique used to organize field data collected through soil sampling. A map layer is divided into 

rows and columns of rectangular units. Each rectangular unit corresponds some field area and accompanying soil 

characteristic. 

Grid Sampling. Soil sampling method in which a field is divided into square sections (grids) of several acres or less. 

Samples are then taken from each section and analyzed. 

Ground Control Points. Clearly defined areas on the Earth’s surface that serve as reference points in a remote sensing 

image. 

Ground Truthing. Verification of the accuracy of data by actual field investigation of areas that have been remotely sensed. 

It is important that ground truthing be done at the same time as remote sensing because of the rapid changes in field 

conditions that may occur. 

Ground Waves. The manner in which low-frequency radio signals, such as the U.S. Coast Guard differential correction 

signals, travel. These waves are not blocked by hills or bluffs as FM radio signals are, since they follow the curvature of the 

earth. 

H 

Hectare (ha). Metric unit equivalent to 10,000 square meters, or 2.47 U.S. acres. 

Histogram. A bar graph that represents specific frequencies of a value. 

Hyperspectral Sensors. Sensors that are capable of measuring electromagnetic energy from hundreds of individual 

wavelengths simultaneously. 

I 

Impact Plate. A plate placed in the path of grain flow in the clean-grain system of a combine. The force with which the grain 

strikes the plate is measured and used to estimate grain-flow rate. 

Input Field. An area on a screen or panel where you are allowed to enter data. 

Input Panel. A pop-up window which contains areas where you are to enter data. 

336

337 

Glossary 

Insertion Point. A vertical blinking bar on the screen that shows the location where the next text or graphic will be inserted. 

Instantaneous Field of View (IFOV). A measure of the spatial resolution of a scanning-type sensor. The IFOV is the area 

on the ground “seen” by a sensor at any instant. 

Instantaneous Yield Monitor. A device that continuously measures crop yields while harvesting. 

Integrated Technology. The ability for a computer program and all of its component systems to work together seamlessly 

with little effort by the user. 

Interpolation. A procedure for predicting the unknown values between neighboring known data values. 

Invalid Entries. Invalid Entries are created when the user selects an Unknown pick in the GreenStar Display. They will 

appear on the Edit Data Files screen in red, and JDFarm Office will not let you unload the PC Card until you correct them. 

Inverse Distance Weighting. An interpolation method similar to local averaging except that the samples closer to the 

desired location have more influence on the estimation than faraway samples. 

Ionosphere. A blanket of electrically charged particles 50 to 250 miles above the Earth. 

K 

Kriging. An interpolation technique for obtaining statistically unbiased estimates of field characteristics, such as surface 

elevations, nutrient levels, or crop yields, from a set of neighboring points. 

L 

L-Band. The segment of the radio spectrum ranging in frequency from 1,000 to 2,000 MHz. 

Lag. The horizontal distance between two geographic data points. Used to create a semi-variogram. 

LANDSAT (LAND SATellite). The name given to a series of U.S. scientific satellites used to study the Earth’s surface using 

remote sensing techniques. 

Latitude/Longitude. A coordinate system that identifies a position on Earth. Latitude is the north-to-south position. 

Longitude is the east-to-west position. Locations are described in units of degrees, minutes, and seconds. 

Legally Registered Area. The number of acres in a farm as recorded on the government land registration documents. 

Load Cell. A device that converts a force or weight into an electrical signal. 

Local Average. An interpolation method in which the unknown value is estimated by a simple average of a selected number 

of points near the desired location. 

Local Coordinate System. A coordinate system in which the coordinates are referenced to a known location in the 

immediate area. Two local coordinate systems will not line up on the same map. 

M 

Macronutrients. Elements or nutrients needed by plants in large quantities. 

Map-Based Variable-Rate Application System. A system that adjusts product application rate based on information 

contained in an electronic field map. 

Map Layer. A single data type displayed in map form as an overlay of the base map. Common map layers are yield, soil 

type, input application rates, etc. 

Map Projection. A portrayal of geographic features from the curved surface of the Earth onto a flat plane. 

Mass Flow Sensor. The sensor that gathers data as grain enters the grain tank to record the amount of grain weight 

harvested. 

Menu Bar. The row of menu choices near the top of a screen. 

Merge. To take two or more data files and combine them into a single map or database. 

Micronutrients. Trace elements or minor nutrients - materials needed by plants in very small quantities. 

Minimum Shift Keying (MSK). A digital coding method used for transmitting differential correction data from the U.S. Coast 

Guard for use with DGPS. 

Moisture Sensor. The sensor that determines what percentage of the weight of the harvested grain is due to the water 

content of the grain. 

Multispectral. Capable of detecting electromagnetic radiation from multiple spectral bands simultaneously. 

Multispectral Linear Array (MLA). A sensor that uses a radiometer to collect data from 16 bands within the visible and NIR

JDOffice 1.2 

wavelengths at a spatial resolution of 33 feet (10 m). 

Multispectral Scanner. An electromagnetic sensor that collects data in several wavelength bands simultaneously. 

N 

National Agricultural Statistics Service. An agency that conducts surveys and prepares reports on production and 

supplies of food and fiber, prices paid and received by farmers, farm labor and wages, and farm aspects of the U.S. 

agricultural industry. 

NAVSTAR (NAVgation by Satellite Timing and Ranging). See Global Positioning System (GPS). 

Nearest Neighbor. An interpolation method in which the unknown value is set equal to its nearest neighbor. 

NGPS. (“not GPS”) A system for calculating location of an object by determining distances from at least three land-based 

radio towers. 

NPK. Nitrogen, Phosphorous, Potassium. 

Nitrogen (N). An inert gas that makes up about four-fifths of the Earth’s atmosphere. Nitrogen is one of the three primary 

plant nutrients and is essential for plant growth. 

O 

Operation Delay. The time required for grain to move from the combine header to the grain-flow sensor. 

Option. An activity that is available from the screen. May appear as a command bar or a row of file folders. 

Outliers. Points in a point yield map that lie way outside of the boundaries of the field. 

P 

Panchromatic. Images created from radiation with wavelengths between 0.45 and 0.90 µm, usually produced in grayscale 

(black and white). 

Parallel Swathing. Driving (or flying) a vehicle in straight, parallel paths without leaving gaps or overlapping consecutive 

paths (swaths). 

Passive Sensing Systems. Remote sensing systems that measure naturally emitted and reflected signals. 

PC Card. A small credit-card-size data storage device used to save and transfer data from most yield-mapping systems. 

PCMCIA (Personal Computer Memory Card International Association). The standard interface utilized by PC Cards. 

pH. A term used to indicate the degree of acidity or alkalinity. A material that has a pH of 7.0 is neutral. Values above 7.0 

denote alkalinity and below 7.0 denote acidity. Chemically, pH is the negative logarithm of the hydrogen ion concentration. 

Phosphorus (P). A nonmetallic element that is one of the three primary plant nutrients. 

Photosensor. A device that is used to detect light. 

Pick Lists. A list of values to choose from for a particular data field. 

Pixel. “Picture element,” the smallest area or element of an image map. 

Platform. Vehicle that carries a remote sensing device. 

Point Sampling. See Grid Center Method. 

Positioning System. A general system for identifying and recording, often electronically, the location of an object or person. 

Post-Processing. Differential correction of GPS position data after it has been collected in the field and stored on a 

computer diskette or PCMCIA card. 

Potash. (potassium oxide, K2O) The potassium content of fertilizers is expressed as potash. 

Potassium. (K) A highly reactive element that combines readily with oxygen and many anions. One of the three primary 

plant nutrients. 

Potentiometer. A device that produces a changing electrical resistance as the relative positions of its components are 

changed. 

Precise (P) Code. A pseudorandom noise code transmitted by GPS satellites. Each satellite is assigned a unique segment 

of the code. Reserved mainly for military GPS receivers. 

Precise Positioning System (PPS). The GPS service available to the U.S. military that provides users full accuracy with a 

single mobile receiver. It includes access to the P-code and the removal of selective availability effects. 

338

339 

Glossary 

Precision Farming. Managing one or more crop production inputs - fertilizer, limestone, herbicide, insecticide, seed, etc. - 

on a site-specific basis to reduce waste, increase profits, and maintain the quality of the environment. 

Preferences. User-controlled program settings that make JDFarm Office run as the user prefers. 

Pressure Sensor. A device that produces an electrical signal proportional to a fluid pressure. 

Primary Nutrients. Plant foods that are required in large quantities and are more critical to plant growth then secondary 

nutrients or micronutrients. Primary nutrients include nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium. 

PseudoRandom Noise (PRN). Binary sequences of code that have noise-like properties. PRN codes allow all GPS 

satellites to use a single frequency for the transmission of data at low power levels. 

Pseudorange. An estimation of the true distance (range) from a GPS receiver to a satellite. The estimate contains some 

error due to atmospheric propagation delays and the offset between the receiver’s clock and the satellite clock. 

R 

RADAR (Radio Detection And Ranging). A method of determining the position or velocity of an object by bouncing highfrequency 

signals off the object and measuring the reflected signal. 

Radio Data Broadcast System. Same as RDS. 

Radio Data System. World-wide standard for transmitting digital data along with typical voice or music on a radio frequency. 

In order to receive the RDS data, the radio receiver must have the RDS capability. 

Radiometric Correction. Correction to reduce remotely sensed image distortion from variations in radiation levels at the 

time of sensing. 

Radiometric System. A yield monitoring system that consists of a radioactive source and a sensor. The mass flow rate of 

a crop through a harvester is determined by the degree to which the crop obstructs the flow of radioactive particles from the 

source to the sensor. 

Random Access Memory (RAM). A measurement of the amount of information a computer can store and work with at one 

time. 

Raster Format. Format for storing GIS spatial data in which the data is stored in cells that are addressed by the row and 

column of the cell. 

Real-Time Correction. Correction of a GPS signal by immediately sending the differential correction information to the 

mobile receiver on-the-go. 

Real-Time Kinematic (RTK). Procedure whereby carrier-phase corrections are transmitted in real time from a reference 

receiver to the user’s receiver. 

Rectification. The process of correcting remote sensing image data to eliminate the effects of sensor orientation and 

distortion present at the time of measurement. 

Rectified. A remotely sensed image that has been geometrically corrected to eliminate the effects of sensor orientation and 

distortion present at the time of measurement. 

Relief Displacement. Differences in elevation that cause objects to appear to be positioned differently when viewed from 

an angle instead of from overhead. 

Remote Sensing. The act of detection and/or identification of an object, series of objects, or landscape without having the 

sensor in direct contact with the object. 

Repeat Cycle. The time it takes for a remote sensing satellite to view the entire Earth. 

Root Mean Square (RMS). A statistical measure of the scatter of normally distributed data points about their mean. Also 

known as “one sigma,” it is approximately equivalent to one standard deviation. 

RTCM (Radio Technical Commission for Maritime Services). Subcommittee 104 of the RTCM developed standard 

message formats for GPS signals. 

S 

Satellite Imaging. Processes involved in the formation of an image collected by a satellite-based remote sensing device. 

Satellite Ranging. A method for determining position by measuring distances from several different satellites. 

Satellite Solution. Differential correction signal transmitted from a geo-stationary satellite with a range of thousands of 

miles. One of three common types of differential correction. 

Scanners. 1) Sensors used to collect remotely sensed data in parallel paths. 2) A piece of computer equipment used for 

converting information from paper to a digital format that can be read by a computer.

JDOffice 1.2 

Secondary Nutrients. The secondary plant foods include calcium, magnesium, and sulfur. Less critical elements required 

in smaller amounts for plant growth than nitrogen, potassium, and phosphorous. 

Selective Availability (SA). The procedure of intentionally introducing error into GPS signals, thereby creating a pseudo 

range error. SA is used by the DOD as a national security measure to keep nonmilitary receivers from obtaining highaccuracy 

position information. 

Semi-Variance. A measure of how much neighboring data points differ in value. Equal to one-half the square of the 

difference between two values. 

Semi-Variogram. Line fit to the data in a plot of semi-variance versus lag. 

Sensory-Based Variable-Rate Application System. A system that adjusts product application rate on-the-go based on 

information received from real-time sensors. 

Serial Number. The number of your yield mapping system which will uniquely identify the combine from which the data has 

been collected. 

Serial Port. A connector on a computer that can be used to communicate to other serial devices such as a modem. Serial 

refers to the protocol used for the communications (most common is RS-232). 

Shadowing. A reduction in the level of light hitting an object. 

Site-Specific Crop Management (SSCM). The use of variability of soil and crop parameters to make decisions on the 

application of production inputs. 

Site-Specific Yield Map. A representation of field crop yields collected on-the-go by a harvester equipped with an 

instantaneous yield monitor. Each location/site in a field is assigned a specific crop-yield value. 

Soil Color Map. A map that provides information on soil texture and levels of soil organic matter that can indicate 

differences in soil patterns within fields. 

Soil pH. A numerical measure of the acidity or hydrogen ion concentration in the soil solution. 

Soil Testing. Analysis of soil samples to determine chemical and physical properties of interest. 

Soil Texture. The physical structure or character of the soil determined by the relative proportions of the soil components 

of which it is composed. 

Soil Type. A term used to refer to the combination of primary physical constituents of a soil. For example, Glencoe clay 

loam, Collinwood silty clay loam, etc. 

Space Segment. The portion of GPS consisting of 24 NAVSTAR satellites orbiting the earth at an altitude of 20,200 km. 

Spatial Data. See Geographic Data. 

Spatial Resolution. The smallest size that can be distinguished by a remote sensing device. 

Spatial Variability. Differences in field conditions, such as soil types and nutrient levels, from one location in a field to 

another. 

Spectral Response. 1) Characteristic patterns of radiation reflected or emitted form an object. 2) The ability of a sensing 

system to respond to radiation measurements within a spectral band. 

Spectral Resolution. The ability of a sensing system to differentiate between electromagnetic radiation of different 

wavelengths. 

Speed Sensors. Sensors that measure the rotational speed of a shaft or the reflection of radio or sound waves off the 

ground, to determine machine speed. 

Spherical Error Probable (SEP). A measure of accuracy of a three-dimensional position estimate produced by a GPS 

receiver. 

SPOT (Systeme Pour I’Observation de la Terre). Name given to a series of French satellites used to study the Earth’s 

surface using remote sensing techniques. 

Standard Deviation. A measure of the distribution of measurements around their average. The square root of the sum of 

(average-observation) 2 . 

Standard Payable Moisture. The moisture level at which the elevator will pay for your crop. Used in conjunction with crop 

weight, these numbers are used to calculate the average dry yields and total dry yields. 

Standard Positioning System (SPS). The positioning service using a single receiver that is available to any user on a 

continuous, worldwide basis. This system uses only the C/A code transmitted via the satellites. The horizontal position 

accuracy can be degraded by selective availability. 

Start-of-Pass Delay. A delay that allows the initial flow of grain before full flow is achieved to be ignored in yield calculations 

when starting a pass. 

State Plane Coordinates (SPC). A coordinate system similar to UTM using units of feet and using the NAD27 datum. Each 

340

341 

Glossary 

state may have a different coordinate system that attempts to minimize distortion over the state. 

Static Features. Objects that do not change in reflectance. 

Static Random Access Memory. Electronic data storage device that can be randomly accessed, as opposed to 

sequentially accessed. Static refers to its ability to retain the data as long as power is supplied to the device either through 

a battery or computer. 

Strain Gauge. A device that has a changing electrical resistance as it is deformed. Used in load cells to convert to electrical 

signals. 

Sun-Synchronous Orbits. An orbit in which each pass of a satellite over a given point occurs at the same local time. 

T 

Tag. A number automatically created by JDFarm Office which represents the Setup item in the directory structure of your 

computer. This number follows the item through the years and does not change. The tag is randomly assigned and cannot 

be edited or deleted. 

Task. Fourth level in the storage hierarchy. Task names are global. A Task can be assigned to any Field; data for a Field is 

stored indexed by Task. A given Field fill typically has several Tasks associated with it over the course of a year. Task 

names are created by the user in the desktop software. A task in a field can have 1 to 6 operations associated with it. 

Text Format. Export file format which creates an ASCII comma delimited file. 

Thermal Band. Infrared wavelengths of electromagnetic energy. 

Thematic Mapper (TM). A remote sensor designed to create maps of different surface feature categories or “themes.” The 

TM sensor has a spatial resolution of 98 feet (30 m) and is capable of collecting data on seven different bands, including a 

thermal band. The TM sensor was flown on LANDSATs 4 and 5. 

TIGER Files. (Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing Files) The nationwide digital database 

containing street addresses and census boundaries with population statistics. 

Tillage. Mechanical soil-stirring actions for nurJDFarm Officeturing crops by providing suitable soil environment for seed 

germination, root growth, and weed and moisture control. 

Toolbar. A row of buttons underneath the menu bar used to access common commands. 

Troposphere. Lower atmosphere. 

Turnaround Time. The elapsed time between a satellite taking an image and receipt of that image by the customer. 

U 

Undefined values. Setup items (carrier, contract, farm, field, implement, load destination, machine, product, operator, rate 

and task) that have a negative tag ID indicating that they are not predefined in Setup. 

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM). A metric coordinate system commonly used for mapping at scales of 1:500,000 or 

larger. Satellite imagery is usually supplied in UTM coordinates because it provides georeferencing at high levels of 

accuracy for the entire grid. 

Unknown. Created when you unload your PC Card into a version of JDFarm Office that does not have the Setup data as 

defined or chosen in the combine. 

Unnamed. If you use the Undefined feature on the GreenStar Display, you will have Unnamed farms or fields in your file list. 

Unnamed farms or fields cannot be unloaded from the PC Card without first choosing an existing farm or field to merge the 

data with, or creating new ones. 

User Segment. The portion of GPS consisting of receivers used by civilians and the military for determining the position of 

a person or object. 

V 

Variable-Rate Application (VRA). Adjustment of the amount of cropping inputs such as seed, fertilizer, and pesticides to 

match conditions in a field. 

Variable-Rate Technology (VRT). The equipment used to perform variable-rate applications of crop-production inputs. 

Vector Format. Format for storing and displaying GIS spatial data in which the data is stored as points, lines, or areas that 

create the terrain or map objects. By using a nearly continuous coordinate system, vector data can be more accurately 

georeferenced than raster data. 

Vegetation Indexes. A tool for identifying the levels of health of plant biomass. A vegetation index can be used to assess

JDOffice 1.2 

or predict plant characteristics such as leaf area, total plant material, and plant stress. A vegetation index reduces several 

wavelengths of sensor data into a single number. 

Vegetative Change Map. A map used to identify locations in the field that have undergone changes in vegetative spectral 

response between two consecutive remote sensing flight. 

W 

Window. In applications and graphical interfaces, a portion of the screen that can contain its own document or message. 

Y 

Yield Map. Maps created by JDFarm Office to depict the yield variations at one second intervals within a given field. 

Yield Mapping. A method of measuring and recording yield and position information as grain is harvested. The information 

is then used to present the yield and moisture variability within a farm field through maps and summary reports. 

Yield Monitoring. A method of measuring on-the-go yield information and displaying it to the operator as grain is harvested. 

342

Index 

A 

accounting plug-in 31, 47 

acres, match display to JDOffice 38 

activate JDOffice 8 

active/inactive Setup choices 46 

Add Boundary Points tool 171 

Add Map Layer window 234 

Add Point tool 194 

add to Setup 

Business Info 50 

carrier 63 

Client Information 94 

contract 80 

contractor 81 

destination 79 

farm 49 

fertilizer 58 

field 52 

flag 84 

implement model 68 

incremental legend 91 

irrigation 75 

irrigation system 78 

Land Agreement 49 

Landlord Info 49 

Lots/Batches 55 

machine model 66 

NPK Blend 58 

operator 65 

other operations 75 

pesticide types 60 

Setup type 93 

storage bin 77 

tank mix 61 

task 70 

tillage 74 

variety 54 

adjust a boundary 193 

AEA Shape File export format 42, 245, 316 

AgLeader format 145 

AMS website 14 

343 

Appendix 

II - Error Messages 289, 324 

III - Crops supported by JDOffice 309 

IV - Metric system 314 

V - Conversion factors 315 

VI - Delimited Text export format 316 

VII - AEA Shape File export format 316 

VIII - Report Data export format 316 

application log legend 

changing the error tolerance 34 

application log map 225 

application log maps 222, 224, 227 

application plan map 208 

copy from soil map 210 

copy one 216 

create from soil map 203 

create new one 210 

delete polygons from 215 

draw polygons on 211 

edit attributes 217 

multiple crops in a field 234 

Application Plan toolbar 169, 174 

applicator license number 65 

Apply command 26 

archive data 107, 146 

area 

calculated area of a field 37 

FSA area of a field 37 

machine area of a field 37 

area flags 84 

auto unload PC Card 109 

B 

Bisect tool 175, 214 

boundaries 

see crop boundary 

see field boundary 

Boundary Edit toolbar 169, 171 

boundary log files (.gsb) 110 

Boundary Preferences tab 40

JDOffice 1.2 

brown mapping processor 238 

Business Info 

Farm Setup tab 50 

C 

calibrated yield 

export 42, 244 

Cancel command 26 

Capital Assets/Destinations Setup 77 

carrier 

add to Setup 63 

Carrier Setup tab 63 

CCC 1, 8, 16 

Center Pivot tool 175, 212 

cleanup PC Card 147 

Client Information 94 

Client Setup tab 94 

Clients Setup 94 

color scheme 187 

select new one 188 

colors 

field or crop boundary 36 

filter 36 

multi-flag 36 

preview 36 

combine calibration 

by field totals 239 

by harvest date 238 

commands 

Crop Legend 100 

Field Information 100 

Field Layers 100 

Go to Field 101 

on the farm map 100 

on the field map 176 

Print 100 

Startup Screen 101 

composite contour maps 

yield or moisture 199 

compress fields on farm map 35 

compression option 97 

computer system requirements 2 

contour maps 

application plan map 208 

elevation 201 

fertilizer log 224 

344 

filled or outlined contours 191 

moisture 199 

moisture composite 199 

other operations log 229 

pesticide log 222 

seed prescription 226 

seed target 226 

seeding log 225 

tank mix log 227 

tillage log 228 

wet weight 200 

yield 198 

yield composite 199 

contract 


edit while unloading 116 

Contract Setup tab 80 

contractor 


Contractor Information 82 

Contractor Setup tab 81 

conversion factors for metric 315 

copy an application plan 216 

Copy Shape tool 175, 213 

CRK Task Detail report 280 

crop 


crop boundary 

adjusting 193 

change color of 36 

creation options 40 

Crop Legend button 100 

crop legend colors 

edit 101 

Crop Program 154 

Crop Record Keeping 

Crop Program 154 

Field Budget 151 

Field Plan 157 

Crop Setup tab 53 

crop weight 53, 117 

crops supported by JDOffice 309 

current client 

only show in unload chooser 39 

current processing season 32, 97, 249 

Customer Care Center 

see CCC

customize a report 250 

D 

data to edit 

lot numbers within a load 122 

Data to Edit window 115 

database file (.dbf) 204 

date of publication 2 

Dates Preferences tab 32 

default legend, selecting 33 

Define Types Setup tab 93 

delete 

favorites report 251 

field data for a crop/year 236 

unwanted point data 184 

Delete Boundary Points tool 171 

Delete Point tool 195 

Delete Points tool 172, 184 

Delete Shape tool 175, 215 

Delimited Text export format 316 

destination 



Destinations Setup tab 79 

directory structure of JDOffice 24 

distance compression 35, 98 

distance offset 85 

Distance tool 174 

drain tile files (.gsb) 110 

drain tile map 207 

draw points in reverse 35, 39 

draw polygons on application plan 211 

drop-down text boxes 27 

E 

edit 

application plan attributes 217 

crop legend colors 101 

crop weight 53 

data while unloading PC Card 113 

discreet master legend color 90 

Farm Setup data 48 

favorites report 251 

Field Setup data 52 

standard payable moisture 53 

Edit Data Files window 113 

345 

Data to Edit 115 

Pesticide data 128 

preview the data 144 

Edit Rate tool 175 

elevation contour map 201 

Ellipse tool 174, 212 

end of pass delay 38 

Ends Copy Shape tool 175, 214 

error log, soil type 205 

error messages 289, 324 

export 

AEA Shape File data 245 

field boundaries 196 

post-calibrated yield 42, 244 

summary report data 282 

text (comma delimited) data 244 

yield data 316 

export formats 

AEA Shape File 42 

Text (comma delimited) 42 

Export Layer button 176, 244 

Export Preferences tab 42 

exported text file size 245, 248 

F 

farm 


definition of 48 

unnamed 113 

farm map 

commands 100 

compress fields on 35 


print 105 

TIGER data 102 

tools 99 


Business info 50 

Split Percent (landlord info) 49 

Farm/Field Setup report 271 

favorite reports 

create a new one 250 

delete one 251 

edit one 251 

fertilizer 

add 58 

fertilizer blends 58 

Index

JDOffice 1.2 

fertilizer log map 

depth point or contour 224 

rate point or contour 224 

Fertilizer Operation Summary report 262 

Fertilizer Setup tab 57 

field boundaries 

adjusting 193 

change color of 36 

create 195 

creating for .gsd files 98 


export 196 

in relation to field documentation files 196 

on an application plan map 208 

Field Budget 151 

Field Calibration report 257 

field compression 35 

field data 

export 244 

field documentation files (.gsd) 110, 196 

Field History report 261 

Field Information button 

farm map 100 

field map 100, 176 

Field Layer Notes report 256 

Field Layers button 100 

field map 

commands 176 

layers available 177 

legends 187 

print 241 

toolbars 171 

field notes 

explanation of 230 

Field Plan 157 

Field Setup tab 51 

field site analysis 182 

field visit 


fields 



merge data from combine 112 

unnamed 113 

filled contours 191 

filter color 36 

filter preview 144 

346 

Filters button 176, 232 

flag 


flag map 232 

Flag Setup report 271 

Flag Setup tab 84 

flags 84 

change order of 85 

edit while unloading 118, 136 

understanding how they work 85 

Flags/Legends Setup 84 

FSA area 52 

FSA area of field 37 

Full Map tool 171 

G 

General Preferences tab 30 

georeferencing 13 

Global Positioning System (GPS) 13 

glossary 333 

Go to Farm button 176 

Go to Field button 101 

grayed-out menus 25 

GreenStar website 14 

H 

help with JDOffice 

online Help 20 

Quick Reference Card 20 

telephone orientation 20 

Users Guide 20 

histograms 41, 184 

I 

Identity Preservation 275 

implement 


implement model 


Implement Setup tab 67 

Implement Summary report 269 

import 

AgLeader yield data 145 

soil type map information 205 

inactive/active Setup choices 46

incremental legend 


Information tools 182 

invalid entries 115 

Irrigation Setup tab 74 

Irrigation System Setup tab 78 

J 

JDOffice 

directory structure 24 

starting/opening 9 

system requirements 2 

Tutorial 10 

K 

keyboard commands 26 

L 

label file (.shx) 204 

Land Agreement (Farm Setup) 49 

Landlord information (Farm Setup) 49 

latitude 

on field maps 168 

latitude/longitude 

on farm maps 97 

Layer Cross-Section tool 172 

Layer Down tool 175, 215 

Layer Info toolbar 169, 172 

layer notes 

add today’s date to 33 

Layer to Bottom tool 175, 215 

Layer to Top tool 175, 215 

Layer Up tool 175, 215 

Layers button 176, 177 

Layers chooser 177 

add a layer 178 

control the print and view order 178 

highlight a layer 177 

minimize window 177 

remove a layer 178 

select a layer to edit 177 

select a layer to view 177 

layers of a field 

deleting them 236 

Legend button 

field map 176, 187 

347 

Index 

legend color schemes 187 

create two color gradient 88 

pick all colors individually 88 

Legend Preferences tab 33 

Legend Schemes Setup tab 87 

Legend Setup tab 88 

legends 

create new one from Legend Info window 

188 

delete one 189 

edit from Legend Info window 189 

filled or outlined contours 191, 192 

increment range limit 187 

select new color scheme 188 

select the default 34 

license number (applicator) 65 

load 


longitude 

on field maps 168 

lot number 

add new while unloading data 122 


M 

machine 


machine area of field 37 

machine model 


Machine Setup tab 66 

Machine Summary report 268 

Management Zone to Rate Table 210 

manually unload PC Card 110 

Map View toolbar 169, 171 

mapping processor 

serial number 67 

maps 

select area for 37 

Maps (General) Preferences tab 35 

Maps (Print) Preferences tab 37 

maximize 

windows 249 

maximize applications or windows 26 

measure distance on field map 174 

Menu Bar 25

JDOffice 1.2 

merge field data from combine 112 

message line, in JDOffice 97 

metric system 314 

Microsoft 

boundary export limit 197 

Microsoft Windows 

learning the basics 25 

online Help 27 

save print settings on exit 41 

minimize 

windows 249 

minimize applications or windows 26 

mobile processor 117 

moisture composite contour map 199 

moisture contour map 199 

moisture point map 199 

monetary symobol 30 

mouse, using 25 

Move Boundary Points tool 171 

Move Point tool 194 

multi-client 94 

PC Card 19 

system 19 

multi-flag color 36 

multiple crops 

in a field 112, 234 

in application plans 234 

in same growing season 235 

N 

notes 

add to a field layer 230 

print on field maps 41 

Notes button 176, 230 

NPK Blend 58 

O 

offset application log legends 34 

OK command 26 

online Help 

JDOffice 20 

Microsoft Windows 27 

Operation Layer Info 180 

Operation reports 260 

operations 


348 

Operations data 

Pesticide data 128 

operations in a .gsd file 219 

Operations Setup report 272 

operator 



Operator Setup tab 65 

Operator Summary report 268 

Other Operation Summary report 265 

other operations 


depth point or contour log map 229 

rate point or contour log map 229 

Other Setup tab 75 

outliers 184, 321 

outlined contours 191 

P 

page margins 41, 243 

Pan tool 99, 171 

pass delays, start and end 38 

PC Card 

cleanup 147 

reader drive 30 

remove from drive 319 

single or multi-client 19 

pesticide log map 



Pesticide Operation Summary report 263 

Pesticide Setup tab 59 

pesticide types 


Pick 3 223, 225, 228 

Pick 6 226 

PIN number 22 

plug-in, accounting 31 

point flags 84 

Point Information tool 172, 182, 232 

point maps 

fertilizer log 224 

moisture 199 

other operations log 229 

pesticide log 222 

seed prescription 226

seed target 226 

seeding log 225 

tank mix log 227 

tank mix measured 223, 225, 227 

tank mix target 223, 225, 228 

tillage log 228 

view filters on 232 

wet weight 200 

yield 198 

Point Selection toolbar 169, 172 

Polygon Area tool 173, 174 

Polygon Cross-Section 173 

Polygon Information tool 172, 183, 232 

Polygon tool 175, 213 

precision farming concepts 13 

Preferences 

Boundary 40 

Dates 32 

Export 42 

General 30 

Legend 33 

Maps (General) 35 

Maps (Print) tab 37 

Printer 41 

Processing 38 

TIGER 43 

Prescription reports 259 

prescriptions 

conversion factors 56 

writing them 218 

preview color 36 

preview data 

in calibration window 239 

in Edit Data Files window 144 

print 

composite multi-layer field map 241 

correcting uncentered maps 41 

farm maps 100, 105 

field maps 176, 241 

histograms 41 

layer notes 41 

Properties button 241 

separate field maps from multiple layers 

242 

troubleshooting 105, 243 

Print button 176 

Printer Preferences tab 41 

349 

processed files 110 

Processing Preferences tab 38 

processing season 


processing year spin box 32 

product 


Product field info tab 181 

Products Setup 53 

proximity warning 39, 111 

Q 

Quick Reference Card 20 

QuickBooks Pro 31 

R 

Read Me file 6 

Rectangle Information tool 172, 183, 232 

Rectangle tool 174, 211 

register JDOffice 8 

reports 

CRK Task Detail 280 

see summary reports 

Reset on Edit Data Files window 113 

resize screens & windows 26, 250 

Resource reports 268 

Resources field info tab 181 

Resources Setup 65 

Resources Setup report 273 

restore applications or windows 26, 249 

reverse points on field map 35 

right-click menus 26, 98, 168 

ROI (Return on Investment) 280 

S 

save 

Setup data 96 

Windows print settings 41 

scroll bars 99 

seasonal year date 32 

seed prescription map 226 

seed target map 226 

seeding log map 



Index

JDOffice 1.2 

Seeding Operation Summary report 261 

Seeding Plan Summary report 259 

seeding rates 209 

seeds per bag 56, 209 

Select tool 99, 171 

Selection Info window 182, 183 

sensors on implements 222, 224, 225, 227 

serial number (mapping processor) 67 

Setup 

active/inactive choices 46 

Carrier tab 63 

Client tab 94 

Contract tab 80 

Contractor tab 81 

Crop tab 53 

Define Types tab 93 

Destinations tab 79 

edit the data 46 

Farm tab 48 

Fertilizer tab 57 

Field tab 51 

Flag tab 84 

Implement tab 67 

Irrigation System tab 78 

Irrigation tab 74 

Legend Schemes tab 87 

Legend tab 88 

long or display names 46 

Machine tab 66 

Operator tab 65 

Other tab 75 

Pesticide tab 59 

save data to PC Card 96 

See add to Setup 

Storage Bins tab 77 

tag numbers 46 

Tank Mix tab 61 

Task tab 69 

Tillage tab 73 

Variety tab 54 

Setup summary reports 271 

Setup type 


shape file (.shp) 204 

shortcut, create during installation 6 

silver mapping processor 238 

Simple Field Budget Summary report 278 

350 

single client PC Card 19 

site code 8 

site key 8 

soil type error log 205 

soil type maps 

copy to use on application plan 210 

import mapping information 205 

soil type, displaying 202 

soilmaster file (.dbf) 206 

Split Percent 


stacking order of polygons 215 

standard payable moisture 53, 117 

start JDOffice 9 

start of pass delay 38 

Startup Screen button 101 

StellarSupport website 22 

Storage Bins Setup tab 77 

storeage bin 


sub-menus 25 

summary reports 

customize 250 

data export format 316 

export data 282 

Farm/Field Setup 271 

favorites 250 

Fertilizer Operation Summary 262 

Field Calibration 257 

Field History 261 

Field Layer Notes 256 

Flag Setup 271 

Implement Summary 269 

Machine Summary 268 

opening one 249 

Operations Setup 272 

Operator Summary 268 

Other Operation Summary 265 

Pesticide Operation Summary 263 

Resources Setup 273 

Seeding Operation Summary 261 

Seeding Plan Summary 259 

Simple Field Budget 278 

Task Detail 260 

Tillage Operation Summary 264 

Yield Date Summary 254 

Yield Field Summary 254

Yield Flag 255 

Yield Summary 253 

support 

see CCC 

system requirements 2 

T 

tag numbers for Setup items 46 

tank mix 


Tank Mix Blends 62 

tank mix log map 



tank mix measured map 223, 225, 227 

Tank Mix Setup tab 61 

tank mix target map 223, 225, 228 

target crop 


task 




Task Builder 70 

Task Detail report 260 

Task Detail report (CRK) 280 

Task Setup tab 69 

Task Wizard 72 

test weight 53 

Text (comma delimited) export format 42, 244 

text boxes, drop-down 27 

This 232 

TIGER data 102 

TIGER Preferences tab 43 

tillage 


tillage log map 


Tillage Operation Summary report 264 

Tillage Setup tab 73 

toolbar handle 169 

toolbars 169 

Application Plan 169, 174 

Boundary Edit 169, 171 

Layer Info 169, 172 

Map View 169, 171 

351 

Point Selection 169, 172 

tools 

Full Map 171 

on the farm map 99 

on the field map 171 

Pan 99 

Select 99 

Zoom In 99, 171 

Zoom Out 99, 171 

troubleshooting 289, 324 

Tutorial of JDOffice 10 

U 

units of measure, select during install 5 

unload 

contract data 116 

crop data 117 

destination data 117 

flag data 118, 136 

from archive 146 

implement data 119 

load data 121 

machie data 122 

multiple crops 112 

operations data 123 

operator data 135 

processing season data 137 

product data 138 

target crop data 139 

task data 139 

variety data 140 

weather data 141 

width data 142 

unload PC Card 

automatically 109 

exclusively for current client 39, 111 

manually 110 

proximity warning 39, 111 

unload yield options 38 

unnamed 

farm 113 

field 113 

unprocessed files 110 

User ID number 22 

V 

varieties 

Index

JDOffice 1.2 


seeds per bag 56 

weight per bag 56 

variety 


variety map 232 

Variety Setup tab 54 

Variety tab 


version number 2 

view buttons 110 

W 

weather 


Weather field info tab 181 

website 

Ag Management Solutions 14 

StellarSupport 22 

U.S.Census Bureau (TIGER data) 102 

weight per bag 56, 209 

wet weight contour map 200 

wet weight point map 200 

width 


windows 

minimize, maximize 26 

resize 26 

save size and position 31 

Write Rx tool 176, 218 

X 

xpfdata folder 108 

Y 

yellow yield points 38 

yield composite contour map 199 

yield contour map 198 

yield data files (.gsy) 110 

Yield Date Summary report 254 

yield export formats 42 

Yield Field Summary report 254 

Yield Flag Summary report 255 

yield mapping firmware versions 238 

yield point map 198 

352 

yield reports 253 

Yield Summary report 253 

Z 

zero grain flow 38 

Zoom In tool 99, 171 

Zoom Out tool 99, 171

(Yield) Maps - StellarSupport - John Deere

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?